Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
29a2b744 | 1 | \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- |
d390cad1 | 2 | @c Copyright 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 |
f886dc0f | 3 | @c Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
18fae2a8 | 4 | @c |
29a2b744 | 5 | @c %**start of header |
18fae2a8 | 6 | @c makeinfo ignores cmds prev to setfilename, so its arg cannot make use |
1d7c3357 | 7 | @c of @set vars. However, you can override filename with makeinfo -o. |
18fae2a8 RP |
8 | @setfilename gdb.info |
9 | @c | |
361daf65 | 10 | @include gdb-cfg.texi |
18fae2a8 RP |
11 | @c |
12 | @ifset GENERIC | |
13 | @settitle Debugging with @value{GDBN} | |
14 | @end ifset | |
15 | @ifclear GENERIC | |
1d7c3357 | 16 | @settitle Debugging with @value{GDBN} (@value{TARGET}) |
18fae2a8 | 17 | @end ifclear |
af215b1a | 18 | @clear RENAMED |
29a2b744 | 19 | @setchapternewpage odd |
29a2b744 RP |
20 | @c %**end of header |
21 | ||
ed447b95 | 22 | @iftex |
51b65b74 | 23 | @c @smallbook |
fe715d06 | 24 | @c @cropmarks |
ed447b95 RP |
25 | @end iftex |
26 | ||
29a2b744 RP |
27 | @finalout |
28 | @syncodeindex ky cp | |
29 | ||
fe715d06 RP |
30 | @c readline appendices use @vindex |
31 | @syncodeindex vr cp | |
32 | ||
9897afc6 | 33 | @ifclear HPPA |
0cb95a9c | 34 | @c !!set GDB manual's edition---not the same as GDB version! |
9897afc6 | 35 | @set EDITION Sixth |
0cb95a9c RP |
36 | |
37 | @c !!set GDB manual's revision date | |
b90b2ac2 | 38 | @set DATE April 1998 |
9897afc6 | 39 | @end ifclear |
29a2b744 | 40 | |
9c3ad547 | 41 | @c THIS MANUAL REQUIRES TEXINFO-2 macros and info-makers to format properly. |
29a2b744 | 42 | |
9897afc6 EE |
43 | @ifset HPPA |
44 | @c !!set GDB manual's edition---not the same as GDB version! | |
45 | @set EDITION Sixth-HP | |
46 | ||
47 | @c !!set GDB manual's revision date | |
48 | @set DATE November 1997 | |
49 | ||
50 | @c !!set HP version | |
51 | @set HPVER HP WDB Version 0.75 | |
52 | @end ifset | |
53 | ||
b7becc8f | 54 | @ifinfo |
ed447b95 RP |
55 | @c This is a dir.info fragment to support semi-automated addition of |
56 | @c manuals to an info tree. zoo@cygnus.com is developing this facility. | |
b7becc8f RP |
57 | @format |
58 | START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY | |
af215b1a | 59 | * Gdb: (gdb). The @sc{gnu} debugger. |
b7becc8f RP |
60 | END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY |
61 | @end format | |
62 | @end ifinfo | |
18fae2a8 | 63 | @c |
70b88761 | 64 | @c |
70b88761 | 65 | @ifinfo |
af215b1a | 66 | This file documents the @sc{gnu} debugger @value{GDBN}. |
70b88761 | 67 | |
0cb95a9c | 68 | |
b90b2ac2 | 69 | This is the @value{EDITION} Edition, @value{DATE}, |
af215b1a VM |
70 | of @cite{Debugging with @value{GDBN}: the @sc{gnu} Source-Level Debugger} |
71 | for @value{GDBN} Version @value{GDBVN}. | |
29a2b744 | 72 | |
b90b2ac2 | 73 | Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 |
f886dc0f | 74 | Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
70b88761 RP |
75 | |
76 | Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of | |
77 | this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice | |
78 | are preserved on all copies. | |
79 | ||
80 | @ignore | |
81 | Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the | |
82 | results, provided the printed document carries copying permission | |
83 | notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph | |
84 | (this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual). | |
85 | ||
86 | @end ignore | |
87 | Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this | |
88 | manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the | |
d55320a0 RP |
89 | entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a |
90 | permission notice identical to this one. | |
70b88761 RP |
91 | |
92 | Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual | |
d55320a0 | 93 | into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. |
70b88761 | 94 | @end ifinfo |
1041a570 | 95 | |
70b88761 | 96 | @titlepage |
18fae2a8 | 97 | @title Debugging with @value{GDBN} |
af215b1a | 98 | @subtitle The @sc{gnu} Source-Level Debugger |
18fae2a8 | 99 | @ifclear GENERIC |
a64a6c2b | 100 | @subtitle (@value{TARGET}) |
18fae2a8 | 101 | @end ifclear |
70b88761 | 102 | @sp 1 |
9897afc6 | 103 | @ifclear HPPA |
b90b2ac2 | 104 | @subtitle @value{EDITION} Edition, for @value{GDBN} version @value{GDBVN} |
0cb95a9c | 105 | @subtitle @value{DATE} |
1fe1c717 | 106 | @author Richard M. Stallman and Roland H. Pesch |
9897afc6 EE |
107 | @end ifclear |
108 | @ifset HPPA | |
109 | @subtitle Edition @value{EDITION}, for @value{HPVER} (based on @value{GDBN} @value{GDBVN}) | |
110 | @subtitle @value{DATE} | |
111 | @author Richard M. Stallman and Roland H. Pesch (modified by HP) | |
112 | @end ifset | |
70b88761 | 113 | @page |
9897afc6 | 114 | @ifclear HPPA |
70b88761 RP |
115 | @tex |
116 | {\parskip=0pt | |
18fae2a8 | 117 | \hfill (Send bugs and comments on @value{GDBN} to bug-gdb\@prep.ai.mit.edu.)\par |
ed447b95 | 118 | \hfill {\it Debugging with @value{GDBN}}\par |
70b88761 | 119 | \hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par |
af215b1a | 120 | \hfill doc\@cygnus.com\par |
70b88761 RP |
121 | } |
122 | @end tex | |
9897afc6 EE |
123 | @end ifclear |
124 | @ifset HPPA | |
125 | @tex | |
126 | {\parskip=0pt | |
127 | \hfill {\it Debugging with @value{GDBN}}\par | |
128 | \hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par | |
129 | } | |
130 | @end tex | |
131 | @end ifset | |
70b88761 RP |
132 | |
133 | @vskip 0pt plus 1filll | |
b90b2ac2 | 134 | Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 |
f886dc0f | 135 | Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
6b51acad | 136 | @sp 2 |
9897afc6 | 137 | @ifclear HPPA |
6b51acad | 138 | Published by the Free Software Foundation @* |
6c9638b4 FF |
139 | 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, @* |
140 | Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA @* | |
6b51acad RP |
141 | Printed copies are available for $20 each. @* |
142 | ISBN 1-882114-11-6 @* | |
9897afc6 | 143 | @end ifclear |
af215b1a | 144 | |
70b88761 RP |
145 | Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of |
146 | this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice | |
147 | are preserved on all copies. | |
148 | ||
149 | Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this | |
150 | manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the | |
d55320a0 RP |
151 | entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a |
152 | permission notice identical to this one. | |
70b88761 RP |
153 | |
154 | Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual | |
d55320a0 | 155 | into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. |
70b88761 RP |
156 | @end titlepage |
157 | @page | |
158 | ||
70b88761 | 159 | @ifinfo |
9897afc6 | 160 | @node Top, Summary, (dir), (dir) |
18fae2a8 | 161 | @top Debugging with @value{GDBN} |
29a2b744 | 162 | |
af215b1a | 163 | This file describes @value{GDBN}, the @sc{gnu} symbolic debugger. |
29a2b744 | 164 | |
b90b2ac2 | 165 | This is the @value{EDITION} Edition, @value{DATE}, for @value{GDBN} Version |
af215b1a | 166 | @value{GDBVN}. |
70b88761 | 167 | |
9897afc6 EE |
168 | Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1997 |
169 | Free Software Foundation, Inc. | |
70b88761 | 170 | @menu |
18fae2a8 | 171 | * Summary:: Summary of @value{GDBN} |
18fae2a8 RP |
172 | @ifclear BARETARGET |
173 | * Sample Session:: A sample @value{GDBN} session | |
174 | @end ifclear | |
b0157555 | 175 | |
18fae2a8 RP |
176 | * Invocation:: Getting in and out of @value{GDBN} |
177 | * Commands:: @value{GDBN} commands | |
178 | * Running:: Running programs under @value{GDBN} | |
29a2b744 RP |
179 | * Stopping:: Stopping and continuing |
180 | * Stack:: Examining the stack | |
181 | * Source:: Examining source files | |
182 | * Data:: Examining data | |
18fae2a8 RP |
183 | @ifclear CONLY |
184 | * Languages:: Using @value{GDBN} with different languages | |
185 | @end ifclear | |
9897afc6 | 186 | |
18fae2a8 | 187 | @ifset CONLY |
1d7c3357 | 188 | * C:: C language support |
18fae2a8 RP |
189 | @end ifset |
190 | ||
18fae2a8 RP |
191 | * Symbols:: Examining the symbol table |
192 | * Altering:: Altering execution | |
93918348 | 193 | * GDB Files:: @value{GDBN} files |
18fae2a8 RP |
194 | * Targets:: Specifying a debugging target |
195 | * Controlling GDB:: Controlling @value{GDBN} | |
196 | * Sequences:: Canned sequences of commands | |
18fae2a8 | 197 | @ifclear DOSHOST |
af215b1a | 198 | * Emacs:: Using @value{GDBN} under @sc{gnu} Emacs |
18fae2a8 | 199 | @end ifclear |
b0157555 | 200 | |
9897afc6 EE |
201 | @ifset LUCID |
202 | * Energize:: | |
203 | @end ifset | |
204 | ||
18fae2a8 | 205 | * GDB Bugs:: Reporting bugs in @value{GDBN} |
9897afc6 EE |
206 | @ifset NOVEL |
207 | @ifset RENAMED | |
208 | * Renamed Commands:: @c @end ifset | |
209 | @end ifset | |
210 | ||
211 | @end ifset | |
212 | ||
1d7c3357 | 213 | @ifclear PRECONFIGURED |
9897afc6 | 214 | @ifclear HPPA |
af215b1a | 215 | * Formatting Documentation:: How to format and print @value{GDBN} documentation |
18fae2a8 | 216 | @end ifclear |
b0157555 | 217 | |
9897afc6 EE |
218 | @end ifclear |
219 | ||
220 | * Command Line Editing:: Command Line Editing | |
d6dc9580 | 221 | * Using History Interactively:: Using History Interactively |
9897afc6 | 222 | * Installing GDB:: Installing GDB |
18fae2a8 | 223 | * Index:: Index |
9897afc6 EE |
224 | |
225 | --- The Detailed Node Listing --- | |
226 | ||
227 | Summary of @value{GDBN} | |
228 | ||
229 | * Free Software:: Freely redistributable software | |
230 | * Contributors:: Contributors to GDB | |
231 | ||
232 | Getting In and Out of @value{GDBN} | |
233 | ||
234 | * Invoking GDB:: How to start @value{GDBN} | |
235 | * Quitting GDB:: How to quit @value{GDBN} | |
236 | * Shell Commands:: How to use shell commands inside @value{GDBN} | |
237 | ||
238 | Invoking @value{GDBN} | |
239 | ||
240 | * File Options:: Choosing files | |
241 | * Mode Options:: Choosing modes | |
242 | ||
243 | @value{GDBN} Commands | |
244 | ||
245 | * Command Syntax:: How to give commands to @value{GDBN} | |
246 | * Completion:: Command completion | |
247 | * Help:: How to ask @value{GDBN} for help | |
248 | ||
249 | Running Programs Under @value{GDBN} | |
250 | ||
251 | * Compilation:: Compiling for debugging | |
252 | * Starting:: Starting your program | |
253 | @ifclear BARETARGET | |
254 | * Arguments:: Your program's arguments | |
255 | * Environment:: Your program's environment | |
256 | @end ifclear | |
257 | ||
258 | * Working Directory:: Your program's working directory | |
259 | * Input/Output:: Your program's input and output | |
260 | * Attach:: Debugging an already-running process | |
261 | * Kill Process:: Killing the child process | |
262 | @ifclear HPPA | |
263 | * Process Information:: Additional process information | |
264 | @end ifclear | |
265 | ||
266 | * Threads:: Debugging programs with multiple threads | |
267 | * Processes:: Debugging programs with multiple processes | |
268 | ||
269 | Stopping and Continuing | |
270 | ||
271 | @ifclear CONLY | |
272 | @ifclear HPPA | |
273 | * Breakpoints:: Breakpoints, watchpoints, and exceptions | |
274 | @end ifclear | |
275 | ||
276 | @ifset HPPA | |
277 | * Breakpoints:: Breakpoints, watchpoints, and catchpoints | |
278 | @end ifset | |
279 | ||
280 | @end ifclear | |
281 | ||
282 | @ifset CONLY | |
283 | * Breakpoints:: Breakpoints and watchpoints | |
284 | @end ifset | |
285 | ||
286 | * Continuing and Stepping:: Resuming execution | |
287 | @ifset POSIX | |
288 | * Signals:: Signals | |
289 | @end ifset | |
290 | ||
291 | @ifclear BARETARGET | |
292 | * Thread Stops:: Stopping and starting multi-thread programs | |
293 | @end ifclear | |
294 | ||
295 | Breakpoints and watchpoints | |
296 | ||
297 | * Set Breaks:: Setting breakpoints | |
298 | * Set Watchpoints:: Setting watchpoints | |
299 | @ifclear CONLY | |
300 | @ifclear HPPA | |
301 | * Exception Handling:: Breakpoints and exceptions | |
302 | @end ifclear | |
303 | ||
304 | @ifset HPPA | |
305 | * Set Catchpoints:: Setting catchpoints | |
306 | @end ifset | |
307 | ||
308 | @end ifclear | |
309 | ||
310 | * Delete Breaks:: Deleting breakpoints | |
311 | * Disabling:: Disabling breakpoints | |
312 | * Conditions:: Break conditions | |
313 | * Break Commands:: Breakpoint command lists | |
314 | @ifclear CONLY | |
315 | * Breakpoint Menus:: Breakpoint menus | |
316 | @end ifclear | |
317 | ||
318 | Examining the Stack | |
319 | ||
320 | * Frames:: Stack frames | |
321 | * Backtrace:: Backtraces | |
322 | * Selection:: Selecting a frame | |
323 | * Frame Info:: Information on a frame | |
324 | @ifset MIPS | |
325 | * MIPS Stack:: MIPS machines and the function stack | |
326 | @end ifset | |
327 | ||
328 | Examining Source Files | |
329 | ||
330 | * List:: Printing source lines | |
331 | @ifclear DOSHOST | |
332 | * Search:: Searching source files | |
333 | @end ifclear | |
334 | ||
335 | * Source Path:: Specifying source directories | |
336 | * Machine Code:: Source and machine code | |
337 | ||
338 | Examining Data | |
339 | ||
340 | * Expressions:: Expressions | |
341 | * Variables:: Program variables | |
342 | * Arrays:: Artificial arrays | |
343 | * Output Formats:: Output formats | |
344 | * Memory:: Examining memory | |
345 | * Auto Display:: Automatic display | |
346 | * Print Settings:: Print settings | |
347 | * Value History:: Value history | |
348 | * Convenience Vars:: Convenience variables | |
349 | * Registers:: Registers | |
350 | @ifclear HAVE-FLOAT | |
351 | * Floating Point Hardware:: Floating point hardware | |
352 | @end ifclear | |
353 | ||
354 | Using @value{GDBN} with Different Languages | |
355 | ||
356 | * Setting:: Switching between source languages | |
357 | * Show:: Displaying the language | |
358 | @ifset MOD2 | |
359 | * Checks:: Type and range checks | |
360 | @end ifset | |
361 | ||
362 | * Support:: Supported languages | |
363 | ||
364 | Switching between source languages | |
365 | ||
366 | * Filenames:: Filename extensions and languages. | |
367 | * Manually:: Setting the working language manually | |
368 | * Automatically:: Having @value{GDBN} infer the source language | |
369 | ||
370 | @ifset MOD2 | |
371 | Type and range checking | |
372 | ||
373 | * Type Checking:: An overview of type checking | |
374 | * Range Checking:: An overview of range checking | |
375 | @end ifset | |
376 | ||
377 | Supported languages | |
378 | ||
379 | @ifset MOD2 | |
380 | * C:: C and C++ | |
381 | ||
382 | C Language Support | |
383 | ||
384 | * C Operators:: C operators | |
385 | ||
386 | C Language Support | |
387 | @end ifset | |
388 | ||
389 | * C Operators:: C and C++ operators | |
390 | * C Constants:: C and C++ constants | |
391 | * Cplus expressions:: C++ expressions | |
392 | * C Defaults:: Default settings for C and C++ | |
393 | @ifset MOD2 | |
394 | * C Checks:: C and C++ type and range checks | |
395 | @end ifset | |
396 | * Debugging C:: @value{GDBN} and C | |
397 | * Debugging C plus plus:: @value{GDBN} features for C++ | |
398 | ||
399 | @ifset MOD2 | |
400 | Modula-2 | |
401 | ||
402 | * M2 Operators:: Built-in operators | |
403 | * Built-In Func/Proc:: Built-in functions and procedures | |
404 | * M2 Constants:: Modula-2 constants | |
405 | * M2 Defaults:: Default settings for Modula-2 | |
406 | * Deviations:: Deviations from standard Modula-2 | |
407 | * M2 Checks:: Modula-2 type and range checks | |
408 | * M2 Scope:: The scope operators @code{::} and @code{.} | |
409 | * GDB/M2:: @value{GDBN} and Modula-2 | |
410 | @end ifset | |
411 | ||
412 | Altering Execution | |
413 | ||
414 | * Assignment:: Assignment to variables | |
415 | * Jumping:: Continuing at a different address | |
416 | @ifclear BARETARGET | |
417 | * Signaling:: Giving your program a signal | |
418 | @end ifclear | |
419 | ||
420 | * Returning:: Returning from a function | |
421 | * Calling:: Calling your program's functions | |
422 | * Patching:: Patching your program | |
423 | ||
424 | @value{GDBN} Files | |
425 | ||
426 | * Files:: Commands to specify files | |
427 | * Symbol Errors:: Errors reading symbol files | |
428 | ||
429 | Specifying a Debugging Target | |
430 | ||
431 | * Active Targets:: Active targets | |
432 | * Target Commands:: Commands for managing targets | |
433 | @ifclear HPPA | |
434 | * Byte Order:: Choosing target byte order | |
435 | * Remote:: Remote debugging | |
436 | ||
437 | Remote debugging | |
438 | @end ifclear | |
439 | ||
440 | @ifset REMOTESTUB | |
441 | * Remote Serial:: @value{GDBN} remote serial protocol | |
442 | @end ifset | |
443 | ||
444 | @ifset I960 | |
445 | * i960-Nindy Remote:: @value{GDBN} with a remote i960 (Nindy) | |
446 | @end ifset | |
447 | ||
448 | @ifset AMD29K | |
449 | * UDI29K Remote:: The UDI protocol for AMD29K | |
450 | * EB29K Remote:: The EBMON protocol for AMD29K | |
451 | @end ifset | |
452 | ||
453 | @ifset VXWORKS | |
454 | * VxWorks Remote:: @value{GDBN} and VxWorks | |
455 | @end ifset | |
456 | ||
457 | @ifset ST2000 | |
458 | * ST2000 Remote:: @value{GDBN} with a Tandem ST2000 | |
459 | @end ifset | |
460 | ||
461 | @ifset H8 | |
462 | * Hitachi Remote:: @value{GDBN} and Hitachi Microprocessors | |
463 | @end ifset | |
464 | ||
465 | @ifset MIPS | |
466 | * MIPS Remote:: @value{GDBN} and MIPS boards | |
467 | @end ifset | |
468 | ||
469 | @ifset SIMS | |
470 | * Simulator:: Simulated CPU target | |
471 | @end ifset | |
472 | ||
473 | Controlling @value{GDBN} | |
474 | ||
475 | * Prompt:: Prompt | |
476 | * Editing:: Command editing | |
477 | * History:: Command history | |
478 | * Screen Size:: Screen size | |
479 | * Numbers:: Numbers | |
480 | * Messages/Warnings:: Optional warnings and messages | |
481 | ||
482 | Canned Sequences of Commands | |
483 | ||
484 | * Define:: User-defined commands | |
485 | * Hooks:: User-defined command hooks | |
486 | * Command Files:: Command files | |
487 | * Output:: Commands for controlled output | |
488 | ||
489 | Reporting Bugs in @value{GDBN} | |
490 | ||
491 | * Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug? | |
492 | * Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs | |
493 | ||
494 | Installing @value{GDBN} | |
495 | ||
496 | * Separate Objdir:: Compiling @value{GDBN} in another directory | |
497 | * Config Names:: Specifying names for hosts and targets | |
498 | * Configure Options:: Summary of options for configure | |
18fae2a8 | 499 | @end menu |
9897afc6 | 500 | |
18fae2a8 | 501 | @end ifinfo |
70b88761 | 502 | |
9897afc6 | 503 | @node Summary, Sample Session, Top, Top |
18fae2a8 | 504 | @unnumbered Summary of @value{GDBN} |
70b88761 | 505 | |
18fae2a8 | 506 | The purpose of a debugger such as @value{GDBN} is to allow you to see what is |
70b88761 | 507 | going on ``inside'' another program while it executes---or what another |
1041a570 | 508 | program was doing at the moment it crashed. |
70b88761 | 509 | |
18fae2a8 | 510 | @value{GDBN} can do four main kinds of things (plus other things in support of |
1041a570 | 511 | these) to help you catch bugs in the act: |
70b88761 RP |
512 | |
513 | @itemize @bullet | |
514 | @item | |
515 | Start your program, specifying anything that might affect its behavior. | |
516 | ||
517 | @item | |
518 | Make your program stop on specified conditions. | |
519 | ||
520 | @item | |
521 | Examine what has happened, when your program has stopped. | |
522 | ||
523 | @item | |
524 | Change things in your program, so you can experiment with correcting the | |
525 | effects of one bug and go on to learn about another. | |
526 | @end itemize | |
527 | ||
18fae2a8 | 528 | @ifclear CONLY |
9934dce8 | 529 | You can use @value{GDBN} to debug programs written in C or C++. |
22b5dba5 RP |
530 | @c "MOD2" used as a "miscellaneous languages" flag here. |
531 | @c This is acceptable while there is no real doc for Chill and Pascal. | |
9934dce8 RP |
532 | @ifclear MOD2 |
533 | For more information, see @ref{Support,,Supported languages}. | |
534 | @end ifclear | |
535 | @ifset MOD2 | |
536 | For more information, see @ref{C,,C and C++}. | |
537 | ||
3f73b7c8 | 538 | Support for Modula-2 and Chill is partial. For information on Modula-2, |
2ae6d007 | 539 | see @ref{Modula-2,,Modula-2}. There is no further documentation on Chill yet. |
3f73b7c8 | 540 | |
b1955f0b | 541 | Debugging Pascal programs which use sets, subranges, file variables, or nested |
22b5dba5 | 542 | functions does not currently work. @value{GDBN} does not support |
b1955f0b | 543 | entering expressions, printing values, or similar features using Pascal syntax. |
09934a2b | 544 | @end ifset |
9897afc6 | 545 | |
09934a2b | 546 | @ifset FORTRAN |
11e7b867 | 547 | @cindex Fortran |
3ff8a96f | 548 | @value{GDBN} can be used to debug programs written in Fortran, although |
b1955f0b RP |
549 | it does not yet support entering expressions, printing values, or |
550 | similar features using Fortran syntax. It may be necessary to refer to | |
551 | some variables with a trailing underscore. | |
09934a2b | 552 | @end ifset |
18fae2a8 | 553 | @end ifclear |
70b88761 | 554 | |
9897afc6 EE |
555 | @ifset HPPA |
556 | This version of the manual documents HP Wildebeest (WDB) Version 0.75, | |
557 | implemented on HP 9000 systems running Release 10.20, 10.30, or 11.0 of | |
558 | the HP-UX operating system. HP WDB 0.75 can be used to debug code | |
559 | generated by the HP ANSI C and HP ANSI C++ compilers as well as the | |
560 | @sc{gnu} C and C++ compilers. It does not support the debugging of | |
561 | Fortran, Modula-2, or Chill programs. | |
562 | @end ifset | |
563 | ||
70b88761 | 564 | @menu |
ed447b95 | 565 | * Free Software:: Freely redistributable software |
b80282d5 | 566 | * Contributors:: Contributors to GDB |
70b88761 RP |
567 | @end menu |
568 | ||
9897afc6 | 569 | @node Free Software, Contributors, Summary, Summary |
93928b60 | 570 | @unnumberedsec Free software |
1041a570 | 571 | |
af215b1a VM |
572 | @value{GDBN} is @dfn{free software}, protected by the @sc{gnu} |
573 | General Public License | |
1041a570 | 574 | (GPL). The GPL gives you the freedom to copy or adapt a licensed |
70b88761 RP |
575 | program---but every person getting a copy also gets with it the |
576 | freedom to modify that copy (which means that they must get access to | |
577 | the source code), and the freedom to distribute further copies. | |
578 | Typical software companies use copyrights to limit your freedoms; the | |
579 | Free Software Foundation uses the GPL to preserve these freedoms. | |
580 | ||
581 | Fundamentally, the General Public License is a license which says that | |
29a2b744 | 582 | you have these freedoms and that you cannot take these freedoms away |
70b88761 RP |
583 | from anyone else. |
584 | ||
9897afc6 | 585 | @node Contributors, , Free Software, Summary |
70b88761 RP |
586 | @unnumberedsec Contributors to GDB |
587 | ||
af215b1a | 588 | Richard Stallman was the original author of GDB, and of many other @sc{gnu} |
70b88761 RP |
589 | programs. Many others have contributed to its development. This |
590 | section attempts to credit major contributors. One of the virtues of | |
591 | free software is that everyone is free to contribute to it; with | |
592 | regret, we cannot actually acknowledge everyone here. The file | |
af215b1a | 593 | @file{ChangeLog} in the @value{GDBN} distribution approximates a blow-by-blow |
70b88761 RP |
594 | account. |
595 | ||
596 | Changes much prior to version 2.0 are lost in the mists of time. | |
597 | ||
598 | @quotation | |
599 | @emph{Plea:} Additions to this section are particularly welcome. If you | |
93918348 | 600 | or your friends (or enemies, to be evenhanded) have been unfairly |
70b88761 RP |
601 | omitted from this list, we would like to add your names! |
602 | @end quotation | |
603 | ||
604 | So that they may not regard their long labor as thankless, we | |
356bc67b | 605 | particularly thank those who shepherded GDB through major releases: |
f886dc0f SS |
606 | Stan Shebs (release 4.14), |
607 | Fred Fish (releases 4.13, 4.12, 4.11, 4.10, and 4.9), | |
356bc67b SS |
608 | Stu Grossman and John Gilmore (releases 4.8, 4.7, 4.6, 4.5, and 4.4), |
609 | John Gilmore (releases 4.3, 4.2, 4.1, 4.0, and 3.9); | |
610 | Jim Kingdon (releases 3.5, 3.4, and 3.3); | |
611 | and Randy Smith (releases 3.2, 3.1, and 3.0). | |
af215b1a | 612 | As major maintainer of @value{GDBN} for some period, each |
a88ec213 RP |
613 | contributed significantly to the structure, stability, and capabilities |
614 | of the entire debugger. | |
70b88761 | 615 | |
6b51acad | 616 | Richard Stallman, assisted at various times by Peter TerMaat, Chris |
70b88761 RP |
617 | Hanson, and Richard Mlynarik, handled releases through 2.8. |
618 | ||
1d7c3357 | 619 | @ifclear CONLY |
af215b1a | 620 | Michael Tiemann is the author of most of the @sc{gnu} C++ support in GDB, |
70b88761 | 621 | with significant additional contributions from Per Bothner. James |
af215b1a | 622 | Clark wrote the @sc{gnu} C++ demangler. Early work on C++ was by Peter |
70b88761 | 623 | TerMaat (who also did much general update work leading to release 3.0). |
1d7c3357 | 624 | @end ifclear |
70b88761 | 625 | |
af215b1a | 626 | @value{GDBN} 4 uses the BFD subroutine library to examine multiple |
1041a570 RP |
627 | object-file formats; BFD was a joint project of David V. |
628 | Henkel-Wallace, Rich Pixley, Steve Chamberlain, and John Gilmore. | |
70b88761 | 629 | |
1041a570 RP |
630 | David Johnson wrote the original COFF support; Pace Willison did |
631 | the original support for encapsulated COFF. | |
70b88761 | 632 | |
d390cad1 SS |
633 | Brent Benson of Harris Computer Systems contributed DWARF 2 support. |
634 | ||
70b88761 RP |
635 | Adam de Boor and Bradley Davis contributed the ISI Optimum V support. |
636 | Per Bothner, Noboyuki Hikichi, and Alessandro Forin contributed MIPS | |
1041a570 | 637 | support. |
356bc67b SS |
638 | Jean-Daniel Fekete contributed Sun 386i support. |
639 | Chris Hanson improved the HP9000 support. | |
640 | Noboyuki Hikichi and Tomoyuki Hasei contributed Sony/News OS 3 support. | |
641 | David Johnson contributed Encore Umax support. | |
642 | Jyrki Kuoppala contributed Altos 3068 support. | |
643 | Jeff Law contributed HP PA and SOM support. | |
644 | Keith Packard contributed NS32K support. | |
645 | Doug Rabson contributed Acorn Risc Machine support. | |
646 | Bob Rusk contributed Harris Nighthawk CX-UX support. | |
647 | Chris Smith contributed Convex support (and Fortran debugging). | |
648 | Jonathan Stone contributed Pyramid support. | |
649 | Michael Tiemann contributed SPARC support. | |
650 | Tim Tucker contributed support for the Gould NP1 and Gould Powernode. | |
651 | Pace Willison contributed Intel 386 support. | |
652 | Jay Vosburgh contributed Symmetry support. | |
70b88761 | 653 | |
c338a2fd RP |
654 | Rich Schaefer and Peter Schauer helped with support of SunOS shared |
655 | libraries. | |
70b88761 | 656 | |
af215b1a | 657 | Jay Fenlason and Roland McGrath ensured that @value{GDBN} and GAS agree about |
70b88761 RP |
658 | several machine instruction sets. |
659 | ||
d390cad1 SS |
660 | Patrick Duval, Ted Goldstein, Vikram Koka and Glenn Engel helped develop |
661 | remote debugging. Intel Corporation, Wind River Systems, AMD, and ARM | |
662 | contributed remote debugging modules for the i960, VxWorks, A29K UDI, | |
663 | and RDI targets, respectively. | |
70b88761 | 664 | |
1041a570 RP |
665 | Brian Fox is the author of the readline libraries providing |
666 | command-line editing and command history. | |
70b88761 | 667 | |
09934a2b RP |
668 | Andrew Beers of SUNY Buffalo wrote the language-switching code, |
669 | @ifset MOD2 | |
670 | the Modula-2 support, | |
671 | @end ifset | |
672 | and contributed the Languages chapter of this manual. | |
c2bbbb22 | 673 | |
1d7c3357 RP |
674 | Fred Fish wrote most of the support for Unix System Vr4. |
675 | @ifclear CONLY | |
676 | He also enhanced the command-completion support to cover C++ overloaded | |
677 | symbols. | |
678 | @end ifclear | |
679 | ||
a64a6c2b | 680 | Hitachi America, Ltd. sponsored the support for Hitachi microprocessors. |
14d01801 | 681 | |
356bc67b SS |
682 | Kung Hsu, Jeff Law, and Rick Sladkey added support for hardware |
683 | watchpoints. | |
684 | ||
d390cad1 SS |
685 | Michael Snyder added support for tracepoints. |
686 | ||
356bc67b SS |
687 | Stu Grossman wrote gdbserver. |
688 | ||
689 | Jim Kingdon, Peter Schauer, Ian Taylor, and Stu Grossman made | |
690 | nearly innumerable bug fixes and cleanups throughout GDB. | |
691 | ||
d390cad1 SS |
692 | Cygnus Solutions has sponsored GDB maintenance and much of its |
693 | development since 1991. | |
694 | ||
9897afc6 EE |
695 | @ifset HPPA |
696 | The following people at the Hewlett-Packard Company contributed | |
697 | support for the PA-RISC 2.0 architecture, HP-UX 10.20, 10.30, and 11.0 | |
698 | (narrow mode), HP's implementation of kernel threads, HP's aC++ | |
699 | compiler, and the terminal user interface: Ben Krepp, Richard Title, | |
700 | John Bishop, Susan Macchia, Kathy Mann, Satish Pai, India Paul, Steve | |
701 | Rehrauer, and Elena Zannoni. Kim Haase provided HP-specific | |
702 | information in this manual. | |
703 | @end ifset | |
704 | ||
18fae2a8 | 705 | @ifclear BARETARGET |
9897afc6 | 706 | @node Sample Session, Invocation, Summary, Top |
18fae2a8 | 707 | @chapter A Sample @value{GDBN} Session |
70b88761 | 708 | |
18fae2a8 | 709 | You can use this manual at your leisure to read all about @value{GDBN}. |
70b88761 | 710 | However, a handful of commands are enough to get started using the |
ed447b95 | 711 | debugger. This chapter illustrates those commands. |
70b88761 RP |
712 | |
713 | @iftex | |
6ca72cc6 | 714 | In this sample session, we emphasize user input like this: @b{input}, |
70b88761 RP |
715 | to make it easier to pick out from the surrounding output. |
716 | @end iftex | |
717 | ||
718 | @c FIXME: this example may not be appropriate for some configs, where | |
719 | @c FIXME...primary interest is in remote use. | |
18fae2a8 | 720 | |
af215b1a | 721 | One of the preliminary versions of @sc{gnu} @code{m4} (a generic macro |
70b88761 | 722 | processor) exhibits the following bug: sometimes, when we change its |
93918348 RP |
723 | quote strings from the default, the commands used to capture one macro |
724 | definition within another stop working. In the following short @code{m4} | |
70b88761 | 725 | session, we define a macro @code{foo} which expands to @code{0000}; we |
29a2b744 | 726 | then use the @code{m4} built-in @code{defn} to define @code{bar} as the |
70b88761 RP |
727 | same thing. However, when we change the open quote string to |
728 | @code{<QUOTE>} and the close quote string to @code{<UNQUOTE>}, the same | |
729 | procedure fails to define a new synonym @code{baz}: | |
730 | ||
731 | @smallexample | |
6ca72cc6 RP |
732 | $ @b{cd gnu/m4} |
733 | $ @b{./m4} | |
734 | @b{define(foo,0000)} | |
70b88761 | 735 | |
6ca72cc6 | 736 | @b{foo} |
70b88761 | 737 | 0000 |
6ca72cc6 | 738 | @b{define(bar,defn(`foo'))} |
70b88761 | 739 | |
6ca72cc6 | 740 | @b{bar} |
70b88761 | 741 | 0000 |
6ca72cc6 | 742 | @b{changequote(<QUOTE>,<UNQUOTE>)} |
70b88761 | 743 | |
6ca72cc6 RP |
744 | @b{define(baz,defn(<QUOTE>foo<UNQUOTE>))} |
745 | @b{baz} | |
746 | @b{C-d} | |
70b88761 RP |
747 | m4: End of input: 0: fatal error: EOF in string |
748 | @end smallexample | |
749 | ||
750 | @noindent | |
93918348 | 751 | Let us use @value{GDBN} to try to see what is going on. |
70b88761 | 752 | |
9897afc6 | 753 | @ifclear HPPA |
70b88761 | 754 | @smallexample |
18fae2a8 | 755 | $ @b{@value{GDBP} m4} |
203eea5d RP |
756 | @c FIXME: this falsifies the exact text played out, to permit smallbook |
757 | @c FIXME... format to come out better. | |
af215b1a | 758 | @value{GDBN} is free software and you are welcome to distribute copies |
203eea5d RP |
759 | of it under certain conditions; type "show copying" to see |
760 | the conditions. | |
af215b1a | 761 | There is absolutely no warranty for @value{GDBN}; type "show warranty" |
ed447b95 | 762 | for details. |
af215b1a VM |
763 | |
764 | @value{GDBN} @value{GDBVN}, Copyright 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc... | |
18fae2a8 | 765 | (@value{GDBP}) |
70b88761 | 766 | @end smallexample |
9897afc6 EE |
767 | @end ifclear |
768 | @ifset HPPA | |
769 | @smallexample | |
770 | $ @b{@value{GDBP} m4} | |
771 | Wildebeest is free software and you are welcome to distribute copies of | |
772 | it under certain conditions; type "show copying" to see the conditions. | |
773 | There is absolutely no warranty for Wildebeest; type "show warranty" | |
774 | for details. | |
775 | ||
776 | Hewlett-Packard Wildebeest 0.75 (based on GDB 4.16) | |
777 | (built for PA-RISC 1.1 or 2.0, HP-UX 10.20) | |
778 | Copyright 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | |
779 | (@value{GDBP}) | |
780 | @end smallexample | |
781 | @end ifset | |
70b88761 RP |
782 | |
783 | @noindent | |
9a27b06e RP |
784 | @value{GDBN} reads only enough symbol data to know where to find the |
785 | rest when needed; as a result, the first prompt comes up very quickly. | |
786 | We now tell @value{GDBN} to use a narrower display width than usual, so | |
787 | that examples fit in this manual. | |
70b88761 RP |
788 | |
789 | @smallexample | |
18fae2a8 | 790 | (@value{GDBP}) @b{set width 70} |
70b88761 RP |
791 | @end smallexample |
792 | ||
e251e767 | 793 | @noindent |
93918348 | 794 | We need to see how the @code{m4} built-in @code{changequote} works. |
70b88761 | 795 | Having looked at the source, we know the relevant subroutine is |
93918348 | 796 | @code{m4_changequote}, so we set a breakpoint there with the @value{GDBN} |
70b88761 RP |
797 | @code{break} command. |
798 | ||
799 | @smallexample | |
18fae2a8 | 800 | (@value{GDBP}) @b{break m4_changequote} |
70b88761 RP |
801 | Breakpoint 1 at 0x62f4: file builtin.c, line 879. |
802 | @end smallexample | |
803 | ||
804 | @noindent | |
18fae2a8 | 805 | Using the @code{run} command, we start @code{m4} running under @value{GDBN} |
70b88761 RP |
806 | control; as long as control does not reach the @code{m4_changequote} |
807 | subroutine, the program runs as usual: | |
808 | ||
809 | @smallexample | |
18fae2a8 | 810 | (@value{GDBP}) @b{run} |
e251e767 | 811 | Starting program: /work/Editorial/gdb/gnu/m4/m4 |
6ca72cc6 | 812 | @b{define(foo,0000)} |
70b88761 | 813 | |
6ca72cc6 | 814 | @b{foo} |
70b88761 RP |
815 | 0000 |
816 | @end smallexample | |
817 | ||
818 | @noindent | |
18fae2a8 | 819 | To trigger the breakpoint, we call @code{changequote}. @value{GDBN} |
70b88761 RP |
820 | suspends execution of @code{m4}, displaying information about the |
821 | context where it stops. | |
822 | ||
823 | @smallexample | |
6ca72cc6 | 824 | @b{changequote(<QUOTE>,<UNQUOTE>)} |
70b88761 | 825 | |
203eea5d RP |
826 | Breakpoint 1, m4_changequote (argc=3, argv=0x33c70) |
827 | at builtin.c:879 | |
38962738 | 828 | 879 if (bad_argc(TOKEN_DATA_TEXT(argv[0]),argc,1,3)) |
70b88761 RP |
829 | @end smallexample |
830 | ||
831 | @noindent | |
832 | Now we use the command @code{n} (@code{next}) to advance execution to | |
833 | the next line of the current function. | |
834 | ||
835 | @smallexample | |
18fae2a8 | 836 | (@value{GDBP}) @b{n} |
203eea5d RP |
837 | 882 set_quotes((argc >= 2) ? TOKEN_DATA_TEXT(argv[1])\ |
838 | : nil, | |
70b88761 RP |
839 | @end smallexample |
840 | ||
841 | @noindent | |
842 | @code{set_quotes} looks like a promising subroutine. We can go into it | |
843 | by using the command @code{s} (@code{step}) instead of @code{next}. | |
844 | @code{step} goes to the next line to be executed in @emph{any} | |
e251e767 | 845 | subroutine, so it steps into @code{set_quotes}. |
70b88761 RP |
846 | |
847 | @smallexample | |
18fae2a8 | 848 | (@value{GDBP}) @b{s} |
70b88761 RP |
849 | set_quotes (lq=0x34c78 "<QUOTE>", rq=0x34c88 "<UNQUOTE>") |
850 | at input.c:530 | |
851 | 530 if (lquote != def_lquote) | |
852 | @end smallexample | |
853 | ||
854 | @noindent | |
29a2b744 RP |
855 | The display that shows the subroutine where @code{m4} is now |
856 | suspended (and its arguments) is called a stack frame display. It | |
857 | shows a summary of the stack. We can use the @code{backtrace} | |
858 | command (which can also be spelled @code{bt}), to see where we are | |
859 | in the stack as a whole: the @code{backtrace} command displays a | |
860 | stack frame for each active subroutine. | |
70b88761 RP |
861 | |
862 | @smallexample | |
18fae2a8 | 863 | (@value{GDBP}) @b{bt} |
70b88761 RP |
864 | #0 set_quotes (lq=0x34c78 "<QUOTE>", rq=0x34c88 "<UNQUOTE>") |
865 | at input.c:530 | |
203eea5d RP |
866 | #1 0x6344 in m4_changequote (argc=3, argv=0x33c70) |
867 | at builtin.c:882 | |
70b88761 RP |
868 | #2 0x8174 in expand_macro (sym=0x33320) at macro.c:242 |
869 | #3 0x7a88 in expand_token (obs=0x0, t=209696, td=0xf7fffa30) | |
870 | at macro.c:71 | |
871 | #4 0x79dc in expand_input () at macro.c:40 | |
872 | #5 0x2930 in main (argc=0, argv=0xf7fffb20) at m4.c:195 | |
873 | @end smallexample | |
874 | ||
875 | @noindent | |
9a27b06e | 876 | We step through a few more lines to see what happens. The first two |
70b88761 RP |
877 | times, we can use @samp{s}; the next two times we use @code{n} to avoid |
878 | falling into the @code{xstrdup} subroutine. | |
1041a570 | 879 | |
70b88761 | 880 | @smallexample |
18fae2a8 | 881 | (@value{GDBP}) @b{s} |
70b88761 | 882 | 0x3b5c 532 if (rquote != def_rquote) |
18fae2a8 | 883 | (@value{GDBP}) @b{s} |
203eea5d RP |
884 | 0x3b80 535 lquote = (lq == nil || *lq == '\0') ? \ |
885 | def_lquote : xstrdup(lq); | |
18fae2a8 | 886 | (@value{GDBP}) @b{n} |
203eea5d RP |
887 | 536 rquote = (rq == nil || *rq == '\0') ? def_rquote\ |
888 | : xstrdup(rq); | |
18fae2a8 | 889 | (@value{GDBP}) @b{n} |
70b88761 RP |
890 | 538 len_lquote = strlen(rquote); |
891 | @end smallexample | |
892 | ||
893 | @noindent | |
93918348 | 894 | The last line displayed looks a little odd; we can examine the variables |
70b88761 | 895 | @code{lquote} and @code{rquote} to see if they are in fact the new left |
93918348 | 896 | and right quotes we specified. We use the command @code{p} |
70b88761 RP |
897 | (@code{print}) to see their values. |
898 | ||
899 | @smallexample | |
18fae2a8 | 900 | (@value{GDBP}) @b{p lquote} |
70b88761 | 901 | $1 = 0x35d40 "<QUOTE>" |
18fae2a8 | 902 | (@value{GDBP}) @b{p rquote} |
70b88761 RP |
903 | $2 = 0x35d50 "<UNQUOTE>" |
904 | @end smallexample | |
905 | ||
906 | @noindent | |
907 | @code{lquote} and @code{rquote} are indeed the new left and right quotes. | |
93918348 RP |
908 | To look at some context, we can display ten lines of source |
909 | surrounding the current line with the @code{l} (@code{list}) command. | |
70b88761 RP |
910 | |
911 | @smallexample | |
18fae2a8 | 912 | (@value{GDBP}) @b{l} |
70b88761 | 913 | 533 xfree(rquote); |
e251e767 | 914 | 534 |
203eea5d RP |
915 | 535 lquote = (lq == nil || *lq == '\0') ? def_lquote\ |
916 | : xstrdup (lq); | |
917 | 536 rquote = (rq == nil || *rq == '\0') ? def_rquote\ | |
918 | : xstrdup (rq); | |
e251e767 | 919 | 537 |
70b88761 RP |
920 | 538 len_lquote = strlen(rquote); |
921 | 539 len_rquote = strlen(lquote); | |
922 | 540 @} | |
e251e767 | 923 | 541 |
70b88761 RP |
924 | 542 void |
925 | @end smallexample | |
926 | ||
927 | @noindent | |
93918348 | 928 | Let us step past the two lines that set @code{len_lquote} and |
70b88761 RP |
929 | @code{len_rquote}, and then examine the values of those variables. |
930 | ||
931 | @smallexample | |
18fae2a8 | 932 | (@value{GDBP}) @b{n} |
70b88761 | 933 | 539 len_rquote = strlen(lquote); |
18fae2a8 | 934 | (@value{GDBP}) @b{n} |
70b88761 | 935 | 540 @} |
18fae2a8 | 936 | (@value{GDBP}) @b{p len_lquote} |
70b88761 | 937 | $3 = 9 |
18fae2a8 | 938 | (@value{GDBP}) @b{p len_rquote} |
70b88761 RP |
939 | $4 = 7 |
940 | @end smallexample | |
941 | ||
942 | @noindent | |
943 | That certainly looks wrong, assuming @code{len_lquote} and | |
944 | @code{len_rquote} are meant to be the lengths of @code{lquote} and | |
93918348 RP |
945 | @code{rquote} respectively. We can set them to better values using |
946 | the @code{p} command, since it can print the value of | |
70b88761 | 947 | any expression---and that expression can include subroutine calls and |
e251e767 | 948 | assignments. |
70b88761 RP |
949 | |
950 | @smallexample | |
18fae2a8 | 951 | (@value{GDBP}) @b{p len_lquote=strlen(lquote)} |
70b88761 | 952 | $5 = 7 |
18fae2a8 | 953 | (@value{GDBP}) @b{p len_rquote=strlen(rquote)} |
70b88761 RP |
954 | $6 = 9 |
955 | @end smallexample | |
956 | ||
957 | @noindent | |
93918348 RP |
958 | Is that enough to fix the problem of using the new quotes with the |
959 | @code{m4} built-in @code{defn}? We can allow @code{m4} to continue | |
70b88761 RP |
960 | executing with the @code{c} (@code{continue}) command, and then try the |
961 | example that caused trouble initially: | |
962 | ||
963 | @smallexample | |
18fae2a8 | 964 | (@value{GDBP}) @b{c} |
70b88761 RP |
965 | Continuing. |
966 | ||
6ca72cc6 | 967 | @b{define(baz,defn(<QUOTE>foo<UNQUOTE>))} |
70b88761 RP |
968 | |
969 | baz | |
970 | 0000 | |
971 | @end smallexample | |
972 | ||
973 | @noindent | |
974 | Success! The new quotes now work just as well as the default ones. The | |
975 | problem seems to have been just the two typos defining the wrong | |
93918348 | 976 | lengths. We allow @code{m4} exit by giving it an EOF as input: |
70b88761 RP |
977 | |
978 | @smallexample | |
6ca72cc6 | 979 | @b{C-d} |
70b88761 RP |
980 | Program exited normally. |
981 | @end smallexample | |
982 | ||
e251e767 | 983 | @noindent |
18fae2a8 RP |
984 | The message @samp{Program exited normally.} is from @value{GDBN}; it |
985 | indicates @code{m4} has finished executing. We can end our @value{GDBN} | |
986 | session with the @value{GDBN} @code{quit} command. | |
70b88761 RP |
987 | |
988 | @smallexample | |
18fae2a8 RP |
989 | (@value{GDBP}) @b{quit} |
990 | @end smallexample | |
991 | @end ifclear | |
70b88761 | 992 | |
9897afc6 | 993 | @node Invocation, Commands, Sample Session, Top |
18fae2a8 | 994 | @chapter Getting In and Out of @value{GDBN} |
70b88761 | 995 | |
18fae2a8 | 996 | This chapter discusses how to start @value{GDBN}, and how to get out of it. |
af215b1a VM |
997 | The essentials are: |
998 | @itemize @bullet | |
999 | @item | |
1000 | type @samp{@value{GDBP}} to start GDB. | |
1001 | @item | |
1002 | type @kbd{quit} or @kbd{C-d} to exit. | |
1003 | @end itemize | |
29a2b744 | 1004 | |
70b88761 | 1005 | @menu |
ed447b95 | 1006 | * Invoking GDB:: How to start @value{GDBN} |
9897afc6 | 1007 | * Quitting GDB:: How to quit @value{GDBN} |
ed447b95 | 1008 | * Shell Commands:: How to use shell commands inside @value{GDBN} |
70b88761 | 1009 | @end menu |
18fae2a8 | 1010 | |
9897afc6 | 1011 | @node Invoking GDB, Quitting GDB, Invocation, Invocation |
ed447b95 | 1012 | @section Invoking @value{GDBN} |
18fae2a8 | 1013 | |
a64a6c2b | 1014 | @ifset H8EXCLUSIVE |
18fae2a8 | 1015 | For details on starting up @value{GDBP} as a |
a64a6c2b RP |
1016 | remote debugger attached to a Hitachi microprocessor, see @ref{Hitachi |
1017 | Remote,,@value{GDBN} and Hitachi Microprocessors}. | |
18fae2a8 | 1018 | @end ifset |
4eb4cf57 | 1019 | |
ed447b95 | 1020 | Invoke @value{GDBN} by running the program @code{@value{GDBP}}. Once started, |
18fae2a8 | 1021 | @value{GDBN} reads commands from the terminal until you tell it to exit. |
70b88761 | 1022 | |
18fae2a8 | 1023 | You can also run @code{@value{GDBP}} with a variety of arguments and options, |
c7cb8acb RP |
1024 | to specify more of your debugging environment at the outset. |
1025 | ||
18fae2a8 | 1026 | @ifset GENERIC |
c7cb8acb RP |
1027 | The command-line options described here are designed |
1028 | to cover a variety of situations; in some environments, some of these | |
1029 | options may effectively be unavailable. | |
18fae2a8 | 1030 | @end ifset |
c7cb8acb | 1031 | |
18fae2a8 | 1032 | The most usual way to start @value{GDBN} is with one argument, |
4eb4cf57 | 1033 | specifying an executable program: |
1041a570 | 1034 | |
70b88761 | 1035 | @example |
18fae2a8 | 1036 | @value{GDBP} @var{program} |
70b88761 | 1037 | @end example |
1041a570 | 1038 | |
18fae2a8 | 1039 | @ifclear BARETARGET |
70b88761 | 1040 | @noindent |
29a2b744 RP |
1041 | You can also start with both an executable program and a core file |
1042 | specified: | |
1041a570 | 1043 | |
70b88761 | 1044 | @example |
18fae2a8 | 1045 | @value{GDBP} @var{program} @var{core} |
70b88761 RP |
1046 | @end example |
1047 | ||
b80282d5 RP |
1048 | You can, instead, specify a process ID as a second argument, if you want |
1049 | to debug a running process: | |
1041a570 | 1050 | |
b80282d5 | 1051 | @example |
18fae2a8 | 1052 | @value{GDBP} @var{program} 1234 |
b80282d5 | 1053 | @end example |
1041a570 | 1054 | |
b80282d5 | 1055 | @noindent |
18fae2a8 RP |
1056 | would attach @value{GDBN} to process @code{1234} (unless you also have a file |
1057 | named @file{1234}; @value{GDBN} does check for a core file first). | |
b80282d5 | 1058 | |
9897afc6 | 1059 | @ifclear HPPA |
c7cb8acb | 1060 | Taking advantage of the second command-line argument requires a fairly |
18fae2a8 | 1061 | complete operating system; when you use @value{GDBN} as a remote debugger |
c7cb8acb RP |
1062 | attached to a bare board, there may not be any notion of ``process'', |
1063 | and there is often no way to get a core dump. | |
18fae2a8 | 1064 | @end ifclear |
9897afc6 | 1065 | @end ifclear |
c7cb8acb | 1066 | |
af215b1a VM |
1067 | You can run @code{gdb} without printing the front material, which describes |
1068 | @value{GDBN}'s non-warranty, by specifying @code{-silent}: | |
1069 | ||
1070 | @smallexample | |
9897afc6 | 1071 | @value{GDBP} -silent |
af215b1a VM |
1072 | @end smallexample |
1073 | ||
70b88761 | 1074 | @noindent |
18fae2a8 RP |
1075 | You can further control how @value{GDBN} starts up by using command-line |
1076 | options. @value{GDBN} itself can remind you of the options available. | |
29a2b744 RP |
1077 | |
1078 | @noindent | |
1079 | Type | |
1080 | ||
70b88761 | 1081 | @example |
18fae2a8 | 1082 | @value{GDBP} -help |
70b88761 | 1083 | @end example |
29a2b744 | 1084 | |
70b88761 | 1085 | @noindent |
29a2b744 | 1086 | to display all available options and briefly describe their use |
18fae2a8 | 1087 | (@samp{@value{GDBP} -h} is a shorter equivalent). |
70b88761 RP |
1088 | |
1089 | All options and command line arguments you give are processed | |
1090 | in sequential order. The order makes a difference when the | |
e251e767 | 1091 | @samp{-x} option is used. |
70b88761 | 1092 | |
18fae2a8 | 1093 | |
70b88761 | 1094 | @menu |
18fae2a8 RP |
1095 | @ifclear GENERIC |
1096 | @ifset REMOTESTUB | |
1097 | * Remote Serial:: @value{GDBN} remote serial protocol | |
1098 | @end ifset | |
a64a6c2b | 1099 | @ifset I960 |
18fae2a8 RP |
1100 | * i960-Nindy Remote:: @value{GDBN} with a remote i960 (Nindy) |
1101 | @end ifset | |
a64a6c2b | 1102 | @ifset AMD29K |
b1955f0b RP |
1103 | * UDI29K Remote:: The UDI protocol for AMD29K |
1104 | * EB29K Remote:: The EBMON protocol for AMD29K | |
18fae2a8 RP |
1105 | @end ifset |
1106 | @ifset VXWORKS | |
1107 | * VxWorks Remote:: @value{GDBN} and VxWorks | |
1108 | @end ifset | |
a64a6c2b | 1109 | @ifset ST2000 |
18fae2a8 RP |
1110 | * ST2000 Remote:: @value{GDBN} with a Tandem ST2000 |
1111 | @end ifset | |
a64a6c2b RP |
1112 | @ifset H8 |
1113 | * Hitachi Remote:: @value{GDBN} and Hitachi Microprocessors | |
18fae2a8 | 1114 | @end ifset |
34ae25cd RP |
1115 | @ifset MIPS |
1116 | * MIPS Remote:: @value{GDBN} and MIPS boards | |
1117 | @end ifset | |
146ff252 DE |
1118 | @ifset SPARCLET |
1119 | * Sparclet Remote:: @value{GDBN} and Sparclet boards | |
1120 | @end ifset | |
fe715d06 RP |
1121 | @ifset SIMS |
1122 | * Simulator:: Simulated CPU target | |
18fae2a8 RP |
1123 | @end ifset |
1124 | @end ifclear | |
1d7c3357 | 1125 | @c remnant makeinfo bug requires this blank line after *two* end-ifblahs: |
18fae2a8 | 1126 | |
ed447b95 RP |
1127 | * File Options:: Choosing files |
1128 | * Mode Options:: Choosing modes | |
18fae2a8 | 1129 | @end menu |
18fae2a8 RP |
1130 | |
1131 | @ifclear GENERIC | |
9897afc6 | 1132 | @ifclear HPPA |
4af6d502 | 1133 | @include remote.texi |
18fae2a8 | 1134 | @end ifclear |
9897afc6 | 1135 | @end ifclear |
4eb4cf57 RP |
1136 | |
1137 | @node File Options | |
93928b60 | 1138 | @subsection Choosing files |
70b88761 | 1139 | |
18fae2a8 RP |
1140 | @ifclear BARETARGET |
1141 | When @value{GDBN} starts, it reads any arguments other than options as | |
29a2b744 RP |
1142 | specifying an executable file and core file (or process ID). This is |
1143 | the same as if the arguments were specified by the @samp{-se} and | |
18fae2a8 | 1144 | @samp{-c} options respectively. (@value{GDBN} reads the first argument |
29a2b744 RP |
1145 | that does not have an associated option flag as equivalent to the |
1146 | @samp{-se} option followed by that argument; and the second argument | |
1147 | that does not have an associated option flag, if any, as equivalent to | |
1148 | the @samp{-c} option followed by that argument.) | |
18fae2a8 RP |
1149 | @end ifclear |
1150 | @ifset BARETARGET | |
1151 | When @value{GDBN} starts, it reads any argument other than options as | |
4eb4cf57 RP |
1152 | specifying an executable file. This is the same as if the argument was |
1153 | specified by the @samp{-se} option. | |
18fae2a8 | 1154 | @end ifset |
29a2b744 RP |
1155 | |
1156 | Many options have both long and short forms; both are shown in the | |
18fae2a8 | 1157 | following list. @value{GDBN} also recognizes the long forms if you truncate |
29a2b744 RP |
1158 | them, so long as enough of the option is present to be unambiguous. |
1159 | (If you prefer, you can flag option arguments with @samp{--} rather | |
1160 | than @samp{-}, though we illustrate the more usual convention.) | |
70b88761 RP |
1161 | |
1162 | @table @code | |
6b51acad | 1163 | @item -symbols @var{file} |
70b88761 RP |
1164 | @itemx -s @var{file} |
1165 | Read symbol table from file @var{file}. | |
1166 | ||
6b51acad | 1167 | @item -exec @var{file} |
70b88761 RP |
1168 | @itemx -e @var{file} |
1169 | Use file @var{file} as the executable file to execute when | |
1d7c3357 RP |
1170 | @ifset BARETARGET |
1171 | appropriate. | |
1172 | @end ifset | |
1173 | @ifclear BARETARGET | |
70b88761 RP |
1174 | appropriate, and for examining pure data in conjunction with a core |
1175 | dump. | |
1d7c3357 | 1176 | @end ifclear |
70b88761 | 1177 | |
6b51acad | 1178 | @item -se @var{file} |
70b88761 RP |
1179 | Read symbol table from file @var{file} and use it as the executable |
1180 | file. | |
1181 | ||
18fae2a8 | 1182 | @ifclear BARETARGET |
6b51acad | 1183 | @item -core @var{file} |
70b88761 RP |
1184 | @itemx -c @var{file} |
1185 | Use file @var{file} as a core dump to examine. | |
d55320a0 RP |
1186 | |
1187 | @item -c @var{number} | |
1188 | Connect to process ID @var{number}, as with the @code{attach} command | |
1189 | (unless there is a file in core-dump format named @var{number}, in which | |
1190 | case @samp{-c} specifies that file as a core dump to read). | |
18fae2a8 | 1191 | @end ifclear |
70b88761 | 1192 | |
6b51acad | 1193 | @item -command @var{file} |
70b88761 | 1194 | @itemx -x @var{file} |
93928b60 RP |
1195 | Execute @value{GDBN} commands from file @var{file}. @xref{Command |
1196 | Files,, Command files}. | |
70b88761 | 1197 | |
6b51acad | 1198 | @item -directory @var{directory} |
70b88761 RP |
1199 | @itemx -d @var{directory} |
1200 | Add @var{directory} to the path to search for source files. | |
14d01801 | 1201 | |
18fae2a8 | 1202 | @ifclear BARETARGET |
9897afc6 | 1203 | @ifclear HPPA |
14d01801 RP |
1204 | @item -m |
1205 | @itemx -mapped | |
1206 | @emph{Warning: this option depends on operating system facilities that are not | |
1207 | supported on all systems.}@* | |
77b46d13 JG |
1208 | If memory-mapped files are available on your system through the @code{mmap} |
1209 | system call, you can use this option | |
18fae2a8 | 1210 | to have @value{GDBN} write the symbols from your |
77b46d13 | 1211 | program into a reusable file in the current directory. If the program you are debugging is |
9a27b06e RP |
1212 | called @file{/tmp/fred}, the mapped symbol file is @file{./fred.syms}. |
1213 | Future @value{GDBN} debugging sessions notice the presence of this file, | |
1214 | and can quickly map in symbol information from it, rather than reading | |
77b46d13 JG |
1215 | the symbol table from the executable program. |
1216 | ||
1d7c3357 RP |
1217 | The @file{.syms} file is specific to the host machine where @value{GDBN} |
1218 | is run. It holds an exact image of the internal @value{GDBN} symbol | |
1219 | table. It cannot be shared across multiple host platforms. | |
18fae2a8 | 1220 | @end ifclear |
9897afc6 | 1221 | @end ifclear |
77b46d13 | 1222 | |
9897afc6 | 1223 | @ifclear HPPA |
77b46d13 JG |
1224 | @item -r |
1225 | @itemx -readnow | |
1226 | Read each symbol file's entire symbol table immediately, rather than | |
1227 | the default, which is to read it incrementally as it is needed. | |
1228 | This makes startup slower, but makes future operations faster. | |
9897afc6 | 1229 | @end ifclear |
70b88761 RP |
1230 | @end table |
1231 | ||
18fae2a8 | 1232 | @ifclear BARETARGET |
9897afc6 | 1233 | @ifclear HPPA |
93918348 RP |
1234 | The @code{-mapped} and @code{-readnow} options are typically combined in |
1235 | order to build a @file{.syms} file that contains complete symbol | |
9897afc6 EE |
1236 | information. (@xref{Files,,Commands to specify files}, for |
1237 | information on @file{.syms} files.) A simple GDB invocation to do | |
1238 | nothing but build a @file{.syms} file for future use is: | |
77b46d13 JG |
1239 | |
1240 | @example | |
1241 | gdb -batch -nx -mapped -readnow programname | |
1242 | @end example | |
18fae2a8 | 1243 | @end ifclear |
9897afc6 | 1244 | @end ifclear |
77b46d13 | 1245 | |
9897afc6 | 1246 | @node Mode Options, , File Options, Invoking GDB |
93928b60 | 1247 | @subsection Choosing modes |
1041a570 | 1248 | |
18fae2a8 | 1249 | You can run @value{GDBN} in various alternative modes---for example, in |
29a2b744 | 1250 | batch mode or quiet mode. |
70b88761 RP |
1251 | |
1252 | @table @code | |
1253 | @item -nx | |
1254 | @itemx -n | |
d55320a0 RP |
1255 | Do not execute commands from any initialization files (normally called |
1256 | @file{@value{GDBINIT}}). Normally, the commands in these files are | |
1257 | executed after all the command options and arguments have been | |
1258 | processed. @xref{Command Files,,Command files}. | |
70b88761 RP |
1259 | |
1260 | @item -quiet | |
1261 | @itemx -q | |
1262 | ``Quiet''. Do not print the introductory and copyright messages. These | |
c338a2fd | 1263 | messages are also suppressed in batch mode. |
70b88761 RP |
1264 | |
1265 | @item -batch | |
d55320a0 RP |
1266 | Run in batch mode. Exit with status @code{0} after processing all the |
1267 | command files specified with @samp{-x} (and all commands from | |
1268 | initialization files, if not inhibited with @samp{-n}). Exit with | |
1269 | nonzero status if an error occurs in executing the @value{GDBN} commands | |
1270 | in the command files. | |
70b88761 | 1271 | |
18fae2a8 | 1272 | Batch mode may be useful for running @value{GDBN} as a filter, for example to |
70b88761 | 1273 | download and run a program on another computer; in order to make this |
e251e767 | 1274 | more useful, the message |
1041a570 | 1275 | |
70b88761 RP |
1276 | @example |
1277 | Program exited normally. | |
1278 | @end example | |
1041a570 | 1279 | |
70b88761 | 1280 | @noindent |
18fae2a8 | 1281 | (which is ordinarily issued whenever a program running under @value{GDBN} control |
70b88761 RP |
1282 | terminates) is not issued when running in batch mode. |
1283 | ||
6b51acad | 1284 | @item -cd @var{directory} |
18fae2a8 | 1285 | Run @value{GDBN} using @var{directory} as its working directory, |
70b88761 RP |
1286 | instead of the current directory. |
1287 | ||
18fae2a8 | 1288 | @ifset LUCID |
45c53080 | 1289 | @item -context @var{authentication} |
18fae2a8 | 1290 | When the Energize programming system starts up @value{GDBN}, it uses this |
6ca72cc6 | 1291 | option to trigger an alternate mode of interaction. |
18fae2a8 | 1292 | @var{authentication} is a pair of numeric codes that identify @value{GDBN} |
6ca72cc6 | 1293 | as a client in the Energize environment. Avoid this option when you run |
18fae2a8 RP |
1294 | @value{GDBN} directly from the command line. See @ref{Energize,,Using |
1295 | @value{GDBN} with Energize} for more discussion of using @value{GDBN} with Energize. | |
1296 | @end ifset | |
6ca72cc6 | 1297 | |
1d7c3357 | 1298 | @ifclear DOSHOST |
70b88761 RP |
1299 | @item -fullname |
1300 | @itemx -f | |
af215b1a | 1301 | @sc{gnu} Emacs sets this option when it runs @value{GDBN} as a subprocess. It tells @value{GDBN} |
70b88761 RP |
1302 | to output the full file name and line number in a standard, |
1303 | recognizable fashion each time a stack frame is displayed (which | |
29a2b744 | 1304 | includes each time your program stops). This recognizable format looks |
70b88761 RP |
1305 | like two @samp{\032} characters, followed by the file name, line number |
1306 | and character position separated by colons, and a newline. The | |
18fae2a8 | 1307 | Emacs-to-@value{GDBN} interface program uses the two @samp{\032} characters as |
70b88761 | 1308 | a signal to display the source code for the frame. |
1d7c3357 | 1309 | @end ifclear |
70b88761 | 1310 | |
18fae2a8 | 1311 | @ifset SERIAL |
9897afc6 | 1312 | @ifclear HPPA |
70b88761 RP |
1313 | @item -b @var{bps} |
1314 | Set the line speed (baud rate or bits per second) of any serial | |
18fae2a8 | 1315 | interface used by @value{GDBN} for remote debugging. |
9897afc6 | 1316 | @end ifclear |
70b88761 | 1317 | |
6b51acad | 1318 | @item -tty @var{device} |
70b88761 | 1319 | Run using @var{device} for your program's standard input and output. |
29a2b744 | 1320 | @c FIXME: kingdon thinks there is more to -tty. Investigate. |
18fae2a8 | 1321 | @end ifset |
9897afc6 EE |
1322 | |
1323 | @ifset HPPA | |
1324 | @item -tui | |
1325 | Use a Terminal User Interface. For information, use your Web browser to | |
1326 | read the file @file{TUI.html}, which is usually installed in the | |
1327 | directory @code{/opt/langtools/wdb/doc} on HP-UX systems. Do not use | |
1328 | this option if you run @value{GDBN} from Emacs (see @pxref{Emacs, ,Using | |
1329 | @value{GDBN} under @sc{gnu} Emacs}). | |
1330 | ||
1331 | @item -xdb | |
1332 | Run in XDB compatibility mode, allowing the use of certain XDB commands. | |
1333 | For information, see the file @file{xdb_trans.html}, which is usually | |
1334 | installed in the directory @code{/opt/langtools/wdb/doc} on HP-UX | |
1335 | systems. | |
1336 | @end ifset | |
70b88761 RP |
1337 | @end table |
1338 | ||
9897afc6 | 1339 | @node Quitting GDB, Shell Commands, Invoking GDB, Invocation |
ed447b95 | 1340 | @section Quitting @value{GDBN} |
18fae2a8 | 1341 | @cindex exiting @value{GDBN} |
ed447b95 | 1342 | @cindex leaving @value{GDBN} |
1041a570 | 1343 | |
70b88761 | 1344 | @table @code |
f94cadf9 | 1345 | @kindex quit @r{[}@var{expression}@r{]} |
70b88761 | 1346 | @kindex q |
af215b1a VM |
1347 | @item quit |
1348 | To exit @value{GDBN}, use the @code{quit} command (abbreviated @code{q}), or | |
f94cadf9 SS |
1349 | type an end-of-file character (usually @kbd{C-d}). If you do not supply |
1350 | @var{expression}, @value{GDBN} will terminate normally; otherwise it will | |
1351 | terminate using the result of @var{expression} as the error code. | |
70b88761 RP |
1352 | @end table |
1353 | ||
1354 | @cindex interrupt | |
9a27b06e RP |
1355 | An interrupt (often @kbd{C-c}) does not exit from @value{GDBN}, but rather |
1356 | terminates the action of any @value{GDBN} command that is in progress and | |
1357 | returns to @value{GDBN} command level. It is safe to type the interrupt | |
18fae2a8 | 1358 | character at any time because @value{GDBN} does not allow it to take effect |
70b88761 RP |
1359 | until a time when it is safe. |
1360 | ||
18fae2a8 | 1361 | @ifclear BARETARGET |
ed447b95 RP |
1362 | If you have been using @value{GDBN} to control an attached process or |
1363 | device, you can release it with the @code{detach} command | |
93928b60 | 1364 | (@pxref{Attach, ,Debugging an already-running process}). |
18fae2a8 | 1365 | @end ifclear |
70b88761 | 1366 | |
9897afc6 | 1367 | @node Shell Commands, , Quitting GDB, Invocation |
93928b60 | 1368 | @section Shell commands |
1041a570 | 1369 | |
70b88761 | 1370 | If you need to execute occasional shell commands during your |
18fae2a8 | 1371 | debugging session, there is no need to leave or suspend @value{GDBN}; you can |
70b88761 RP |
1372 | just use the @code{shell} command. |
1373 | ||
1374 | @table @code | |
70b88761 RP |
1375 | @kindex shell |
1376 | @cindex shell escape | |
af215b1a | 1377 | @item shell @var{command string} |
9897afc6 | 1378 | Invoke a standard shell to execute @var{command string}. |
a1eff6c2 | 1379 | @ifclear DOSHOST |
75f844cc RP |
1380 | If it exists, the environment variable @code{SHELL} determines which |
1381 | shell to run. Otherwise @value{GDBN} uses @code{/bin/sh}. | |
a1eff6c2 | 1382 | @end ifclear |
70b88761 RP |
1383 | @end table |
1384 | ||
1385 | The utility @code{make} is often needed in development environments. | |
a1eff6c2 RP |
1386 | You do not have to use the @code{shell} command for this purpose in |
1387 | @value{GDBN}: | |
70b88761 RP |
1388 | |
1389 | @table @code | |
70b88761 RP |
1390 | @kindex make |
1391 | @cindex calling make | |
af215b1a | 1392 | @item make @var{make-args} |
a1eff6c2 | 1393 | Execute the @code{make} program with the specified |
70b88761 RP |
1394 | arguments. This is equivalent to @samp{shell make @var{make-args}}. |
1395 | @end table | |
1396 | ||
9897afc6 | 1397 | @node Commands, Running, Invocation, Top |
18fae2a8 | 1398 | @chapter @value{GDBN} Commands |
70b88761 | 1399 | |
18fae2a8 | 1400 | You can abbreviate a @value{GDBN} command to the first few letters of the command |
6f3ec223 | 1401 | name, if that abbreviation is unambiguous; and you can repeat certain |
18fae2a8 RP |
1402 | @value{GDBN} commands by typing just @key{RET}. You can also use the @key{TAB} |
1403 | key to get @value{GDBN} to fill out the rest of a word in a command (or to | |
93918348 | 1404 | show you the alternatives available, if there is more than one possibility). |
29a2b744 | 1405 | |
70b88761 | 1406 | @menu |
ed447b95 RP |
1407 | * Command Syntax:: How to give commands to @value{GDBN} |
1408 | * Completion:: Command completion | |
1409 | * Help:: How to ask @value{GDBN} for help | |
70b88761 RP |
1410 | @end menu |
1411 | ||
9897afc6 | 1412 | @node Command Syntax, Completion, Commands, Commands |
93928b60 | 1413 | @section Command syntax |
1041a570 | 1414 | |
fe715d06 RP |
1415 | A @value{GDBN} command is a single line of input. There is no limit on |
1416 | how long it can be. It starts with a command name, which is followed by | |
1417 | arguments whose meaning depends on the command name. For example, the | |
1418 | command @code{step} accepts an argument which is the number of times to | |
1419 | step, as in @samp{step 5}. You can also use the @code{step} command | |
1420 | with no arguments. Some command names do not allow any arguments. | |
70b88761 RP |
1421 | |
1422 | @cindex abbreviation | |
18fae2a8 | 1423 | @value{GDBN} command names may always be truncated if that abbreviation is |
70b88761 RP |
1424 | unambiguous. Other possible command abbreviations are listed in the |
1425 | documentation for individual commands. In some cases, even ambiguous | |
1426 | abbreviations are allowed; for example, @code{s} is specially defined as | |
1427 | equivalent to @code{step} even though there are other commands whose | |
1428 | names start with @code{s}. You can test abbreviations by using them as | |
7463aadd | 1429 | arguments to the @code{help} command. |
70b88761 | 1430 | |
e251e767 | 1431 | @cindex repeating commands |
70b88761 | 1432 | @kindex RET |
18fae2a8 | 1433 | A blank line as input to @value{GDBN} (typing just @key{RET}) means to |
70b88761 | 1434 | repeat the previous command. Certain commands (for example, @code{run}) |
9a27b06e | 1435 | will not repeat this way; these are commands whose unintentional |
70b88761 RP |
1436 | repetition might cause trouble and which you are unlikely to want to |
1437 | repeat. | |
1438 | ||
1439 | The @code{list} and @code{x} commands, when you repeat them with | |
1440 | @key{RET}, construct new arguments rather than repeating | |
1441 | exactly as typed. This permits easy scanning of source or memory. | |
1442 | ||
18fae2a8 | 1443 | @value{GDBN} can also use @key{RET} in another way: to partition lengthy |
b80282d5 | 1444 | output, in a way similar to the common utility @code{more} |
93928b60 RP |
1445 | (@pxref{Screen Size,,Screen size}). Since it is easy to press one |
1446 | @key{RET} too many in this situation, @value{GDBN} disables command | |
1447 | repetition after any command that generates this sort of display. | |
b80282d5 | 1448 | |
70b88761 RP |
1449 | @kindex # |
1450 | @cindex comment | |
fe715d06 RP |
1451 | Any text from a @kbd{#} to the end of the line is a comment; it does |
1452 | nothing. This is useful mainly in command files (@pxref{Command | |
1453 | Files,,Command files}). | |
70b88761 | 1454 | |
9897afc6 | 1455 | @node Completion, Help, Command Syntax, Commands |
93928b60 | 1456 | @section Command completion |
6f3ec223 RP |
1457 | |
1458 | @cindex completion | |
1459 | @cindex word completion | |
93918348 | 1460 | @value{GDBN} can fill in the rest of a word in a command for you, if there is |
6f3ec223 | 1461 | only one possibility; it can also show you what the valid possibilities |
18fae2a8 RP |
1462 | are for the next word in a command, at any time. This works for @value{GDBN} |
1463 | commands, @value{GDBN} subcommands, and the names of symbols in your program. | |
6f3ec223 | 1464 | |
18fae2a8 | 1465 | Press the @key{TAB} key whenever you want @value{GDBN} to fill out the rest |
9a27b06e RP |
1466 | of a word. If there is only one possibility, @value{GDBN} fills in the |
1467 | word, and waits for you to finish the command (or press @key{RET} to | |
6f3ec223 RP |
1468 | enter it). For example, if you type |
1469 | ||
93918348 | 1470 | @c FIXME "@key" does not distinguish its argument sufficiently to permit |
0fdc6e27 RP |
1471 | @c complete accuracy in these examples; space introduced for clarity. |
1472 | @c If texinfo enhancements make it unnecessary, it would be nice to | |
1473 | @c replace " @key" by "@key" in the following... | |
6f3ec223 | 1474 | @example |
18fae2a8 | 1475 | (@value{GDBP}) info bre @key{TAB} |
6f3ec223 RP |
1476 | @end example |
1477 | ||
1478 | @noindent | |
93918348 | 1479 | @value{GDBN} fills in the rest of the word @samp{breakpoints}, since that is |
6f3ec223 RP |
1480 | the only @code{info} subcommand beginning with @samp{bre}: |
1481 | ||
1482 | @example | |
18fae2a8 | 1483 | (@value{GDBP}) info breakpoints |
6f3ec223 RP |
1484 | @end example |
1485 | ||
1486 | @noindent | |
1487 | You can either press @key{RET} at this point, to run the @code{info | |
1488 | breakpoints} command, or backspace and enter something else, if | |
93918348 | 1489 | @samp{breakpoints} does not look like the command you expected. (If you |
6f3ec223 RP |
1490 | were sure you wanted @code{info breakpoints} in the first place, you |
1491 | might as well just type @key{RET} immediately after @samp{info bre}, | |
1492 | to exploit command abbreviations rather than command completion). | |
1493 | ||
1494 | If there is more than one possibility for the next word when you press | |
9a27b06e RP |
1495 | @key{TAB}, @value{GDBN} sounds a bell. You can either supply more |
1496 | characters and try again, or just press @key{TAB} a second time; | |
1497 | @value{GDBN} displays all the possible completions for that word. For | |
6f3ec223 | 1498 | example, you might want to set a breakpoint on a subroutine whose name |
18fae2a8 | 1499 | begins with @samp{make_}, but when you type @kbd{b make_@key{TAB}} @value{GDBN} |
9a27b06e | 1500 | just sounds the bell. Typing @key{TAB} again displays all the |
6f3ec223 RP |
1501 | function names in your program that begin with those characters, for |
1502 | example: | |
1503 | ||
1504 | @example | |
18fae2a8 RP |
1505 | (@value{GDBP}) b make_ @key{TAB} |
1506 | @exdent @value{GDBN} sounds bell; press @key{TAB} again, to see: | |
6f3ec223 RP |
1507 | make_a_section_from_file make_environ |
1508 | make_abs_section make_function_type | |
1509 | make_blockvector make_pointer_type | |
1510 | make_cleanup make_reference_type | |
1511 | make_command make_symbol_completion_list | |
18fae2a8 | 1512 | (@value{GDBP}) b make_ |
6f3ec223 RP |
1513 | @end example |
1514 | ||
1515 | @noindent | |
18fae2a8 | 1516 | After displaying the available possibilities, @value{GDBN} copies your |
b1385986 | 1517 | partial input (@samp{b make_} in the example) so you can finish the |
6f3ec223 RP |
1518 | command. |
1519 | ||
1520 | If you just want to see the list of alternatives in the first place, you | |
b1385986 | 1521 | can press @kbd{M-?} rather than pressing @key{TAB} twice. @kbd{M-?} |
0f153e74 | 1522 | means @kbd{@key{META} ?}. You can type this |
18fae2a8 | 1523 | @ifclear DOSHOST |
0f153e74 | 1524 | either by holding down a |
b1385986 | 1525 | key designated as the @key{META} shift on your keyboard (if there is |
0f153e74 | 1526 | one) while typing @kbd{?}, or |
18fae2a8 | 1527 | @end ifclear |
0f153e74 | 1528 | as @key{ESC} followed by @kbd{?}. |
6f3ec223 RP |
1529 | |
1530 | @cindex quotes in commands | |
1531 | @cindex completion of quoted strings | |
1532 | Sometimes the string you need, while logically a ``word'', may contain | |
18fae2a8 | 1533 | parentheses or other characters that @value{GDBN} normally excludes from its |
6f3ec223 | 1534 | notion of a word. To permit word completion to work in this situation, |
18fae2a8 | 1535 | you may enclose words in @code{'} (single quote marks) in @value{GDBN} commands. |
6f3ec223 | 1536 | |
1d7c3357 | 1537 | @ifclear CONLY |
6f3ec223 RP |
1538 | The most likely situation where you might need this is in typing the |
1539 | name of a C++ function. This is because C++ allows function overloading | |
1540 | (multiple definitions of the same function, distinguished by argument | |
b1385986 RP |
1541 | type). For example, when you want to set a breakpoint you may need to |
1542 | distinguish whether you mean the version of @code{name} that takes an | |
1543 | @code{int} parameter, @code{name(int)}, or the version that takes a | |
1544 | @code{float} parameter, @code{name(float)}. To use the word-completion | |
1545 | facilities in this situation, type a single quote @code{'} at the | |
18fae2a8 | 1546 | beginning of the function name. This alerts @value{GDBN} that it may need to |
b1385986 RP |
1547 | consider more information than usual when you press @key{TAB} or |
1548 | @kbd{M-?} to request word completion: | |
6f3ec223 RP |
1549 | |
1550 | @example | |
18fae2a8 | 1551 | (@value{GDBP}) b 'bubble( @key{M-?} |
0fdc6e27 | 1552 | bubble(double,double) bubble(int,int) |
18fae2a8 | 1553 | (@value{GDBP}) b 'bubble( |
6f3ec223 RP |
1554 | @end example |
1555 | ||
9a27b06e RP |
1556 | In some cases, @value{GDBN} can tell that completing a name requires using |
1557 | quotes. When this happens, @value{GDBN} inserts the quote for you (while | |
0fdc6e27 RP |
1558 | completing as much as it can) if you do not type the quote in the first |
1559 | place: | |
1560 | ||
1561 | @example | |
18fae2a8 RP |
1562 | (@value{GDBP}) b bub @key{TAB} |
1563 | @exdent @value{GDBN} alters your input line to the following, and rings a bell: | |
1564 | (@value{GDBP}) b 'bubble( | |
0fdc6e27 RP |
1565 | @end example |
1566 | ||
1567 | @noindent | |
18fae2a8 | 1568 | In general, @value{GDBN} can tell that a quote is needed (and inserts it) if |
0fdc6e27 RP |
1569 | you have not yet started typing the argument list when you ask for |
1570 | completion on an overloaded symbol. | |
9897afc6 EE |
1571 | |
1572 | For more information about overloaded functions, @pxref{Cplus | |
1573 | expressions, ,C++ expressions}. You can use the command @code{set | |
1574 | overload-resolution off} to disable overload resolution; | |
1575 | @pxref{Debugging C plus plus, ,@value{GDBN} features for C++}. | |
1d7c3357 | 1576 | @end ifclear |
0fdc6e27 RP |
1577 | |
1578 | ||
9897afc6 | 1579 | @node Help, , Completion, Commands |
93928b60 | 1580 | @section Getting help |
70b88761 RP |
1581 | @cindex online documentation |
1582 | @kindex help | |
1041a570 | 1583 | |
af215b1a VM |
1584 | You can always ask @value{GDBN} itself for information on its commands, |
1585 | using the command @code{help}. | |
70b88761 RP |
1586 | |
1587 | @table @code | |
af215b1a | 1588 | @kindex h |
70b88761 RP |
1589 | @item help |
1590 | @itemx h | |
70b88761 RP |
1591 | You can use @code{help} (abbreviated @code{h}) with no arguments to |
1592 | display a short list of named classes of commands: | |
1041a570 | 1593 | |
70b88761 | 1594 | @smallexample |
18fae2a8 | 1595 | (@value{GDBP}) help |
70b88761 RP |
1596 | List of classes of commands: |
1597 | ||
1598 | running -- Running the program | |
1599 | stack -- Examining the stack | |
1600 | data -- Examining data | |
1601 | breakpoints -- Making program stop at certain points | |
1602 | files -- Specifying and examining files | |
1603 | status -- Status inquiries | |
1604 | support -- Support facilities | |
1605 | user-defined -- User-defined commands | |
1606 | aliases -- Aliases of other commands | |
1607 | obscure -- Obscure features | |
1608 | ||
203eea5d RP |
1609 | Type "help" followed by a class name for a list of |
1610 | commands in that class. | |
1611 | Type "help" followed by command name for full | |
1612 | documentation. | |
70b88761 | 1613 | Command name abbreviations are allowed if unambiguous. |
18fae2a8 | 1614 | (@value{GDBP}) |
70b88761 RP |
1615 | @end smallexample |
1616 | ||
1617 | @item help @var{class} | |
1618 | Using one of the general help classes as an argument, you can get a | |
1619 | list of the individual commands in that class. For example, here is the | |
1620 | help display for the class @code{status}: | |
1041a570 | 1621 | |
70b88761 | 1622 | @smallexample |
18fae2a8 | 1623 | (@value{GDBP}) help status |
70b88761 RP |
1624 | Status inquiries. |
1625 | ||
1626 | List of commands: | |
1627 | ||
8c69096b RP |
1628 | @c Line break in "show" line falsifies real output, but needed |
1629 | @c to fit in smallbook page size. | |
1630 | show -- Generic command for showing things set | |
1631 | with "set" | |
70b88761 RP |
1632 | info -- Generic command for printing status |
1633 | ||
203eea5d RP |
1634 | Type "help" followed by command name for full |
1635 | documentation. | |
70b88761 | 1636 | Command name abbreviations are allowed if unambiguous. |
18fae2a8 | 1637 | (@value{GDBP}) |
70b88761 RP |
1638 | @end smallexample |
1639 | ||
1640 | @item help @var{command} | |
9a27b06e | 1641 | With a command name as @code{help} argument, @value{GDBN} displays a |
e251e767 | 1642 | short paragraph on how to use that command. |
af215b1a VM |
1643 | |
1644 | @kindex complete | |
1645 | @item complete @var{args} | |
1646 | The @code{complete @var{args}} command lists all the possible completions | |
1647 | for the beginning of a command. Use @var{args} to specify the beginning of the | |
1648 | command you want completed. For example: | |
1649 | ||
1650 | @smallexample | |
1651 | complete i | |
1652 | @end smallexample | |
1653 | ||
1654 | @noindent results in: | |
1655 | ||
1656 | @smallexample | |
9897afc6 | 1657 | @group |
af215b1a VM |
1658 | info |
1659 | inspect | |
1660 | ignore | |
9897afc6 | 1661 | @end group |
af215b1a VM |
1662 | @end smallexample |
1663 | ||
1664 | @noindent This is intended for use by @sc{gnu} Emacs. | |
70b88761 RP |
1665 | @end table |
1666 | ||
18fae2a8 | 1667 | In addition to @code{help}, you can use the @value{GDBN} commands @code{info} |
70b88761 | 1668 | and @code{show} to inquire about the state of your program, or the state |
18fae2a8 | 1669 | of @value{GDBN} itself. Each command supports many topics of inquiry; this |
70b88761 RP |
1670 | manual introduces each of them in the appropriate context. The listings |
1671 | under @code{info} and under @code{show} in the Index point to | |
29a2b744 | 1672 | all the sub-commands. @xref{Index}. |
70b88761 RP |
1673 | |
1674 | @c @group | |
1675 | @table @code | |
70b88761 RP |
1676 | @kindex info |
1677 | @kindex i | |
af215b1a | 1678 | @item info |
70b88761 | 1679 | This command (abbreviated @code{i}) is for describing the state of your |
ed447b95 RP |
1680 | program. For example, you can list the arguments given to your program |
1681 | with @code{info args}, list the registers currently in use with @code{info | |
1682 | registers}, or list the breakpoints you have set with @code{info breakpoints}. | |
70b88761 RP |
1683 | You can get a complete list of the @code{info} sub-commands with |
1684 | @w{@code{help info}}. | |
1685 | ||
af215b1a VM |
1686 | @kindex set |
1687 | @item set | |
1688 | You can assign the result of an expresson to an environment variable with | |
1689 | @code{set}. For example, you can set the @value{GDBN} prompt to a $-sign with | |
1690 | @code{set prompt $}. | |
1691 | ||
70b88761 RP |
1692 | @kindex show |
1693 | @item show | |
af215b1a VM |
1694 | In contrast to @code{info}, @code{show} is for describing the state of |
1695 | @value{GDBN} itself. | |
70b88761 RP |
1696 | You can change most of the things you can @code{show}, by using the |
1697 | related command @code{set}; for example, you can control what number | |
1698 | system is used for displays with @code{set radix}, or simply inquire | |
e251e767 | 1699 | which is currently in use with @code{show radix}. |
70b88761 RP |
1700 | |
1701 | @kindex info set | |
1702 | To display all the settable parameters and their current | |
1703 | values, you can use @code{show} with no arguments; you may also use | |
1704 | @code{info set}. Both commands produce the same display. | |
1705 | @c FIXME: "info set" violates the rule that "info" is for state of | |
1706 | @c FIXME...program. Ck w/ GNU: "info set" to be called something else, | |
1707 | @c FIXME...or change desc of rule---eg "state of prog and debugging session"? | |
1708 | @end table | |
1709 | @c @end group | |
1710 | ||
1711 | Here are three miscellaneous @code{show} subcommands, all of which are | |
1712 | exceptional in lacking corresponding @code{set} commands: | |
1713 | ||
1714 | @table @code | |
1715 | @kindex show version | |
3d3ab540 | 1716 | @cindex version number |
70b88761 | 1717 | @item show version |
18fae2a8 RP |
1718 | Show what version of @value{GDBN} is running. You should include this |
1719 | information in @value{GDBN} bug-reports. If multiple versions of @value{GDBN} are in | |
ed447b95 | 1720 | use at your site, you may occasionally want to determine which version |
18fae2a8 | 1721 | of @value{GDBN} you are running; as @value{GDBN} evolves, new commands are introduced, |
1041a570 | 1722 | and old ones may wither away. The version number is also announced |
d55320a0 | 1723 | when you start @value{GDBN}. |
70b88761 RP |
1724 | |
1725 | @kindex show copying | |
1726 | @item show copying | |
18fae2a8 | 1727 | Display information about permission for copying @value{GDBN}. |
70b88761 RP |
1728 | |
1729 | @kindex show warranty | |
1730 | @item show warranty | |
af215b1a | 1731 | Display the @sc{gnu} ``NO WARRANTY'' statement. |
70b88761 RP |
1732 | @end table |
1733 | ||
9897afc6 | 1734 | @node Running, Stopping, Commands, Top |
18fae2a8 | 1735 | @chapter Running Programs Under @value{GDBN} |
70b88761 | 1736 | |
ed447b95 | 1737 | When you run a program under @value{GDBN}, you must first generate |
1d7c3357 | 1738 | debugging information when you compile it. |
18fae2a8 | 1739 | @ifclear BARETARGET |
af215b1a VM |
1740 | You may start @value{GDBN} with its arguments, if any, in an environment |
1741 | of your choice. You may redirect your program's input and output, debug an | |
1d7c3357 | 1742 | already running process, or kill a child process. |
18fae2a8 | 1743 | @end ifclear |
18fae2a8 | 1744 | |
18fae2a8 | 1745 | @menu |
ed447b95 RP |
1746 | * Compilation:: Compiling for debugging |
1747 | * Starting:: Starting your program | |
1d7c3357 | 1748 | @ifclear BARETARGET |
ed447b95 RP |
1749 | * Arguments:: Your program's arguments |
1750 | * Environment:: Your program's environment | |
9897afc6 EE |
1751 | @end ifclear |
1752 | ||
ed447b95 RP |
1753 | * Working Directory:: Your program's working directory |
1754 | * Input/Output:: Your program's input and output | |
1755 | * Attach:: Debugging an already-running process | |
1756 | * Kill Process:: Killing the child process | |
9897afc6 | 1757 | @ifclear HPPA |
ed447b95 | 1758 | * Process Information:: Additional process information |
18fae2a8 | 1759 | @end ifclear |
9897afc6 EE |
1760 | |
1761 | * Threads:: Debugging programs with multiple threads | |
1762 | * Processes:: Debugging programs with multiple processes | |
18fae2a8 | 1763 | @end menu |
70b88761 | 1764 | |
9897afc6 | 1765 | @node Compilation, Starting, Running, Running |
93928b60 | 1766 | @section Compiling for debugging |
70b88761 RP |
1767 | |
1768 | In order to debug a program effectively, you need to generate | |
1769 | debugging information when you compile it. This debugging information | |
1770 | is stored in the object file; it describes the data type of each | |
1771 | variable or function and the correspondence between source line numbers | |
1772 | and addresses in the executable code. | |
1773 | ||
1774 | To request debugging information, specify the @samp{-g} option when you run | |
1775 | the compiler. | |
1776 | ||
1777 | Many C compilers are unable to handle the @samp{-g} and @samp{-O} | |
1778 | options together. Using those compilers, you cannot generate optimized | |
1779 | executables containing debugging information. | |
1780 | ||
9897afc6 | 1781 | @ifclear HPPA |
af215b1a | 1782 | @value{NGCC}, the @sc{gnu} C compiler, supports @samp{-g} with or without |
9897afc6 EE |
1783 | @end ifclear |
1784 | @ifset HPPA | |
1785 | The HP ANSI C and C++ compilers, as well as @value{NGCC}, the @sc{gnu} C | |
1786 | compiler, support @samp{-g} with or without | |
1787 | @end ifset | |
c7cb8acb RP |
1788 | @samp{-O}, making it possible to debug optimized code. We recommend |
1789 | that you @emph{always} use @samp{-g} whenever you compile a program. | |
1790 | You may think your program is correct, but there is no sense in pushing | |
1791 | your luck. | |
70b88761 | 1792 | |
6ca72cc6 RP |
1793 | @cindex optimized code, debugging |
1794 | @cindex debugging optimized code | |
1795 | When you debug a program compiled with @samp{-g -O}, remember that the | |
9a27b06e | 1796 | optimizer is rearranging your code; the debugger shows you what is |
93918348 | 1797 | really there. Do not be too surprised when the execution path does not |
6ca72cc6 | 1798 | exactly match your source file! An extreme example: if you define a |
9a27b06e | 1799 | variable, but never use it, @value{GDBN} never sees that |
6ca72cc6 RP |
1800 | variable---because the compiler optimizes it out of existence. |
1801 | ||
70b88761 RP |
1802 | Some things do not work as well with @samp{-g -O} as with just |
1803 | @samp{-g}, particularly on machines with instruction scheduling. If in | |
1804 | doubt, recompile with @samp{-g} alone, and if this fixes the problem, | |
af215b1a | 1805 | please report it to us as a bug (including a test case!). |
70b88761 | 1806 | |
af215b1a | 1807 | Older versions of the @sc{gnu} C compiler permitted a variant option |
18fae2a8 | 1808 | @w{@samp{-gg}} for debugging information. @value{GDBN} no longer supports this |
af215b1a | 1809 | format; if your @sc{gnu} C compiler has this option, do not use it. |
70b88761 | 1810 | |
d55320a0 | 1811 | @need 2000 |
9897afc6 | 1812 | @node Starting, Arguments, Compilation, Running |
93928b60 | 1813 | @section Starting your program |
70b88761 RP |
1814 | @cindex starting |
1815 | @cindex running | |
1041a570 | 1816 | |
70b88761 | 1817 | @table @code |
af215b1a | 1818 | @kindex run |
70b88761 RP |
1819 | @item run |
1820 | @itemx r | |
18fae2a8 | 1821 | Use the @code{run} command to start your program under @value{GDBN}. You must |
1041a570 | 1822 | first specify the program name |
18fae2a8 | 1823 | @ifset VXWORKS |
7463aadd | 1824 | (except on VxWorks) |
18fae2a8 | 1825 | @end ifset |
ed447b95 RP |
1826 | with an argument to @value{GDBN} (@pxref{Invocation, ,Getting In and |
1827 | Out of @value{GDBN}}), or by using the @code{file} or @code{exec-file} | |
93928b60 | 1828 | command (@pxref{Files, ,Commands to specify files}). |
1041a570 | 1829 | |
70b88761 RP |
1830 | @end table |
1831 | ||
18fae2a8 | 1832 | @ifclear BARETARGET |
29a2b744 RP |
1833 | If you are running your program in an execution environment that |
1834 | supports processes, @code{run} creates an inferior process and makes | |
1835 | that process run your program. (In environments without processes, | |
1836 | @code{run} jumps to the start of your program.) | |
70b88761 RP |
1837 | |
1838 | The execution of a program is affected by certain information it | |
18fae2a8 | 1839 | receives from its superior. @value{GDBN} provides ways to specify this |
6ca72cc6 | 1840 | information, which you must do @emph{before} starting your program. (You |
9a27b06e | 1841 | can change it after starting your program, but such changes only affect |
29a2b744 | 1842 | your program the next time you start it.) This information may be |
70b88761 RP |
1843 | divided into four categories: |
1844 | ||
1845 | @table @asis | |
6ca72cc6 | 1846 | @item The @emph{arguments.} |
29a2b744 | 1847 | Specify the arguments to give your program as the arguments of the |
1041a570 RP |
1848 | @code{run} command. If a shell is available on your target, the shell |
1849 | is used to pass the arguments, so that you may use normal conventions | |
1850 | (such as wildcard expansion or variable substitution) in describing | |
9897afc6 EE |
1851 | the arguments. |
1852 | In Unix systems, you can control which shell is used with the | |
1853 | @code{SHELL} environment variable. | |
1854 | @xref{Arguments, ,Your program's arguments}. | |
70b88761 | 1855 | |
6ca72cc6 | 1856 | @item The @emph{environment.} |
18fae2a8 RP |
1857 | Your program normally inherits its environment from @value{GDBN}, but you can |
1858 | use the @value{GDBN} commands @code{set environment} and @code{unset | |
9a27b06e | 1859 | environment} to change parts of the environment that affect |
93928b60 | 1860 | your program. @xref{Environment, ,Your program's environment}. |
70b88761 | 1861 | |
6ca72cc6 | 1862 | @item The @emph{working directory.} |
18fae2a8 | 1863 | Your program inherits its working directory from @value{GDBN}. You can set |
93918348 | 1864 | the @value{GDBN} working directory with the @code{cd} command in @value{GDBN}. |
93928b60 | 1865 | @xref{Working Directory, ,Your program's working directory}. |
70b88761 | 1866 | |
6ca72cc6 | 1867 | @item The @emph{standard input and output.} |
70b88761 | 1868 | Your program normally uses the same device for standard input and |
18fae2a8 | 1869 | standard output as @value{GDBN} is using. You can redirect input and output |
70b88761 RP |
1870 | in the @code{run} command line, or you can use the @code{tty} command to |
1871 | set a different device for your program. | |
93928b60 | 1872 | @xref{Input/Output, ,Your program's input and output}. |
3d3ab540 RP |
1873 | |
1874 | @cindex pipes | |
29a2b744 RP |
1875 | @emph{Warning:} While input and output redirection work, you cannot use |
1876 | pipes to pass the output of the program you are debugging to another | |
18fae2a8 | 1877 | program; if you attempt this, @value{GDBN} is likely to wind up debugging the |
3d3ab540 | 1878 | wrong program. |
70b88761 | 1879 | @end table |
18fae2a8 | 1880 | @end ifclear |
70b88761 | 1881 | |
1041a570 | 1882 | When you issue the @code{run} command, your program begins to execute |
93928b60 | 1883 | immediately. @xref{Stopping, ,Stopping and continuing}, for discussion |
4eb4cf57 | 1884 | of how to arrange for your program to stop. Once your program has |
6b51acad | 1885 | stopped, you may call functions in your program, using the @code{print} |
4eb4cf57 | 1886 | or @code{call} commands. @xref{Data, ,Examining Data}. |
70b88761 | 1887 | |
9a27b06e RP |
1888 | If the modification time of your symbol file has changed since the last |
1889 | time @value{GDBN} read its symbols, @value{GDBN} discards its symbol | |
1890 | table, and reads it again. When it does this, @value{GDBN} tries to retain | |
1891 | your current breakpoints. | |
70b88761 | 1892 | |
18fae2a8 | 1893 | @ifclear BARETARGET |
9897afc6 | 1894 | @node Arguments, Environment, Starting, Running |
93928b60 | 1895 | @section Your program's arguments |
70b88761 RP |
1896 | |
1897 | @cindex arguments (to your program) | |
1898 | The arguments to your program can be specified by the arguments of the | |
9897afc6 EE |
1899 | @code{run} command. |
1900 | They are passed to a shell, which expands wildcard characters and | |
1901 | performs redirection of I/O, and thence to your program. Your | |
1902 | @code{SHELL} environment variable (if it exists) specifies what shell | |
1903 | @value{GDBN} uses. If you do not define @code{SHELL}, @value{GDBN} uses | |
1904 | @code{/bin/sh}. | |
70b88761 RP |
1905 | |
1906 | @code{run} with no arguments uses the same arguments used by the previous | |
1907 | @code{run}, or those set by the @code{set args} command. | |
1908 | ||
1909 | @kindex set args | |
1910 | @table @code | |
1911 | @item set args | |
1912 | Specify the arguments to be used the next time your program is run. If | |
9a27b06e | 1913 | @code{set args} has no arguments, @code{run} executes your program |
e251e767 | 1914 | with no arguments. Once you have run your program with arguments, |
70b88761 RP |
1915 | using @code{set args} before the next @code{run} is the only way to run |
1916 | it again without arguments. | |
1917 | ||
70b88761 | 1918 | @kindex show args |
af215b1a | 1919 | @item show args |
70b88761 RP |
1920 | Show the arguments to give your program when it is started. |
1921 | @end table | |
1922 | ||
9897afc6 | 1923 | @node Environment, Working Directory, Arguments, Running |
93928b60 | 1924 | @section Your program's environment |
70b88761 RP |
1925 | |
1926 | @cindex environment (of your program) | |
1927 | The @dfn{environment} consists of a set of environment variables and | |
1928 | their values. Environment variables conventionally record such things as | |
1929 | your user name, your home directory, your terminal type, and your search | |
1930 | path for programs to run. Usually you set up environment variables with | |
1931 | the shell and they are inherited by all the other programs you run. When | |
29a2b744 | 1932 | debugging, it can be useful to try running your program with a modified |
18fae2a8 | 1933 | environment without having to start @value{GDBN} over again. |
70b88761 RP |
1934 | |
1935 | @table @code | |
70b88761 | 1936 | @kindex path |
af215b1a | 1937 | @item path @var{directory} |
70b88761 | 1938 | Add @var{directory} to the front of the @code{PATH} environment variable |
18fae2a8 | 1939 | (the search path for executables), for both @value{GDBN} and your program. |
70b88761 RP |
1940 | You may specify several directory names, separated by @samp{:} or |
1941 | whitespace. If @var{directory} is already in the path, it is moved to | |
9a27b06e | 1942 | the front, so it is searched sooner. |
7463aadd RP |
1943 | |
1944 | You can use the string @samp{$cwd} to refer to whatever is the current | |
d55320a0 RP |
1945 | working directory at the time @value{GDBN} searches the path. If you |
1946 | use @samp{.} instead, it refers to the directory where you executed the | |
1947 | @code{path} command. @value{GDBN} replaces @samp{.} in the | |
1948 | @var{directory} argument (with the current path) before adding | |
1949 | @var{directory} to the search path. | |
29a2b744 | 1950 | @c 'path' is explicitly nonrepeatable, but RMS points out it is silly to |
70b88761 RP |
1951 | @c document that, since repeating it would be a no-op. |
1952 | ||
70b88761 | 1953 | @kindex show paths |
af215b1a | 1954 | @item show paths |
70b88761 RP |
1955 | Display the list of search paths for executables (the @code{PATH} |
1956 | environment variable). | |
1957 | ||
70b88761 | 1958 | @kindex show environment |
af215b1a | 1959 | @item show environment @r{[}@var{varname}@r{]} |
70b88761 | 1960 | Print the value of environment variable @var{varname} to be given to |
29a2b744 | 1961 | your program when it starts. If you do not supply @var{varname}, |
70b88761 RP |
1962 | print the names and values of all environment variables to be given to |
1963 | your program. You can abbreviate @code{environment} as @code{env}. | |
1964 | ||
70b88761 | 1965 | @kindex set environment |
af215b1a | 1966 | @item set environment @var{varname} @r{[}=@r{]} @var{value} |
ed447b95 | 1967 | Set environment variable @var{varname} to @var{value}. The value |
18fae2a8 | 1968 | changes for your program only, not for @value{GDBN} itself. @var{value} may |
70b88761 RP |
1969 | be any string; the values of environment variables are just strings, and |
1970 | any interpretation is supplied by your program itself. The @var{value} | |
1971 | parameter is optional; if it is eliminated, the variable is set to a | |
1972 | null value. | |
29a2b744 | 1973 | @c "any string" here does not include leading, trailing |
70b88761 RP |
1974 | @c blanks. Gnu asks: does anyone care? |
1975 | ||
1976 | For example, this command: | |
1977 | ||
1978 | @example | |
1979 | set env USER = foo | |
1980 | @end example | |
1981 | ||
1982 | @noindent | |
1983 | tells a Unix program, when subsequently run, that its user is named | |
1984 | @samp{foo}. (The spaces around @samp{=} are used for clarity here; they | |
1985 | are not actually required.) | |
1986 | ||
70b88761 | 1987 | @kindex unset environment |
af215b1a | 1988 | @item unset environment @var{varname} |
70b88761 RP |
1989 | Remove variable @var{varname} from the environment to be passed to your |
1990 | program. This is different from @samp{set env @var{varname} =}; | |
1991 | @code{unset environment} removes the variable from the environment, | |
e251e767 | 1992 | rather than assigning it an empty value. |
70b88761 RP |
1993 | @end table |
1994 | ||
34ae25cd RP |
1995 | @emph{Warning:} @value{GDBN} runs your program using the shell indicated |
1996 | by your @code{SHELL} environment variable if it exists (or | |
1997 | @code{/bin/sh} if not). If your @code{SHELL} variable names a shell | |
1998 | that runs an initialization file---such as @file{.cshrc} for C-shell, or | |
9a27b06e | 1999 | @file{.bashrc} for BASH---any variables you set in that file affect |
34ae25cd RP |
2000 | your program. You may wish to move setting of environment variables to |
2001 | files that are only run when you sign on, such as @file{.login} or | |
2002 | @file{.profile}. | |
562a18b2 | 2003 | |
9897afc6 | 2004 | @node Working Directory, Input/Output, Environment, Running |
93928b60 | 2005 | @section Your program's working directory |
70b88761 RP |
2006 | |
2007 | @cindex working directory (of your program) | |
2008 | Each time you start your program with @code{run}, it inherits its | |
93918348 RP |
2009 | working directory from the current working directory of @value{GDBN}. |
2010 | The @value{GDBN} working directory is initially whatever it inherited | |
2011 | from its parent process (typically the shell), but you can specify a new | |
2012 | working directory in @value{GDBN} with the @code{cd} command. | |
70b88761 | 2013 | |
18fae2a8 RP |
2014 | The @value{GDBN} working directory also serves as a default for the commands |
2015 | that specify files for @value{GDBN} to operate on. @xref{Files, ,Commands to | |
93928b60 | 2016 | specify files}. |
70b88761 RP |
2017 | |
2018 | @table @code | |
70b88761 | 2019 | @kindex cd |
af215b1a | 2020 | @item cd @var{directory} |
93918348 | 2021 | Set the @value{GDBN} working directory to @var{directory}. |
70b88761 | 2022 | |
70b88761 | 2023 | @kindex pwd |
af215b1a | 2024 | @item pwd |
93918348 | 2025 | Print the @value{GDBN} working directory. |
70b88761 RP |
2026 | @end table |
2027 | ||
9897afc6 | 2028 | @node Input/Output, Attach, Working Directory, Running |
93928b60 | 2029 | @section Your program's input and output |
70b88761 RP |
2030 | |
2031 | @cindex redirection | |
2032 | @cindex i/o | |
2033 | @cindex terminal | |
18fae2a8 | 2034 | By default, the program you run under @value{GDBN} does input and output to |
af215b1a VM |
2035 | the same terminal that @value{GDBN} uses. @value{GDBN} switches the terminal |
2036 | to its own terminal modes to interact with you, but it records the terminal | |
70b88761 RP |
2037 | modes your program was using and switches back to them when you continue |
2038 | running your program. | |
2039 | ||
2040 | @table @code | |
70b88761 | 2041 | @kindex info terminal |
af215b1a | 2042 | @item info terminal |
93918348 | 2043 | Displays information recorded by @value{GDBN} about the terminal modes your |
70b88761 RP |
2044 | program is using. |
2045 | @end table | |
2046 | ||
29a2b744 | 2047 | You can redirect your program's input and/or output using shell |
70b88761 RP |
2048 | redirection with the @code{run} command. For example, |
2049 | ||
18fae2a8 | 2050 | @example |
70b88761 | 2051 | run > outfile |
18fae2a8 | 2052 | @end example |
70b88761 RP |
2053 | |
2054 | @noindent | |
29a2b744 | 2055 | starts your program, diverting its output to the file @file{outfile}. |
70b88761 RP |
2056 | |
2057 | @kindex tty | |
2058 | @cindex controlling terminal | |
29a2b744 | 2059 | Another way to specify where your program should do input and output is |
70b88761 RP |
2060 | with the @code{tty} command. This command accepts a file name as |
2061 | argument, and causes this file to be the default for future @code{run} | |
2062 | commands. It also resets the controlling terminal for the child | |
2063 | process, for future @code{run} commands. For example, | |
2064 | ||
2065 | @example | |
2066 | tty /dev/ttyb | |
2067 | @end example | |
2068 | ||
2069 | @noindent | |
2070 | directs that processes started with subsequent @code{run} commands | |
2071 | default to do input and output on the terminal @file{/dev/ttyb} and have | |
2072 | that as their controlling terminal. | |
2073 | ||
2074 | An explicit redirection in @code{run} overrides the @code{tty} command's | |
2075 | effect on the input/output device, but not its effect on the controlling | |
2076 | terminal. | |
2077 | ||
2078 | When you use the @code{tty} command or redirect input in the @code{run} | |
2079 | command, only the input @emph{for your program} is affected. The input | |
18fae2a8 | 2080 | for @value{GDBN} still comes from your terminal. |
70b88761 | 2081 | |
9897afc6 | 2082 | @node Attach, Kill Process, Input/Output, Running |
93928b60 | 2083 | @section Debugging an already-running process |
70b88761 RP |
2084 | @kindex attach |
2085 | @cindex attach | |
2086 | ||
2087 | @table @code | |
2088 | @item attach @var{process-id} | |
1d7c3357 | 2089 | This command attaches to a running process---one that was started |
9a27b06e | 2090 | outside @value{GDBN}. (@code{info files} shows your active |
1d7c3357 RP |
2091 | targets.) The command takes as argument a process ID. The usual way to |
2092 | find out the process-id of a Unix process is with the @code{ps} utility, | |
2093 | or with the @samp{jobs -l} shell command. | |
70b88761 | 2094 | |
9a27b06e | 2095 | @code{attach} does not repeat if you press @key{RET} a second time after |
70b88761 RP |
2096 | executing the command. |
2097 | @end table | |
2098 | ||
d55320a0 RP |
2099 | To use @code{attach}, your program must be running in an environment |
2100 | which supports processes; for example, @code{attach} does not work for | |
2101 | programs on bare-board targets that lack an operating system. You must | |
2102 | also have permission to send the process a signal. | |
70b88761 | 2103 | |
9897afc6 EE |
2104 | When you use @code{attach}, the debugger finds the program running in |
2105 | the process first by looking in the current working directory, then (if | |
2106 | the program is not found) by using the source file search path | |
2107 | (@pxref{Source Path, ,Specifying source directories}). You can also use | |
2108 | the @code{file} command to load the program. @xref{Files, ,Commands to | |
2109 | Specify Files}. | |
70b88761 | 2110 | |
18fae2a8 | 2111 | The first thing @value{GDBN} does after arranging to debug the specified |
70b88761 | 2112 | process is to stop it. You can examine and modify an attached process |
18fae2a8 | 2113 | with all the @value{GDBN} commands that are ordinarily available when you start |
9897afc6 | 2114 | @ifclear HPPA |
70b88761 | 2115 | processes with @code{run}. You can insert breakpoints; you can step and |
9897afc6 EE |
2116 | @end ifclear |
2117 | @ifset HPPA | |
2118 | processes with @code{run}. You can insert breakpoints (except in shared | |
2119 | libraries); you can step and | |
2120 | @end ifset | |
70b88761 RP |
2121 | continue; you can modify storage. If you would rather the process |
2122 | continue running, you may use the @code{continue} command after | |
18fae2a8 | 2123 | attaching @value{GDBN} to the process. |
70b88761 RP |
2124 | |
2125 | @table @code | |
70b88761 | 2126 | @kindex detach |
af215b1a | 2127 | @item detach |
70b88761 | 2128 | When you have finished debugging the attached process, you can use the |
93918348 | 2129 | @code{detach} command to release it from @value{GDBN} control. Detaching |
70b88761 | 2130 | the process continues its execution. After the @code{detach} command, |
18fae2a8 | 2131 | that process and @value{GDBN} become completely independent once more, and you |
70b88761 | 2132 | are ready to @code{attach} another process or start one with @code{run}. |
9a27b06e | 2133 | @code{detach} does not repeat if you press @key{RET} again after |
70b88761 RP |
2134 | executing the command. |
2135 | @end table | |
2136 | ||
9a27b06e RP |
2137 | If you exit @value{GDBN} or use the @code{run} command while you have an |
2138 | attached process, you kill that process. By default, @value{GDBN} asks | |
2139 | for confirmation if you try to do either of these things; you can | |
2140 | control whether or not you need to confirm by using the @code{set | |
2141 | confirm} command (@pxref{Messages/Warnings, ,Optional warnings and | |
2142 | messages}). | |
70b88761 | 2143 | |
9897afc6 EE |
2144 | @ifset HPPA |
2145 | @node Kill Process, Threads, Attach, Running | |
93928b60 | 2146 | @section Killing the child process |
9897afc6 EE |
2147 | @end ifset |
2148 | @ifclear HPPA | |
2149 | @node Kill Process, Process Information, Attach, Running | |
2150 | @section Killing the child process | |
2151 | @end ifclear | |
70b88761 RP |
2152 | |
2153 | @table @code | |
70b88761 | 2154 | @kindex kill |
af215b1a | 2155 | @item kill |
18fae2a8 | 2156 | Kill the child process in which your program is running under @value{GDBN}. |
70b88761 RP |
2157 | @end table |
2158 | ||
2159 | This command is useful if you wish to debug a core dump instead of a | |
18fae2a8 | 2160 | running process. @value{GDBN} ignores any core dump file while your program |
70b88761 | 2161 | is running. |
70b88761 | 2162 | |
18fae2a8 RP |
2163 | On some operating systems, a program cannot be executed outside @value{GDBN} |
2164 | while you have breakpoints set on it inside @value{GDBN}. You can use the | |
29a2b744 | 2165 | @code{kill} command in this situation to permit running your program |
70b88761 RP |
2166 | outside the debugger. |
2167 | ||
2168 | The @code{kill} command is also useful if you wish to recompile and | |
29a2b744 | 2169 | relink your program, since on many systems it is impossible to modify an |
70b88761 | 2170 | executable file while it is running in a process. In this case, when you |
9a27b06e RP |
2171 | next type @code{run}, @value{GDBN} notices that the file has changed, and |
2172 | reads the symbol table again (while trying to preserve your current | |
70b88761 RP |
2173 | breakpoint settings). |
2174 | ||
9897afc6 EE |
2175 | @ifclear HPPA |
2176 | @node Process Information, Threads, Kill Process, Running | |
93928b60 | 2177 | @section Additional process information |
d24e0922 RP |
2178 | |
2179 | @kindex /proc | |
2180 | @cindex process image | |
2181 | Some operating systems provide a facility called @samp{/proc} that can | |
cc9bc574 | 2182 | be used to examine the image of a running process using file-system |
18fae2a8 | 2183 | subroutines. If @value{GDBN} is configured for an operating system with this |
cc9bc574 | 2184 | facility, the command @code{info proc} is available to report on several |
af215b1a VM |
2185 | kinds of information about the process running your program. |
2186 | @code{info proc} works only on SVR4 systems that support @code{procfs}. | |
d24e0922 RP |
2187 | |
2188 | @table @code | |
d24e0922 | 2189 | @kindex info proc |
af215b1a | 2190 | @item info proc |
d24e0922 RP |
2191 | Summarize available information about the process. |
2192 | ||
d24e0922 | 2193 | @kindex info proc mappings |
af215b1a | 2194 | @item info proc mappings |
d24e0922 RP |
2195 | Report on the address ranges accessible in the program, with information |
2196 | on whether your program may read, write, or execute each range. | |
2197 | ||
d24e0922 | 2198 | @kindex info proc times |
af215b1a | 2199 | @item info proc times |
d24e0922 RP |
2200 | Starting time, user CPU time, and system CPU time for your program and |
2201 | its children. | |
2202 | ||
d24e0922 | 2203 | @kindex info proc id |
af215b1a | 2204 | @item info proc id |
93918348 RP |
2205 | Report on the process IDs related to your program: its own process ID, |
2206 | the ID of its parent, the process group ID, and the session ID. | |
d24e0922 | 2207 | |
d24e0922 | 2208 | @kindex info proc status |
af215b1a | 2209 | @item info proc status |
d24e0922 RP |
2210 | General information on the state of the process. If the process is |
2211 | stopped, this report includes the reason for stopping, and any signal | |
2212 | received. | |
cc9bc574 RP |
2213 | |
2214 | @item info proc all | |
2215 | Show all the above information about the process. | |
d24e0922 | 2216 | @end table |
9897afc6 | 2217 | @end ifclear |
0cb95a9c | 2218 | |
9897afc6 EE |
2219 | @ifset HPPA |
2220 | @node Threads, Processes, Kill Process, Running | |
2221 | @section Debugging programs with multiple threads | |
2222 | @end ifset | |
2223 | @ifclear HPPA | |
2224 | @node Threads, Processes, Process Information, Running | |
0cb95a9c | 2225 | @section Debugging programs with multiple threads |
9897afc6 | 2226 | @end ifclear |
0cb95a9c RP |
2227 | |
2228 | @cindex threads of execution | |
2229 | @cindex multiple threads | |
2230 | @cindex switching threads | |
9897afc6 EE |
2231 | In some operating systems, |
2232 | @ifset HPPA | |
2233 | including HP-UX, | |
2234 | @end ifset | |
2235 | a single program may have more than one | |
0cb95a9c RP |
2236 | @dfn{thread} of execution. The precise semantics of threads differ from |
2237 | one operating system to another, but in general the threads of a single | |
2238 | program are akin to multiple processes---except that they share one | |
2239 | address space (that is, they can all examine and modify the same | |
2240 | variables). On the other hand, each thread has its own registers and | |
2241 | execution stack, and perhaps private memory. | |
2242 | ||
22b5dba5 | 2243 | @value{GDBN} provides these facilities for debugging multi-thread |
0cb95a9c RP |
2244 | programs: |
2245 | ||
2246 | @itemize @bullet | |
2247 | @item automatic notification of new threads | |
2248 | @item @samp{thread @var{threadno}}, a command to switch among threads | |
2249 | @item @samp{info threads}, a command to inquire about existing threads | |
af215b1a VM |
2250 | @item @samp{thread apply [@var{threadno}] [@var{all}] @var{args}}, |
2251 | a command to apply a command to a list of threads | |
0cb95a9c RP |
2252 | @item thread-specific breakpoints |
2253 | @end itemize | |
2254 | ||
9897afc6 | 2255 | @ifclear HPPA |
0cb95a9c RP |
2256 | @quotation |
2257 | @emph{Warning:} These facilities are not yet available on every | |
2258 | @value{GDBN} configuration where the operating system supports threads. | |
2259 | If your @value{GDBN} does not support threads, these commands have no | |
2260 | effect. For example, a system without thread support shows no output | |
2261 | from @samp{info threads}, and always rejects the @code{thread} command, | |
2262 | like this: | |
2263 | ||
2264 | @smallexample | |
2265 | (@value{GDBP}) info threads | |
2266 | (@value{GDBP}) thread 1 | |
2267 | Thread ID 1 not known. Use the "info threads" command to | |
2268 | see the IDs of currently known threads. | |
2269 | @end smallexample | |
2270 | @c FIXME to implementors: how hard would it be to say "sorry, this GDB | |
2271 | @c doesn't support threads"? | |
2272 | @end quotation | |
9897afc6 | 2273 | @end ifclear |
0cb95a9c RP |
2274 | |
2275 | @cindex focus of debugging | |
2276 | @cindex current thread | |
2277 | The @value{GDBN} thread debugging facility allows you to observe all | |
2278 | threads while your program runs---but whenever @value{GDBN} takes | |
2279 | control, one thread in particular is always the focus of debugging. | |
2280 | This thread is called the @dfn{current thread}. Debugging commands show | |
2281 | program information from the perspective of the current thread. | |
2282 | ||
9897afc6 | 2283 | @ifclear HPPA |
0cb95a9c RP |
2284 | @kindex New @var{systag} |
2285 | @cindex thread identifier (system) | |
2286 | @c FIXME-implementors!! It would be more helpful if the [New...] message | |
2287 | @c included GDB's numeric thread handle, so you could just go to that | |
2288 | @c thread without first checking `info threads'. | |
2289 | Whenever @value{GDBN} detects a new thread in your program, it displays | |
22b5dba5 RP |
2290 | the target system's identification for the thread with a message in the |
2291 | form @samp{[New @var{systag}]}. @var{systag} is a thread identifier | |
2292 | whose form varies depending on the particular system. For example, on | |
2293 | LynxOS, you might see | |
0cb95a9c RP |
2294 | |
2295 | @example | |
2296 | [New process 35 thread 27] | |
2297 | @end example | |
2298 | ||
2299 | @noindent | |
2300 | when @value{GDBN} notices a new thread. In contrast, on an SGI system, | |
2301 | the @var{systag} is simply something like @samp{process 368}, with no | |
2302 | further qualifier. | |
2303 | ||
2304 | @c FIXME!! (1) Does the [New...] message appear even for the very first | |
2305 | @c thread of a program, or does it only appear for the | |
2306 | @c second---i.e., when it becomes obvious we have a multithread | |
2307 | @c program? | |
2308 | @c (2) *Is* there necessarily a first thread always? Or do some | |
2309 | @c multithread systems permit starting a program with multiple | |
2310 | @c threads ab initio? | |
2311 | ||
2312 | @cindex thread number | |
2313 | @cindex thread identifier (GDB) | |
2314 | For debugging purposes, @value{GDBN} associates its own thread | |
2315 | number---always a single integer---with each thread in your program. | |
2316 | ||
2317 | @table @code | |
0cb95a9c | 2318 | @kindex info threads |
af215b1a | 2319 | @item info threads |
0cb95a9c RP |
2320 | Display a summary of all threads currently in your |
2321 | program. @value{GDBN} displays for each thread (in this order): | |
2322 | ||
2323 | @enumerate | |
22b5dba5 | 2324 | @item the thread number assigned by @value{GDBN} |
0cb95a9c | 2325 | |
22b5dba5 | 2326 | @item the target system's thread identifier (@var{systag}) |
0cb95a9c RP |
2327 | |
2328 | @item the current stack frame summary for that thread | |
2329 | @end enumerate | |
2330 | ||
2331 | @noindent | |
2332 | An asterisk @samp{*} to the left of the @value{GDBN} thread number | |
2333 | indicates the current thread. | |
2334 | ||
2335 | For example, | |
2336 | @end table | |
2337 | @c end table here to get a little more width for example | |
2338 | ||
2339 | @smallexample | |
2340 | (@value{GDBP}) info threads | |
2341 | 3 process 35 thread 27 0x34e5 in sigpause () | |
2342 | 2 process 35 thread 23 0x34e5 in sigpause () | |
2343 | * 1 process 35 thread 13 main (argc=1, argv=0x7ffffff8) | |
2344 | at threadtest.c:68 | |
2345 | @end smallexample | |
9897afc6 EE |
2346 | @end ifclear |
2347 | @ifset HPPA | |
2348 | ||
2349 | @cindex thread number | |
2350 | @cindex thread identifier (GDB) | |
2351 | For debugging purposes, @value{GDBN} associates its own thread | |
2352 | number---a small integer assigned in thread-creation order---with each | |
2353 | thread in your program. | |
2354 | ||
2355 | @kindex New @var{systag} | |
2356 | @cindex thread identifier (system) | |
2357 | @c FIXME-implementors!! It would be more helpful if the [New...] message | |
2358 | @c included GDB's numeric thread handle, so you could just go to that | |
2359 | @c thread without first checking `info threads'. | |
2360 | Whenever @value{GDBN} detects a new thread in your program, it displays | |
2361 | both @value{GDBN}'s thread number and the target system's identification for the thread with a message in the | |
2362 | form @samp{[New @var{systag}]}. @var{systag} is a thread identifier | |
2363 | whose form varies depending on the particular system. For example, on | |
2364 | HP-UX, you see | |
2365 | ||
2366 | @example | |
2367 | [New thread 2 (system thread 26594)] | |
2368 | @end example | |
2369 | ||
2370 | @noindent | |
2371 | when @value{GDBN} notices a new thread. | |
2372 | ||
2373 | @table @code | |
2374 | @kindex info threads | |
2375 | @item info threads | |
2376 | Display a summary of all threads currently in your | |
2377 | program. @value{GDBN} displays for each thread (in this order): | |
2378 | ||
2379 | @enumerate | |
2380 | @item the thread number assigned by @value{GDBN} | |
2381 | ||
2382 | @item the target system's thread identifier (@var{systag}) | |
2383 | ||
2384 | @item the current stack frame summary for that thread | |
2385 | @end enumerate | |
2386 | ||
2387 | @noindent | |
2388 | An asterisk @samp{*} to the left of the @value{GDBN} thread number | |
2389 | indicates the current thread. | |
2390 | ||
2391 | For example, | |
2392 | @end table | |
2393 | @c end table here to get a little more width for example | |
2394 | ||
2395 | @example | |
2396 | (@value{GDBP}) info threads | |
2397 | * 3 system thread 26607 worker (wptr=0x7b09c318 "@@") at quicksort.c:137 | |
2398 | 2 system thread 26606 0x7b0030d8 in __ksleep () from /usr/lib/libc.2 | |
2399 | 1 system thread 27905 0x7b003498 in _brk () from /usr/lib/libc.2 | |
2400 | @end example | |
2401 | @end ifset | |
0cb95a9c RP |
2402 | |
2403 | @table @code | |
22b5dba5 | 2404 | @kindex thread @var{threadno} |
af215b1a | 2405 | @item thread @var{threadno} |
0cb95a9c RP |
2406 | Make thread number @var{threadno} the current thread. The command |
2407 | argument @var{threadno} is the internal @value{GDBN} thread number, as | |
2408 | shown in the first field of the @samp{info threads} display. | |
2409 | @value{GDBN} responds by displaying the system identifier of the thread | |
2410 | you selected, and its current stack frame summary: | |
2411 | ||
2412 | @smallexample | |
af215b1a | 2413 | @c FIXME!! This example made up; find a @value{GDBN} w/threads and get real one |
0cb95a9c | 2414 | (@value{GDBP}) thread 2 |
9897afc6 | 2415 | @ifclear HPPA |
0cb95a9c | 2416 | [Switching to process 35 thread 23] |
9897afc6 EE |
2417 | @end ifclear |
2418 | @ifset HPPA | |
2419 | [Switching to thread 2 (system thread 26594)] | |
2420 | @end ifset | |
0cb95a9c RP |
2421 | 0x34e5 in sigpause () |
2422 | @end smallexample | |
2423 | ||
2424 | @noindent | |
2425 | As with the @samp{[New @dots{}]} message, the form of the text after | |
2426 | @samp{Switching to} depends on your system's conventions for identifying | |
2427 | threads. | |
af215b1a VM |
2428 | |
2429 | @kindex thread apply | |
2430 | @item thread apply [@var{threadno}] [@var{all}] @var{args} | |
2431 | The @code{thread apply} command allows you to apply a command to one or | |
2432 | more threads. Specify the numbers of the threads that you want affected | |
2433 | with the command argument @var{threadno}. @var{threadno} is the internal | |
2434 | @value{GDBN} thread number, as shown in the first field of the @samp{info | |
2435 | threads} display. To apply a command to all threads, use | |
2436 | @code{thread apply all} @var{args}. | |
0cb95a9c RP |
2437 | @end table |
2438 | ||
2439 | @cindex automatic thread selection | |
2440 | @cindex switching threads automatically | |
2441 | @cindex threads, automatic switching | |
2442 | Whenever @value{GDBN} stops your program, due to a breakpoint or a | |
2443 | signal, it automatically selects the thread where that breakpoint or | |
2444 | signal happened. @value{GDBN} alerts you to the context switch with a | |
2445 | message of the form @samp{[Switching to @var{systag}]} to identify the | |
2446 | thread. | |
2447 | ||
2448 | @xref{Thread Stops,,Stopping and starting multi-thread programs}, for | |
2449 | more information about how @value{GDBN} behaves when you stop and start | |
2450 | programs with multiple threads. | |
22b5dba5 RP |
2451 | |
2452 | @xref{Set Watchpoints,,Setting watchpoints}, for information about | |
2453 | watchpoints in programs with multiple threads. | |
18fae2a8 | 2454 | @end ifclear |
d24e0922 | 2455 | |
9897afc6 EE |
2456 | @ifclear HPPA |
2457 | @node Processes, , Threads, Running | |
1b0c5a4f JK |
2458 | @section Debugging programs with multiple processes |
2459 | ||
2460 | @cindex fork, debugging programs which call | |
2461 | @cindex multiple processes | |
2462 | @cindex processes, multiple | |
2463 | @value{GDBN} has no special support for debugging programs which create | |
2464 | additional processes using the @code{fork} function. When a program | |
2465 | forks, @value{GDBN} will continue to debug the parent process and the | |
2466 | child process will run unimpeded. If you have set a breakpoint in any | |
2467 | code which the child then executes, the child will get a @code{SIGTRAP} | |
2468 | signal which (unless it catches the signal) will cause it to terminate. | |
2469 | ||
2470 | However, if you want to debug the child process there is a workaround | |
2471 | which isn't too painful. Put a call to @code{sleep} in the code which | |
2472 | the child process executes after the fork. It may be useful to sleep | |
2473 | only if a certain environment variable is set, or a certain file exists, | |
2474 | so that the delay need not occur when you don't want to run @value{GDBN} | |
2475 | on the child. While the child is sleeping, use the @code{ps} program to | |
2476 | get its process ID. Then tell @value{GDBN} (a new invocation of | |
2477 | @value{GDBN} if you are also debugging the parent process) to attach to | |
2478 | the child process (see @ref{Attach}). From that point on you can debug | |
2479 | the child process just like any other process which you attached to. | |
9897afc6 EE |
2480 | @end ifclear |
2481 | @ifset HPPA | |
2482 | @node Processes, , Threads, Running | |
2483 | @section Debugging programs with multiple processes | |
2484 | ||
2485 | @cindex fork, debugging programs which call | |
2486 | @cindex multiple processes | |
2487 | @cindex processes, multiple | |
2488 | ||
2489 | @value{GDBN} provides support for debugging programs that create | |
2490 | additional processes using the @code{fork} or @code{vfork} function. | |
2491 | ||
2492 | By default, when a program forks, @value{GDBN} will continue to debug | |
2493 | the parent process and the child process will run unimpeded. | |
2494 | ||
2495 | If you want to follow the child process instead of the parent process, | |
2496 | use the command @w{@code{set follow-fork-mode}}. | |
2497 | ||
2498 | @table @code | |
2499 | @kindex set follow-fork-mode | |
2500 | @item set follow-fork-mode @var{mode} | |
2501 | Set the debugger response to a program call of @code{fork} or | |
2502 | @code{vfork}. A call to @code{fork} or @code{vfork} creates a new | |
2503 | process. The @var{mode} can be: | |
2504 | ||
2505 | @table @code | |
2506 | @item parent | |
2507 | The original process is debugged after a fork. The child process runs | |
2508 | unimpeded. | |
2509 | ||
2510 | @item child | |
2511 | The new process is debugged after a fork. The parent process runs | |
2512 | unimpeded. | |
2513 | ||
2514 | @item ask | |
2515 | The debugger will ask for one of the above choices. | |
2516 | @end table | |
1b0c5a4f | 2517 | |
9897afc6 EE |
2518 | @item show follow-fork-mode |
2519 | Display the current debugger response to a fork or vfork call. | |
2520 | @end table | |
2521 | ||
2522 | If you ask to debug a child process and a @code{vfork} is followed by an | |
2523 | @code{exec}, @value{GDBN} executes the new target up to the first | |
2524 | breakpoint in the new target. If you have a breakpoint set on | |
2525 | @code{main} in your original program, the breakpoint will also be set on | |
2526 | the child process's @code{main}. | |
2527 | ||
2528 | When a child process is spawned by @code{vfork}, you cannot debug the | |
2529 | child or parent until an @code{exec} call completes. | |
2530 | ||
2531 | If you issue a @code{run} command to @value{GDBN} after an @code{exec} | |
2532 | call executes, the new target restarts. To restart the parent process, | |
2533 | use the @code{file} command with the parent executable name as its | |
2534 | argument. | |
2535 | ||
2536 | You can use the @code{catch} command to make @value{GDBN} stop whenever | |
2537 | a @code{fork}, @code{vfork}, or @code{exec} call is made. @xref{Set | |
2538 | Catchpoints, ,Setting catchpoints}. | |
2539 | @end ifset | |
2540 | ||
2541 | @node Stopping, Stack, Running, Top | |
70b88761 RP |
2542 | @chapter Stopping and Continuing |
2543 | ||
ed447b95 | 2544 | The principal purposes of using a debugger are so that you can stop your |
29a2b744 | 2545 | program before it terminates; or so that, if your program runs into |
70b88761 RP |
2546 | trouble, you can investigate and find out why. |
2547 | ||
18fae2a8 | 2548 | Inside @value{GDBN}, your program may stop for any of several reasons, such |
1d7c3357 RP |
2549 | as |
2550 | @ifclear BARETARGET | |
2551 | a signal, | |
2552 | @end ifclear | |
2553 | a breakpoint, or reaching a new line after a @value{GDBN} | |
70b88761 RP |
2554 | command such as @code{step}. You may then examine and change |
2555 | variables, set new breakpoints or remove old ones, and then continue | |
18fae2a8 | 2556 | execution. Usually, the messages shown by @value{GDBN} provide ample |
70b88761 RP |
2557 | explanation of the status of your program---but you can also explicitly |
2558 | request this information at any time. | |
2559 | ||
2560 | @table @code | |
70b88761 | 2561 | @kindex info program |
af215b1a | 2562 | @item info program |
70b88761 | 2563 | Display information about the status of your program: whether it is |
1d7c3357 RP |
2564 | running or not, |
2565 | @ifclear BARETARGET | |
2566 | what process it is, | |
2567 | @end ifclear | |
2568 | and why it stopped. | |
70b88761 RP |
2569 | @end table |
2570 | ||
18fae2a8 RP |
2571 | @menu |
2572 | @ifclear CONLY | |
9897afc6 | 2573 | @ifclear HPPA |
ed447b95 | 2574 | * Breakpoints:: Breakpoints, watchpoints, and exceptions |
18fae2a8 | 2575 | @end ifclear |
9897afc6 EE |
2576 | |
2577 | @ifset HPPA | |
2578 | * Breakpoints:: Breakpoints, watchpoints, and catchpoints | |
2579 | @end ifset | |
2580 | ||
2581 | @end ifclear | |
2582 | ||
18fae2a8 | 2583 | @ifset CONLY |
ed447b95 | 2584 | * Breakpoints:: Breakpoints and watchpoints |
18fae2a8 | 2585 | @end ifset |
18fae2a8 | 2586 | |
ed447b95 | 2587 | * Continuing and Stepping:: Resuming execution |
18fae2a8 | 2588 | @ifset POSIX |
b80282d5 | 2589 | * Signals:: Signals |
18fae2a8 | 2590 | @end ifset |
9897afc6 | 2591 | |
0cb95a9c | 2592 | @ifclear BARETARGET |
9897afc6 | 2593 | * Thread Stops:: Stopping and starting multi-thread programs |
0cb95a9c | 2594 | @end ifclear |
9897afc6 | 2595 | |
18fae2a8 | 2596 | @end menu |
70b88761 | 2597 | |
1d7c3357 | 2598 | @c makeinfo node-defaulting requires adjacency of @node and sectioning cmds |
18fae2a8 RP |
2599 | @c ...hence distribute @node Breakpoints over two possible @if expansions. |
2600 | @c | |
2601 | @ifclear CONLY | |
9897afc6 EE |
2602 | @ifclear HPPA |
2603 | @node Breakpoints, Continuing and Stepping, Stopping, Stopping | |
93928b60 | 2604 | @section Breakpoints, watchpoints, and exceptions |
18fae2a8 | 2605 | @end ifclear |
9897afc6 EE |
2606 | @ifset HPPA |
2607 | @node Breakpoints, Continuing and Stepping, Stopping, Stopping | |
2608 | @section Breakpoints, watchpoints, and catchpoints | |
2609 | @end ifset | |
2610 | @end ifclear | |
18fae2a8 | 2611 | @ifset CONLY |
9897afc6 | 2612 | @node Breakpoints, Continuing and Stepping, Stopping, Stopping |
93928b60 | 2613 | @section Breakpoints and watchpoints |
18fae2a8 | 2614 | @end ifset |
70b88761 RP |
2615 | |
2616 | @cindex breakpoints | |
2617 | A @dfn{breakpoint} makes your program stop whenever a certain point in | |
9a27b06e RP |
2618 | the program is reached. For each breakpoint, you can add |
2619 | conditions to control in finer detail whether your program stops. | |
70b88761 | 2620 | You can set breakpoints with the @code{break} command and its variants |
93928b60 | 2621 | (@pxref{Set Breaks, ,Setting breakpoints}), to specify the place where |
29a2b744 | 2622 | your program should stop by line number, function name or exact address |
0f153e74 | 2623 | in the program. |
18fae2a8 | 2624 | @ifclear CONLY |
9897afc6 | 2625 | @ifclear HPPA |
af215b1a | 2626 | In languages with exception handling (such as @sc{gnu} C++), you can also set |
0cb95a9c RP |
2627 | breakpoints where an exception is raised (@pxref{Exception Handling,, |
2628 | Breakpoints and exceptions}). | |
18fae2a8 | 2629 | @end ifclear |
9897afc6 | 2630 | @end ifclear |
70b88761 | 2631 | |
9897afc6 | 2632 | In HP-UX, SunOS 4.x, SVR4, and Alpha OSF/1 configurations, you can set |
af215b1a | 2633 | breakpoints in shared libraries before the executable is run. |
9897afc6 EE |
2634 | @ifset HPPA |
2635 | There is a minor limitation on HP-UX systems: you must wait until the | |
2636 | executable is run in order to set breakpoints in shared library routines | |
2637 | that are not called directly by the program (for example, routines that | |
2638 | are arguments in a @code{pthread_create} call). | |
2639 | @end ifset | |
af215b1a | 2640 | |
70b88761 | 2641 | @cindex watchpoints |
6ca72cc6 RP |
2642 | @cindex memory tracing |
2643 | @cindex breakpoint on memory address | |
2644 | @cindex breakpoint on variable modification | |
29a2b744 RP |
2645 | A @dfn{watchpoint} is a special breakpoint that stops your program |
2646 | when the value of an expression changes. You must use a different | |
2647 | command to set watchpoints (@pxref{Set Watchpoints, ,Setting | |
93928b60 | 2648 | watchpoints}), but aside from that, you can manage a watchpoint like |
29a2b744 | 2649 | any other breakpoint: you enable, disable, and delete both breakpoints |
1041a570 | 2650 | and watchpoints using the same commands. |
70b88761 | 2651 | |
fe715d06 | 2652 | You can arrange to have values from your program displayed automatically |
0cb95a9c RP |
2653 | whenever @value{GDBN} stops at a breakpoint. @xref{Auto Display,, |
2654 | Automatic display}. | |
fe715d06 | 2655 | |
9897afc6 EE |
2656 | @cindex catchpoints |
2657 | @cindex breakpoint on events | |
2658 | A @dfn{catchpoint} is another special breakpoint that stops your program | |
2659 | when a certain kind of event occurs, such as the throwing of a C++ | |
2660 | exception or the loading of a library. As with watchpoints, you use a | |
2661 | different command to set a catchpoint (@pxref{Set Catchpoints, ,Setting | |
2662 | catchpoints}), but aside from that, you can manage a catchpoint like any | |
2663 | other breakpoint. (To stop when your program receives a signal, use the | |
2664 | @code{handle} command; @pxref{Signals, ,Signals}.) | |
2665 | ||
6ca72cc6 RP |
2666 | @cindex breakpoint numbers |
2667 | @cindex numbers for breakpoints | |
9897afc6 | 2668 | @ifclear HPPA |
18fae2a8 | 2669 | @value{GDBN} assigns a number to each breakpoint or watchpoint when you |
9897afc6 EE |
2670 | @end ifclear |
2671 | @ifset HPPA | |
2672 | @value{GDBN} assigns a number to each breakpoint, watchpoint, or | |
2673 | catchpoint when you | |
2674 | @end ifset | |
6ca72cc6 RP |
2675 | create it; these numbers are successive integers starting with one. In |
2676 | many of the commands for controlling various features of breakpoints you | |
2677 | use the breakpoint number to say which breakpoint you want to change. | |
2678 | Each breakpoint may be @dfn{enabled} or @dfn{disabled}; if disabled, it has | |
29a2b744 | 2679 | no effect on your program until you enable it again. |
70b88761 RP |
2680 | |
2681 | @menu | |
ed447b95 RP |
2682 | * Set Breaks:: Setting breakpoints |
2683 | * Set Watchpoints:: Setting watchpoints | |
1d7c3357 | 2684 | @ifclear CONLY |
9897afc6 | 2685 | @ifclear HPPA |
ed447b95 | 2686 | * Exception Handling:: Breakpoints and exceptions |
1d7c3357 | 2687 | @end ifclear |
b0157555 | 2688 | |
9897afc6 EE |
2689 | @ifset HPPA |
2690 | * Set Catchpoints:: Setting catchpoints | |
2691 | @end ifset | |
2692 | ||
2693 | @end ifclear | |
2694 | ||
ed447b95 RP |
2695 | * Delete Breaks:: Deleting breakpoints |
2696 | * Disabling:: Disabling breakpoints | |
2697 | * Conditions:: Break conditions | |
2698 | * Break Commands:: Breakpoint command lists | |
1d7c3357 | 2699 | @ifclear CONLY |
ed447b95 | 2700 | * Breakpoint Menus:: Breakpoint menus |
1d7c3357 | 2701 | @end ifclear |
9897afc6 | 2702 | |
af215b1a VM |
2703 | @c @ifclear BARETARGET |
2704 | @c * Error in Breakpoints:: ``Cannot insert breakpoints'' | |
2705 | @c @end ifclear | |
70b88761 RP |
2706 | @end menu |
2707 | ||
9897afc6 | 2708 | @node Set Breaks, Set Watchpoints, Breakpoints, Breakpoints |
93928b60 | 2709 | @subsection Setting breakpoints |
70b88761 | 2710 | |
4906534f RP |
2711 | @c FIXME LMB what does GDB do if no code on line of breakpt? |
2712 | @c consider in particular declaration with/without initialization. | |
2713 | @c | |
2714 | @c FIXME 2 is there stuff on this already? break at fun start, already init? | |
2715 | ||
70b88761 RP |
2716 | @kindex break |
2717 | @kindex b | |
6ca72cc6 RP |
2718 | @kindex $bpnum |
2719 | @cindex latest breakpoint | |
2720 | Breakpoints are set with the @code{break} command (abbreviated | |
2721 | @code{b}). The debugger convenience variable @samp{$bpnum} records the | |
af215b1a | 2722 | number of the breakpoints you've set most recently; see @ref{Convenience |
93928b60 | 2723 | Vars,, Convenience variables}, for a discussion of what you can do with |
6ca72cc6 | 2724 | convenience variables. |
70b88761 RP |
2725 | |
2726 | You have several ways to say where the breakpoint should go. | |
2727 | ||
2728 | @table @code | |
2729 | @item break @var{function} | |
0f153e74 | 2730 | Set a breakpoint at entry to function @var{function}. |
18fae2a8 | 2731 | @ifclear CONLY |
0f153e74 RP |
2732 | When using source languages that permit overloading of symbols, such as |
2733 | C++, @var{function} may refer to more than one possible place to break. | |
93928b60 | 2734 | @xref{Breakpoint Menus,,Breakpoint menus}, for a discussion of that situation. |
18fae2a8 | 2735 | @end ifclear |
70b88761 RP |
2736 | |
2737 | @item break +@var{offset} | |
2738 | @itemx break -@var{offset} | |
2739 | Set a breakpoint some number of lines forward or back from the position | |
2740 | at which execution stopped in the currently selected frame. | |
2741 | ||
2742 | @item break @var{linenum} | |
2743 | Set a breakpoint at line @var{linenum} in the current source file. | |
2744 | That file is the last file whose source text was printed. This | |
9a27b06e | 2745 | breakpoint stops your program just before it executes any of the |
70b88761 RP |
2746 | code on that line. |
2747 | ||
2748 | @item break @var{filename}:@var{linenum} | |
2749 | Set a breakpoint at line @var{linenum} in source file @var{filename}. | |
2750 | ||
2751 | @item break @var{filename}:@var{function} | |
2752 | Set a breakpoint at entry to function @var{function} found in file | |
2753 | @var{filename}. Specifying a file name as well as a function name is | |
2754 | superfluous except when multiple files contain similarly named | |
2755 | functions. | |
2756 | ||
2757 | @item break *@var{address} | |
2758 | Set a breakpoint at address @var{address}. You can use this to set | |
29a2b744 | 2759 | breakpoints in parts of your program which do not have debugging |
70b88761 RP |
2760 | information or source files. |
2761 | ||
2762 | @item break | |
29a2b744 RP |
2763 | When called without any arguments, @code{break} sets a breakpoint at |
2764 | the next instruction to be executed in the selected stack frame | |
2765 | (@pxref{Stack, ,Examining the Stack}). In any selected frame but the | |
9a27b06e | 2766 | innermost, this makes your program stop as soon as control |
29a2b744 RP |
2767 | returns to that frame. This is similar to the effect of a |
2768 | @code{finish} command in the frame inside the selected frame---except | |
2769 | that @code{finish} does not leave an active breakpoint. If you use | |
9a27b06e | 2770 | @code{break} without an argument in the innermost frame, @value{GDBN} stops |
1041a570 RP |
2771 | the next time it reaches the current location; this may be useful |
2772 | inside loops. | |
70b88761 | 2773 | |
18fae2a8 | 2774 | @value{GDBN} normally ignores breakpoints when it resumes execution, until at |
70b88761 RP |
2775 | least one instruction has been executed. If it did not do this, you |
2776 | would be unable to proceed past a breakpoint without first disabling the | |
2777 | breakpoint. This rule applies whether or not the breakpoint already | |
29a2b744 | 2778 | existed when your program stopped. |
70b88761 RP |
2779 | |
2780 | @item break @dots{} if @var{cond} | |
2781 | Set a breakpoint with condition @var{cond}; evaluate the expression | |
2782 | @var{cond} each time the breakpoint is reached, and stop only if the | |
3d3ab540 | 2783 | value is nonzero---that is, if @var{cond} evaluates as true. |
1041a570 RP |
2784 | @samp{@dots{}} stands for one of the possible arguments described |
2785 | above (or no argument) specifying where to break. @xref{Conditions, | |
93928b60 | 2786 | ,Break conditions}, for more information on breakpoint conditions. |
70b88761 | 2787 | |
70b88761 | 2788 | @kindex tbreak |
af215b1a | 2789 | @item tbreak @var{args} |
70b88761 RP |
2790 | Set a breakpoint enabled only for one stop. @var{args} are the |
2791 | same as for the @code{break} command, and the breakpoint is set in the same | |
cfcafcba | 2792 | way, but the breakpoint is automatically deleted after the first time your |
93928b60 | 2793 | program stops there. @xref{Disabling, ,Disabling breakpoints}. |
70b88761 | 2794 | |
9897afc6 | 2795 | @ifclear HPPA |
af215b1a VM |
2796 | @kindex hbreak |
2797 | @item hbreak @var{args} | |
2798 | Set a hardware-assisted breakpoint. @var{args} are the same as for the | |
2799 | @code{break} command and the breakpoint is set in the same way, but the | |
2800 | breakpoint requires hardware support and some target hardware may not | |
2801 | have this support. The main purpose of this is EPROM/ROM code | |
2802 | debugging, so you can set a breakpoint at an instruction without | |
2803 | changing the instruction. This can be used with the new trap-generation | |
2804 | provided by SPARClite DSU. DSU will generate traps when a program accesses | |
8387d6df | 2805 | some data or instruction address that is assigned to the debug registers. |
af215b1a VM |
2806 | However the hardware breakpoint registers can only take two data breakpoints, |
2807 | and @value{GDBN} will reject this command if more than two are used. | |
2808 | Delete or disable usused hardware breakpoints before setting | |
2809 | new ones. @xref{Conditions, ,Break conditions}. | |
2810 | ||
2811 | @kindex thbreak | |
2812 | @item thbreak @var{args} | |
2813 | Set a hardware-assisted breakpoint enabled only for one stop. @var{args} | |
2814 | are the same as for the @code{hbreak} command and the breakpoint is set in | |
2815 | the same way. However, like the @code{tbreak} command, | |
2816 | the breakpoint is automatically deleted after the | |
2817 | first time your program stops there. Also, like the @code{hbreak} | |
2818 | command, the breakpoint requires hardware support and some target hardware | |
2819 | may not have this support. @xref{Disabling, ,Disabling breakpoints}. | |
2820 | Also @xref{Conditions, ,Break conditions}. | |
9897afc6 | 2821 | @end ifclear |
af215b1a | 2822 | |
70b88761 RP |
2823 | @kindex rbreak |
2824 | @cindex regular expression | |
af215b1a | 2825 | @item rbreak @var{regex} |
4906534f | 2826 | @c FIXME what kind of regexp? |
70b88761 | 2827 | Set breakpoints on all functions matching the regular expression |
b80282d5 | 2828 | @var{regex}. This command |
70b88761 | 2829 | sets an unconditional breakpoint on all matches, printing a list of all |
b1955f0b RP |
2830 | breakpoints it set. Once these breakpoints are set, they are treated |
2831 | just like the breakpoints set with the @code{break} command. You can | |
2832 | delete them, disable them, or make them conditional the same way as any | |
2833 | other breakpoint. | |
70b88761 | 2834 | |
18fae2a8 | 2835 | @ifclear CONLY |
b80282d5 RP |
2836 | When debugging C++ programs, @code{rbreak} is useful for setting |
2837 | breakpoints on overloaded functions that are not members of any special | |
2838 | classes. | |
18fae2a8 | 2839 | @end ifclear |
b80282d5 | 2840 | |
70b88761 | 2841 | @kindex info breakpoints |
c338a2fd | 2842 | @cindex @code{$_} and @code{info breakpoints} |
70b88761 | 2843 | @item info breakpoints @r{[}@var{n}@r{]} |
6ca72cc6 RP |
2844 | @itemx info break @r{[}@var{n}@r{]} |
2845 | @itemx info watchpoints @r{[}@var{n}@r{]} | |
9897afc6 | 2846 | @ifclear HPPA |
6ca72cc6 RP |
2847 | Print a table of all breakpoints and watchpoints set and not |
2848 | deleted, with the following columns for each breakpoint: | |
9897afc6 EE |
2849 | @end ifclear |
2850 | @ifset HPPA | |
2851 | Print a table of all breakpoints, watchpoints, and catchpoints set and | |
2852 | not deleted, with the following columns for each breakpoint: | |
2853 | @end ifset | |
6ca72cc6 RP |
2854 | |
2855 | @table @emph | |
2856 | @item Breakpoint Numbers | |
2857 | @item Type | |
9897afc6 | 2858 | @ifclear HPPA |
6ca72cc6 | 2859 | Breakpoint or watchpoint. |
9897afc6 EE |
2860 | @end ifclear |
2861 | @ifset HPPA | |
2862 | Breakpoint, watchpoint, or catchpoint. | |
2863 | @end ifset | |
6ca72cc6 RP |
2864 | @item Disposition |
2865 | Whether the breakpoint is marked to be disabled or deleted when hit. | |
2866 | @item Enabled or Disabled | |
d24e0922 | 2867 | Enabled breakpoints are marked with @samp{y}. @samp{n} marks breakpoints |
6ca72cc6 RP |
2868 | that are not enabled. |
2869 | @item Address | |
2870 | Where the breakpoint is in your program, as a memory address | |
2871 | @item What | |
2872 | Where the breakpoint is in the source for your program, as a file and | |
2873 | line number. | |
2874 | @end table | |
2875 | ||
2876 | @noindent | |
d55320a0 RP |
2877 | If a breakpoint is conditional, @code{info break} shows the condition on |
2878 | the line following the affected breakpoint; breakpoint commands, if any, | |
2879 | are listed after that. | |
6ca72cc6 RP |
2880 | |
2881 | @noindent | |
2882 | @code{info break} with a breakpoint | |
29a2b744 RP |
2883 | number @var{n} as argument lists only that breakpoint. The |
2884 | convenience variable @code{$_} and the default examining-address for | |
2885 | the @code{x} command are set to the address of the last breakpoint | |
93928b60 | 2886 | listed (@pxref{Memory, ,Examining memory}). |
af215b1a VM |
2887 | |
2888 | @noindent | |
9897afc6 EE |
2889 | @code{info break} displays a count of the number of times the breakpoint |
2890 | has been hit. This is especially useful in conjunction with the | |
2891 | @code{ignore} command. You can ignore a large number of breakpoint | |
2892 | hits, look at the breakpoint info to see how many times the breakpoint | |
2893 | was hit, and then run again, ignoring one less than that number. This | |
2894 | will get you quickly to the last hit of that breakpoint. | |
1041a570 | 2895 | @end table |
70b88761 | 2896 | |
18fae2a8 | 2897 | @value{GDBN} allows you to set any number of breakpoints at the same place in |
1041a570 RP |
2898 | your program. There is nothing silly or meaningless about this. When |
2899 | the breakpoints are conditional, this is even useful | |
93928b60 | 2900 | (@pxref{Conditions, ,Break conditions}). |
70b88761 | 2901 | |
6ca72cc6 | 2902 | @cindex negative breakpoint numbers |
18fae2a8 RP |
2903 | @cindex internal @value{GDBN} breakpoints |
2904 | @value{GDBN} itself sometimes sets breakpoints in your program for special | |
6ca72cc6 RP |
2905 | purposes, such as proper handling of @code{longjmp} (in C programs). |
2906 | These internal breakpoints are assigned negative numbers, starting with | |
5a2c1d85 | 2907 | @code{-1}; @samp{info breakpoints} does not display them. |
d48da190 | 2908 | |
18fae2a8 | 2909 | You can see these breakpoints with the @value{GDBN} maintenance command |
5a2c1d85 | 2910 | @samp{maint info breakpoints}. |
6ca72cc6 RP |
2911 | |
2912 | @table @code | |
d48da190 RP |
2913 | @kindex maint info breakpoints |
2914 | @item maint info breakpoints | |
6ca72cc6 | 2915 | Using the same format as @samp{info breakpoints}, display both the |
18fae2a8 | 2916 | breakpoints you've set explicitly, and those @value{GDBN} is using for |
6ca72cc6 RP |
2917 | internal purposes. Internal breakpoints are shown with negative |
2918 | breakpoint numbers. The type column identifies what kind of breakpoint | |
2919 | is shown: | |
2920 | ||
2921 | @table @code | |
2922 | @item breakpoint | |
2923 | Normal, explicitly set breakpoint. | |
2924 | ||
2925 | @item watchpoint | |
2926 | Normal, explicitly set watchpoint. | |
2927 | ||
2928 | @item longjmp | |
2929 | Internal breakpoint, used to handle correctly stepping through | |
2930 | @code{longjmp} calls. | |
2931 | ||
2932 | @item longjmp resume | |
2933 | Internal breakpoint at the target of a @code{longjmp}. | |
2934 | ||
2935 | @item until | |
18fae2a8 | 2936 | Temporary internal breakpoint used by the @value{GDBN} @code{until} command. |
6ca72cc6 RP |
2937 | |
2938 | @item finish | |
18fae2a8 | 2939 | Temporary internal breakpoint used by the @value{GDBN} @code{finish} command. |
6ca72cc6 | 2940 | |
9897afc6 EE |
2941 | @ifset HPPA |
2942 | @item shlib events | |
2943 | Shared library events. | |
2944 | @end ifset | |
2945 | @end table | |
6ca72cc6 RP |
2946 | @end table |
2947 | ||
2948 | ||
9897afc6 EE |
2949 | @ifclear HPPA |
2950 | @node Set Watchpoints, Exception Handling, Set Breaks, Breakpoints | |
2951 | @subsection Setting watchpoints | |
2952 | @end ifclear | |
2953 | @ifset HPPA | |
2954 | @node Set Watchpoints, Set Catchpoints, Set Breaks, Breakpoints | |
93928b60 | 2955 | @subsection Setting watchpoints |
9897afc6 | 2956 | @end ifset |
70b88761 | 2957 | @cindex setting watchpoints |
1041a570 | 2958 | |
70b88761 | 2959 | You can use a watchpoint to stop execution whenever the value of an |
e251e767 | 2960 | expression changes, without having to predict a particular place |
70b88761 RP |
2961 | where this may happen. |
2962 | ||
9897afc6 | 2963 | @ifclear HPPA |
70b88761 | 2964 | Watchpoints currently execute two orders of magnitude more slowly than |
6b51acad | 2965 | other breakpoints, but this can be well worth it to catch errors where |
9a27b06e | 2966 | you have no clue what part of your program is the culprit. |
9897afc6 | 2967 | @end ifclear |
9a27b06e | 2968 | |
af215b1a VM |
2969 | @c FIXME - did Stan mean to @ignore this out? |
2970 | @ignore | |
9a27b06e | 2971 | Some processors provide special hardware to support watchpoint |
f886dc0f SS |
2972 | evaluation; @value{GDBN} will use such hardware if it is available, |
2973 | and if the support code has been added for that configuration. | |
af215b1a | 2974 | @end ignore |
70b88761 RP |
2975 | |
2976 | @table @code | |
e251e767 | 2977 | @kindex watch |
70b88761 | 2978 | @item watch @var{expr} |
af215b1a VM |
2979 | Set a watchpoint for an expression. @value{GDBN} will break when @var{expr} |
2980 | is written into by the program and its value changes. | |
9897afc6 | 2981 | @ifclear HPPA |
af215b1a VM |
2982 | This can be used with the new trap-generation provided by |
2983 | SPARClite DSU. DSU will generate traps when a program accesses | |
8387d6df | 2984 | some data or instruction address that is assigned to the debug registers. |
af215b1a VM |
2985 | For the data addresses, DSU facilitates the @code{watch} command. |
2986 | However the hardware breakpoint registers can only take two data watchpoints, | |
2987 | and both watchpoints must be the same kind. For example, you can set two | |
2988 | watchpoints with @code{watch} commands, two with @code{rwatch} | |
2989 | commands, @strong{or} two with @code{awatch} commands, but you cannot set one | |
2990 | watchpoint with one command and the other with a different command. | |
e97b18f7 | 2991 | @value{GDBN} will reject the command if you try to mix watchpoints. |
af215b1a VM |
2992 | Delete or disable unused watchpoint commands before setting new ones. |
2993 | ||
2994 | @kindex rwatch | |
2995 | @item rwatch @var{expr} | |
9897afc6 | 2996 | Set a watchpoint that will break when watch @var{expr} is read by the program. |
af215b1a VM |
2997 | If you use both watchpoints, both must be set with the @code{rwatch} |
2998 | command. | |
2999 | ||
3000 | @kindex awatch | |
3001 | @item awatch @var{expr} | |
3002 | Set a watchpoint that will break when @var{args} is read and written into | |
3003 | by the program. If you use both watchpoints, both must be set with the | |
3004 | @code{awatch} command. | |
9897afc6 | 3005 | @end ifclear |
70b88761 RP |
3006 | |
3007 | @kindex info watchpoints | |
3008 | @item info watchpoints | |
9897afc6 | 3009 | @ifclear HPPA |
6ca72cc6 RP |
3010 | This command prints a list of watchpoints and breakpoints; it is the |
3011 | same as @code{info break}. | |
9897afc6 EE |
3012 | @end ifclear |
3013 | @ifset HPPA | |
3014 | This command prints a list of watchpoints, breakpoints, and catchpoints; | |
3015 | it is the same as @code{info break}. | |
3016 | @end ifset | |
70b88761 RP |
3017 | @end table |
3018 | ||
9897afc6 EE |
3019 | @ifset HPPA |
3020 | @value{GDBN} sets a @dfn{hardware watchpoint} if possible. Hardware | |
3021 | watchpoints execute very quickly, and the debugger reports a change in | |
3022 | value at the exact instruction where the change occurs. If @value{GDBN} | |
3023 | cannot set a hardware watchpoint, it sets a software watchpoint, which | |
3024 | executes more slowly and reports the change in value at the next | |
3025 | statement, not the instruction, after the change occurs. | |
3026 | ||
3027 | When you issue the @code{watch} command, @value{GDBN} reports | |
3028 | ||
3029 | @example | |
3030 | Hardware watchpoint @var{num}: @var{expr} | |
3031 | @end example | |
3032 | ||
3033 | @noindent | |
3034 | if it was able to set a hardware watchpoint. | |
3035 | @end ifset | |
3036 | ||
3037 | If you call a function interactively using @code{print} or @code{call}, | |
3038 | any watchpoints you have set will be inactive until GDB reaches another | |
3039 | kind of breakpoint or the call completes. | |
3040 | ||
0cb95a9c RP |
3041 | @ifclear BARETARGET |
3042 | @quotation | |
3043 | @cindex watchpoints and threads | |
3044 | @cindex threads and watchpoints | |
9897afc6 EE |
3045 | @ifclear HPPA |
3046 | @emph{Warning:} In multi-thread programs, watchpoints have only limited | |
0cb95a9c RP |
3047 | usefulness. With the current watchpoint implementation, @value{GDBN} |
3048 | can only watch the value of an expression @emph{in a single thread}. If | |
3049 | you are confident that the expression can only change due to the current | |
9a27b06e RP |
3050 | thread's activity (and if you are also confident that no other thread |
3051 | can become current), then you can use watchpoints as usual. However, | |
0cb95a9c RP |
3052 | @value{GDBN} may not notice when a non-current thread's activity changes |
3053 | the expression. | |
9897afc6 EE |
3054 | @end ifclear |
3055 | @ifset HPPA | |
3056 | @emph{Warning:} In multi-thread programs, software watchpoints have only | |
3057 | limited usefulness. If @value{GDBN} creates a software watchpoint, it | |
3058 | can only watch the value of an expression @emph{in a single thread}. If | |
3059 | you are confident that the expression can only change due to the current | |
3060 | thread's activity (and if you are also confident that no other thread | |
3061 | can become current), then you can use software watchpoints as usual. | |
3062 | However, @value{GDBN} may not notice when a non-current thread's | |
3063 | activity changes the expression. (Hardware watchpoints, in contrast, | |
3064 | watch an expression in all threads.) | |
3065 | @end ifset | |
0cb95a9c RP |
3066 | @end quotation |
3067 | @end ifclear | |
3068 | ||
1d7c3357 | 3069 | @ifclear CONLY |
9897afc6 EE |
3070 | @ifclear HPPA |
3071 | @node Exception Handling, Delete Breaks, Set Watchpoints, Breakpoints | |
93928b60 | 3072 | @subsection Breakpoints and exceptions |
70b88761 RP |
3073 | @cindex exception handlers |
3074 | ||
af215b1a | 3075 | Some languages, such as @sc{gnu} C++, implement exception handling. You can |
18fae2a8 | 3076 | use @value{GDBN} to examine what caused your program to raise an exception, |
29a2b744 | 3077 | and to list the exceptions your program is prepared to handle at a |
70b88761 RP |
3078 | given point in time. |
3079 | ||
3080 | @table @code | |
70b88761 | 3081 | @kindex catch |
af215b1a | 3082 | @item catch @var{exceptions} |
70b88761 RP |
3083 | You can set breakpoints at active exception handlers by using the |
3084 | @code{catch} command. @var{exceptions} is a list of names of exceptions | |
9897afc6 | 3085 | to catch. |
70b88761 RP |
3086 | @end table |
3087 | ||
29a2b744 | 3088 | You can use @code{info catch} to list active exception handlers. |
93928b60 | 3089 | @xref{Frame Info, ,Information about a frame}. |
70b88761 | 3090 | |
9a27b06e | 3091 | There are currently some limitations to exception handling in @value{GDBN}: |
70b88761 RP |
3092 | |
3093 | @itemize @bullet | |
3094 | @item | |
18fae2a8 | 3095 | If you call a function interactively, @value{GDBN} normally returns |
70b88761 RP |
3096 | control to you when the function has finished executing. If the call |
3097 | raises an exception, however, the call may bypass the mechanism that | |
29a2b744 | 3098 | returns control to you and cause your program to simply continue |
18fae2a8 | 3099 | running until it hits a breakpoint, catches a signal that @value{GDBN} is |
70b88761 | 3100 | listening for, or exits. |
9a27b06e | 3101 | |
70b88761 RP |
3102 | @item |
3103 | You cannot raise an exception interactively. | |
9a27b06e | 3104 | |
70b88761 | 3105 | @item |
9a27b06e | 3106 | You cannot install an exception handler interactively. |
70b88761 RP |
3107 | @end itemize |
3108 | ||
3109 | @cindex raise exceptions | |
3110 | Sometimes @code{catch} is not the best way to debug exception handling: | |
29a2b744 | 3111 | if you need to know exactly where an exception is raised, it is better to |
70b88761 RP |
3112 | stop @emph{before} the exception handler is called, since that way you |
3113 | can see the stack before any unwinding takes place. If you set a | |
3114 | breakpoint in an exception handler instead, it may not be easy to find | |
3115 | out where the exception was raised. | |
3116 | ||
3117 | To stop just before an exception handler is called, you need some | |
af215b1a | 3118 | knowledge of the implementation. In the case of @sc{gnu} C++, exceptions are |
70b88761 RP |
3119 | raised by calling a library function named @code{__raise_exception} |
3120 | which has the following ANSI C interface: | |
3121 | ||
3122 | @example | |
b80282d5 | 3123 | /* @var{addr} is where the exception identifier is stored. |
70b88761 RP |
3124 | ID is the exception identifier. */ |
3125 | void __raise_exception (void **@var{addr}, void *@var{id}); | |
3126 | @end example | |
3127 | ||
3128 | @noindent | |
3129 | To make the debugger catch all exceptions before any stack | |
3130 | unwinding takes place, set a breakpoint on @code{__raise_exception} | |
93928b60 | 3131 | (@pxref{Breakpoints, ,Breakpoints; watchpoints; and exceptions}). |
70b88761 | 3132 | |
93928b60 | 3133 | With a conditional breakpoint (@pxref{Conditions, ,Break conditions}) |
29a2b744 RP |
3134 | that depends on the value of @var{id}, you can stop your program when |
3135 | a specific exception is raised. You can use multiple conditional | |
3136 | breakpoints to stop your program when any of a number of exceptions are | |
3137 | raised. | |
1d7c3357 | 3138 | @end ifclear |
70b88761 | 3139 | |
9897afc6 EE |
3140 | @ifset HPPA |
3141 | @node Set Catchpoints, Delete Breaks, Set Watchpoints, Breakpoints | |
3142 | @subsection Setting catchpoints | |
3143 | @cindex catchpoints | |
3144 | @cindex exception handlers | |
3145 | @cindex event handling | |
3146 | ||
3147 | You can use @dfn{catchpoints} to cause the debugger to stop for certain | |
3148 | kinds of program events, such as C++ exceptions or the loading of a | |
3149 | shared library. Use the @code{catch} command to set a catchpoint. | |
3150 | ||
3151 | @table @code | |
3152 | @kindex catch | |
3153 | @item catch @var{event} | |
3154 | Stop when @var{event} occurs. @var{event} can be any of the following: | |
3155 | @table @code | |
3156 | @item throw | |
3157 | @kindex catch throw | |
3158 | The throwing of a C++ exception. | |
3159 | ||
3160 | @item catch | |
3161 | @kindex catch catch | |
3162 | The catching of a C++ exception. | |
3163 | ||
3164 | @item exec | |
3165 | @kindex catch exec | |
3166 | A call to @code{exec}. | |
3167 | ||
3168 | @item fork | |
3169 | @kindex catch fork | |
3170 | A call to @code{fork}. | |
3171 | ||
3172 | @item vfork | |
3173 | @kindex catch vfork | |
3174 | A call to @code{vfork}. | |
3175 | ||
3176 | @item load | |
3177 | @itemx load @var{libname} | |
3178 | @kindex catch load | |
3179 | The dynamic loading of any shared library, or the loading of the library | |
3180 | @var{libname}. | |
3181 | ||
3182 | @item unload | |
3183 | @itemx unload @var{libname} | |
3184 | @kindex catch unload | |
3185 | The unloading of any dynamically loaded shared library, or the unloading | |
3186 | of the library @var{libname}. | |
3187 | @end table | |
3188 | ||
3189 | @item tcatch @var{event} | |
3190 | Set a catchpoint that is enabled only for one stop. The catchpoint is | |
3191 | automatically deleted after the first time the event is caught. | |
3192 | ||
3193 | @end table | |
3194 | ||
3195 | Use the @code{info break} command to list the current catchpoints. | |
3196 | ||
3197 | There are currently some limitations to C++ exception handling | |
3198 | (@code{catch throw} and @code{catch catch}) in @value{GDBN}: | |
3199 | ||
3200 | @itemize @bullet | |
3201 | @item | |
3202 | If you call a function interactively, @value{GDBN} normally returns | |
3203 | control to you when the function has finished executing. If the call | |
3204 | raises an exception, however, the call may bypass the mechanism that | |
3205 | returns control to you and cause your program either to abort or to | |
3206 | simply continue running until it hits a breakpoint, catches a signal | |
3207 | that @value{GDBN} is listening for, or exits. This is the case even if | |
3208 | you set a catchpoint for the exception; catchpoints on exceptions are | |
3209 | disabled within interactive calls. | |
3210 | ||
3211 | @item | |
3212 | You cannot raise an exception interactively. | |
3213 | ||
3214 | @item | |
3215 | You cannot install an exception handler interactively. | |
3216 | @end itemize | |
3217 | @end ifset | |
3218 | @end ifclear | |
3219 | ||
3220 | @node Delete Breaks, Disabling, Set Catchpoints, Breakpoints | |
93928b60 | 3221 | @subsection Deleting breakpoints |
70b88761 | 3222 | |
9897afc6 | 3223 | @ifclear HPPA |
70b88761 RP |
3224 | @cindex clearing breakpoints, watchpoints |
3225 | @cindex deleting breakpoints, watchpoints | |
3226 | It is often necessary to eliminate a breakpoint or watchpoint once it | |
9897afc6 EE |
3227 | @end ifclear |
3228 | @ifset HPPA | |
3229 | @cindex clearing breakpoints, watchpoints, catchpoints | |
3230 | @cindex deleting breakpoints, watchpoints, catchpoints | |
3231 | It is often necessary to eliminate a breakpoint, watchpoint, or | |
3232 | catchpoint once it | |
3233 | @end ifset | |
29a2b744 | 3234 | has done its job and you no longer want your program to stop there. This |
70b88761 RP |
3235 | is called @dfn{deleting} the breakpoint. A breakpoint that has been |
3236 | deleted no longer exists; it is forgotten. | |
3237 | ||
3238 | With the @code{clear} command you can delete breakpoints according to | |
29a2b744 | 3239 | where they are in your program. With the @code{delete} command you can |
9897afc6 | 3240 | @ifclear HPPA |
70b88761 | 3241 | delete individual breakpoints or watchpoints by specifying their |
9897afc6 EE |
3242 | @end ifclear |
3243 | @ifset HPPA | |
3244 | delete individual breakpoints, watchpoints, or catchpoints by specifying | |
3245 | their | |
3246 | @end ifset | |
70b88761 RP |
3247 | breakpoint numbers. |
3248 | ||
18fae2a8 | 3249 | It is not necessary to delete a breakpoint to proceed past it. @value{GDBN} |
70b88761 RP |
3250 | automatically ignores breakpoints on the first instruction to be executed |
3251 | when you continue execution without changing the execution address. | |
3252 | ||
3253 | @table @code | |
70b88761 | 3254 | @kindex clear |
9897afc6 | 3255 | @item clear |
70b88761 | 3256 | Delete any breakpoints at the next instruction to be executed in the |
93928b60 | 3257 | selected stack frame (@pxref{Selection, ,Selecting a frame}). When |
29a2b744 RP |
3258 | the innermost frame is selected, this is a good way to delete a |
3259 | breakpoint where your program just stopped. | |
70b88761 RP |
3260 | |
3261 | @item clear @var{function} | |
3262 | @itemx clear @var{filename}:@var{function} | |
3263 | Delete any breakpoints set at entry to the function @var{function}. | |
3264 | ||
3265 | @item clear @var{linenum} | |
3266 | @itemx clear @var{filename}:@var{linenum} | |
3267 | Delete any breakpoints set at or within the code of the specified line. | |
3268 | ||
70b88761 RP |
3269 | @cindex delete breakpoints |
3270 | @kindex delete | |
3271 | @kindex d | |
af215b1a | 3272 | @item delete @r{[}breakpoints@r{]} @r{[}@var{bnums}@dots{}@r{]} |
9897afc6 | 3273 | @ifclear HPPA |
70b88761 | 3274 | Delete the breakpoints or watchpoints of the numbers specified as |
9897afc6 EE |
3275 | @end ifclear |
3276 | @ifset HPPA | |
3277 | Delete the breakpoints, watchpoints, or catchpoints of the numbers | |
3278 | specified as | |
3279 | @end ifset | |
18fae2a8 | 3280 | arguments. If no argument is specified, delete all breakpoints (@value{GDBN} |
1041a570 | 3281 | asks confirmation, unless you have @code{set confirm off}). You |
70b88761 RP |
3282 | can abbreviate this command as @code{d}. |
3283 | @end table | |
3284 | ||
9897afc6 | 3285 | @node Disabling, Conditions, Delete Breaks, Breakpoints |
93928b60 | 3286 | @subsection Disabling breakpoints |
70b88761 | 3287 | |
af215b1a VM |
3288 | @kindex disable breakpoints |
3289 | @kindex enable breakpoints | |
9897afc6 | 3290 | @ifclear HPPA |
70b88761 | 3291 | Rather than deleting a breakpoint or watchpoint, you might prefer to |
9897afc6 EE |
3292 | @end ifclear |
3293 | @ifset HPPA | |
3294 | Rather than deleting a breakpoint, watchpoint, or catchpoint, you might | |
3295 | prefer to | |
3296 | @end ifset | |
70b88761 RP |
3297 | @dfn{disable} it. This makes the breakpoint inoperative as if it had |
3298 | been deleted, but remembers the information on the breakpoint so that | |
3299 | you can @dfn{enable} it again later. | |
3300 | ||
9897afc6 | 3301 | @ifclear HPPA |
70b88761 | 3302 | You disable and enable breakpoints and watchpoints with the |
9897afc6 EE |
3303 | @end ifclear |
3304 | @ifset HPPA | |
3305 | You disable and enable breakpoints, watchpoints, and catchpoints with | |
3306 | the | |
3307 | @end ifset | |
70b88761 RP |
3308 | @code{enable} and @code{disable} commands, optionally specifying one or |
3309 | more breakpoint numbers as arguments. Use @code{info break} or | |
9897afc6 | 3310 | @ifclear HPPA |
70b88761 | 3311 | @code{info watch} to print a list of breakpoints or watchpoints if you |
9897afc6 EE |
3312 | @end ifclear |
3313 | @ifset HPPA | |
3314 | @code{info watch} to print a list of breakpoints, watchpoints, and | |
3315 | catchpoints if you | |
3316 | @end ifset | |
29a2b744 | 3317 | do not know which numbers to use. |
70b88761 | 3318 | |
9897afc6 | 3319 | @ifclear HPPA |
70b88761 | 3320 | A breakpoint or watchpoint can have any of four different states of |
9897afc6 EE |
3321 | @end ifclear |
3322 | @ifset HPPA | |
3323 | A breakpoint, watchpoint, or catchpoint can have any of four different | |
3324 | states of | |
3325 | @end ifset | |
70b88761 RP |
3326 | enablement: |
3327 | ||
3328 | @itemize @bullet | |
3329 | @item | |
9a27b06e | 3330 | Enabled. The breakpoint stops your program. A breakpoint set |
70b88761 RP |
3331 | with the @code{break} command starts out in this state. |
3332 | @item | |
29a2b744 | 3333 | Disabled. The breakpoint has no effect on your program. |
70b88761 | 3334 | @item |
9a27b06e RP |
3335 | Enabled once. The breakpoint stops your program, but then becomes |
3336 | disabled. A breakpoint set with the @code{tbreak} command starts out in | |
3337 | this state. | |
70b88761 | 3338 | @item |
9a27b06e RP |
3339 | Enabled for deletion. The breakpoint stops your program, but |
3340 | immediately after it does so it is deleted permanently. | |
70b88761 RP |
3341 | @end itemize |
3342 | ||
9897afc6 | 3343 | @ifclear HPPA |
70b88761 RP |
3344 | You can use the following commands to enable or disable breakpoints and |
3345 | watchpoints: | |
9897afc6 EE |
3346 | @end ifclear |
3347 | @ifset HPPA | |
3348 | You can use the following commands to enable or disable breakpoints, | |
3349 | watchpoints, and catchpoints: | |
3350 | @end ifset | |
70b88761 RP |
3351 | |
3352 | @table @code | |
70b88761 RP |
3353 | @kindex disable breakpoints |
3354 | @kindex disable | |
3355 | @kindex dis | |
af215b1a | 3356 | @item disable @r{[}breakpoints@r{]} @r{[}@var{bnums}@dots{}@r{]} |
70b88761 RP |
3357 | Disable the specified breakpoints---or all breakpoints, if none are |
3358 | listed. A disabled breakpoint has no effect but is not forgotten. All | |
3359 | options such as ignore-counts, conditions and commands are remembered in | |
3360 | case the breakpoint is enabled again later. You may abbreviate | |
3361 | @code{disable} as @code{dis}. | |
3362 | ||
70b88761 RP |
3363 | @kindex enable breakpoints |
3364 | @kindex enable | |
af215b1a | 3365 | @item enable @r{[}breakpoints@r{]} @r{[}@var{bnums}@dots{}@r{]} |
70b88761 | 3366 | Enable the specified breakpoints (or all defined breakpoints). They |
29a2b744 | 3367 | become effective once again in stopping your program. |
70b88761 RP |
3368 | |
3369 | @item enable @r{[}breakpoints@r{]} once @var{bnums}@dots{} | |
9a27b06e RP |
3370 | Enable the specified breakpoints temporarily. @value{GDBN} disables any |
3371 | of these breakpoints immediately after stopping your program. | |
70b88761 RP |
3372 | |
3373 | @item enable @r{[}breakpoints@r{]} delete @var{bnums}@dots{} | |
9a27b06e RP |
3374 | Enable the specified breakpoints to work once, then die. @value{GDBN} |
3375 | deletes any of these breakpoints as soon as your program stops there. | |
70b88761 RP |
3376 | @end table |
3377 | ||
af215b1a | 3378 | Except for a breakpoint set with @code{tbreak} (@pxref{Set Breaks, |
93928b60 RP |
3379 | ,Setting breakpoints}), breakpoints that you set are initially enabled; |
3380 | subsequently, they become disabled or enabled only when you use one of | |
3381 | the commands above. (The command @code{until} can set and delete a | |
9a27b06e | 3382 | breakpoint of its own, but it does not change the state of your other |
93928b60 RP |
3383 | breakpoints; see @ref{Continuing and Stepping, ,Continuing and |
3384 | stepping}.) | |
70b88761 | 3385 | |
9897afc6 | 3386 | @node Conditions, Break Commands, Disabling, Breakpoints |
93928b60 | 3387 | @subsection Break conditions |
70b88761 RP |
3388 | @cindex conditional breakpoints |
3389 | @cindex breakpoint conditions | |
3390 | ||
4906534f RP |
3391 | @c FIXME what is scope of break condition expr? Context where wanted? |
3392 | @c in particular for a watchpoint? | |
29a2b744 | 3393 | The simplest sort of breakpoint breaks every time your program reaches a |
70b88761 RP |
3394 | specified place. You can also specify a @dfn{condition} for a |
3395 | breakpoint. A condition is just a Boolean expression in your | |
1041a570 RP |
3396 | programming language (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}). A breakpoint with |
3397 | a condition evaluates the expression each time your program reaches it, | |
3398 | and your program stops only if the condition is @emph{true}. | |
3d3ab540 RP |
3399 | |
3400 | This is the converse of using assertions for program validation; in that | |
3401 | situation, you want to stop when the assertion is violated---that is, | |
3402 | when the condition is false. In C, if you want to test an assertion expressed | |
e251e767 | 3403 | by the condition @var{assert}, you should set the condition |
3d3ab540 | 3404 | @samp{! @var{assert}} on the appropriate breakpoint. |
70b88761 RP |
3405 | |
3406 | Conditions are also accepted for watchpoints; you may not need them, | |
3407 | since a watchpoint is inspecting the value of an expression anyhow---but | |
3408 | it might be simpler, say, to just set a watchpoint on a variable name, | |
3409 | and specify a condition that tests whether the new value is an interesting | |
e251e767 | 3410 | one. |
70b88761 | 3411 | |
29a2b744 | 3412 | Break conditions can have side effects, and may even call functions in |
70b88761 | 3413 | your program. This can be useful, for example, to activate functions |
29a2b744 RP |
3414 | that log program progress, or to use your own print functions to |
3415 | format special data structures. The effects are completely predictable | |
3416 | unless there is another enabled breakpoint at the same address. (In | |
18fae2a8 | 3417 | that case, @value{GDBN} might see the other breakpoint first and stop your |
29a2b744 RP |
3418 | program without checking the condition of this one.) Note that |
3419 | breakpoint commands are usually more convenient and flexible for the | |
3420 | purpose of performing side effects when a breakpoint is reached | |
93928b60 | 3421 | (@pxref{Break Commands, ,Breakpoint command lists}). |
70b88761 RP |
3422 | |
3423 | Break conditions can be specified when a breakpoint is set, by using | |
29a2b744 | 3424 | @samp{if} in the arguments to the @code{break} command. @xref{Set |
93928b60 | 3425 | Breaks, ,Setting breakpoints}. They can also be changed at any time |
9897afc6 EE |
3426 | with the @code{condition} command. |
3427 | @ifclear HPPA | |
3428 | @c The watch command now seems to recognize the if keyword. | |
3429 | @c catch doesn't, though. | |
3430 | The @code{watch} command does not recognize the @code{if} keyword; | |
3431 | @code{condition} is the only way to impose a further condition on a | |
3432 | watchpoint. | |
3433 | @end ifclear | |
3434 | @ifset HPPA | |
3435 | You can also use the @code{if} keyword with the @code{watch} command. | |
3436 | The @code{catch} command does not recognize the @code{if} keyword; | |
3437 | @code{condition} is the only way to impose a further condition on a | |
3438 | catchpoint. | |
3439 | @end ifset | |
70b88761 | 3440 | |
e251e767 | 3441 | @table @code |
e251e767 | 3442 | @kindex condition |
af215b1a | 3443 | @item condition @var{bnum} @var{expression} |
9897afc6 | 3444 | @ifclear HPPA |
70b88761 | 3445 | Specify @var{expression} as the break condition for breakpoint or |
9a27b06e | 3446 | watchpoint number @var{bnum}. After you set a condition, breakpoint |
9897afc6 EE |
3447 | @end ifclear |
3448 | @ifset HPPA | |
3449 | Specify @var{expression} as the break condition for breakpoint, | |
3450 | watchpoint, or catchpoint number @var{bnum}. After you set a condition, | |
3451 | breakpoint | |
3452 | @end ifset | |
9a27b06e RP |
3453 | @var{bnum} stops your program only if the value of @var{expression} is |
3454 | true (nonzero, in C). When you use @code{condition}, @value{GDBN} | |
3455 | checks @var{expression} immediately for syntactic correctness, and to | |
3456 | determine whether symbols in it have referents in the context of your | |
3457 | breakpoint. | |
29a2b744 | 3458 | @c FIXME so what does GDB do if there is no referent? Moreover, what |
4906534f | 3459 | @c about watchpoints? |
18fae2a8 | 3460 | @value{GDBN} does |
70b88761 | 3461 | not actually evaluate @var{expression} at the time the @code{condition} |
1041a570 | 3462 | command is given, however. @xref{Expressions, ,Expressions}. |
70b88761 RP |
3463 | |
3464 | @item condition @var{bnum} | |
3465 | Remove the condition from breakpoint number @var{bnum}. It becomes | |
3466 | an ordinary unconditional breakpoint. | |
3467 | @end table | |
3468 | ||
3469 | @cindex ignore count (of breakpoint) | |
3470 | A special case of a breakpoint condition is to stop only when the | |
3471 | breakpoint has been reached a certain number of times. This is so | |
3472 | useful that there is a special way to do it, using the @dfn{ignore | |
3473 | count} of the breakpoint. Every breakpoint has an ignore count, which | |
3474 | is an integer. Most of the time, the ignore count is zero, and | |
29a2b744 | 3475 | therefore has no effect. But if your program reaches a breakpoint whose |
70b88761 RP |
3476 | ignore count is positive, then instead of stopping, it just decrements |
3477 | the ignore count by one and continues. As a result, if the ignore count | |
9a27b06e RP |
3478 | value is @var{n}, the breakpoint does not stop the next @var{n} times |
3479 | your program reaches it. | |
70b88761 RP |
3480 | |
3481 | @table @code | |
70b88761 | 3482 | @kindex ignore |
af215b1a | 3483 | @item ignore @var{bnum} @var{count} |
70b88761 RP |
3484 | Set the ignore count of breakpoint number @var{bnum} to @var{count}. |
3485 | The next @var{count} times the breakpoint is reached, your program's | |
9a27b06e | 3486 | execution does not stop; other than to decrement the ignore count, @value{GDBN} |
70b88761 RP |
3487 | takes no action. |
3488 | ||
3489 | To make the breakpoint stop the next time it is reached, specify | |
3490 | a count of zero. | |
3491 | ||
d55320a0 RP |
3492 | When you use @code{continue} to resume execution of your program from a |
3493 | breakpoint, you can specify an ignore count directly as an argument to | |
3494 | @code{continue}, rather than using @code{ignore}. @xref{Continuing and | |
3495 | Stepping,,Continuing and stepping}. | |
70b88761 | 3496 | |
9a27b06e RP |
3497 | If a breakpoint has a positive ignore count and a condition, the |
3498 | condition is not checked. Once the ignore count reaches zero, | |
3499 | @value{GDBN} resumes checking the condition. | |
70b88761 | 3500 | |
29a2b744 | 3501 | You could achieve the effect of the ignore count with a condition such |
18fae2a8 | 3502 | as @w{@samp{$foo-- <= 0}} using a debugger convenience variable that |
1041a570 | 3503 | is decremented each time. @xref{Convenience Vars, ,Convenience |
93928b60 | 3504 | variables}. |
d55320a0 | 3505 | @end table |
70b88761 | 3506 | |
9897afc6 EE |
3507 | @ifset HPPA |
3508 | Ignore counts apply to breakpoints, watchpoints, and catchpoints. | |
3509 | @end ifset | |
3510 | ||
3511 | ||
3512 | @node Break Commands, Breakpoint Menus, Conditions, Breakpoints | |
93928b60 | 3513 | @subsection Breakpoint command lists |
70b88761 RP |
3514 | |
3515 | @cindex breakpoint commands | |
9897afc6 | 3516 | @ifclear HPPA |
70b88761 | 3517 | You can give any breakpoint (or watchpoint) a series of commands to |
9897afc6 EE |
3518 | @end ifclear |
3519 | @ifset HPPA | |
3520 | You can give any breakpoint (or watchpoint or catchpoint) a series of | |
3521 | commands to | |
3522 | @end ifset | |
29a2b744 | 3523 | execute when your program stops due to that breakpoint. For example, you |
70b88761 RP |
3524 | might want to print the values of certain expressions, or enable other |
3525 | breakpoints. | |
3526 | ||
3527 | @table @code | |
af215b1a VM |
3528 | @kindex commands |
3529 | @kindex end | |
70b88761 RP |
3530 | @item commands @r{[}@var{bnum}@r{]} |
3531 | @itemx @dots{} @var{command-list} @dots{} | |
3532 | @itemx end | |
70b88761 RP |
3533 | Specify a list of commands for breakpoint number @var{bnum}. The commands |
3534 | themselves appear on the following lines. Type a line containing just | |
3535 | @code{end} to terminate the commands. | |
3536 | ||
203eea5d RP |
3537 | To remove all commands from a breakpoint, type @code{commands} and |
3538 | follow it immediately with @code{end}; that is, give no commands. | |
70b88761 RP |
3539 | |
3540 | With no @var{bnum} argument, @code{commands} refers to the last | |
9897afc6 | 3541 | @ifclear HPPA |
70b88761 | 3542 | breakpoint or watchpoint set (not to the breakpoint most recently |
9897afc6 EE |
3543 | @end ifclear |
3544 | @ifset HPPA | |
3545 | breakpoint, watchpoint, or catchpoint set (not to the breakpoint most | |
3546 | recently | |
3547 | @end ifset | |
70b88761 RP |
3548 | encountered). |
3549 | @end table | |
3550 | ||
18fae2a8 | 3551 | Pressing @key{RET} as a means of repeating the last @value{GDBN} command is |
70b88761 RP |
3552 | disabled within a @var{command-list}. |
3553 | ||
29a2b744 | 3554 | You can use breakpoint commands to start your program up again. Simply |
70b88761 | 3555 | use the @code{continue} command, or @code{step}, or any other command |
fe715d06 RP |
3556 | that resumes execution. |
3557 | ||
3558 | Any other commands in the command list, after a command that resumes | |
3559 | execution, are ignored. This is because any time you resume execution | |
3560 | (even with a simple @code{next} or @code{step}), you may encounter | |
3561 | another breakpoint---which could have its own command list, leading to | |
3562 | ambiguities about which list to execute. | |
70b88761 RP |
3563 | |
3564 | @kindex silent | |
fe715d06 RP |
3565 | If the first command you specify in a command list is @code{silent}, the |
3566 | usual message about stopping at a breakpoint is not printed. This may | |
3567 | be desirable for breakpoints that are to print a specific message and | |
3568 | then continue. If none of the remaining commands print anything, you | |
9a27b06e | 3569 | see no sign that the breakpoint was reached. @code{silent} is |
fe715d06 | 3570 | meaningful only at the beginning of a breakpoint command list. |
70b88761 | 3571 | |
d55320a0 RP |
3572 | The commands @code{echo}, @code{output}, and @code{printf} allow you to |
3573 | print precisely controlled output, and are often useful in silent | |
3574 | breakpoints. @xref{Output, ,Commands for controlled output}. | |
70b88761 RP |
3575 | |
3576 | For example, here is how you could use breakpoint commands to print the | |
3577 | value of @code{x} at entry to @code{foo} whenever @code{x} is positive. | |
3578 | ||
18fae2a8 | 3579 | @example |
70b88761 RP |
3580 | break foo if x>0 |
3581 | commands | |
3582 | silent | |
d55320a0 | 3583 | printf "x is %d\n",x |
70b88761 RP |
3584 | cont |
3585 | end | |
18fae2a8 | 3586 | @end example |
70b88761 RP |
3587 | |
3588 | One application for breakpoint commands is to compensate for one bug so | |
3589 | you can test for another. Put a breakpoint just after the erroneous line | |
3590 | of code, give it a condition to detect the case in which something | |
3591 | erroneous has been done, and give it commands to assign correct values | |
3592 | to any variables that need them. End with the @code{continue} command | |
29a2b744 | 3593 | so that your program does not stop, and start with the @code{silent} |
70b88761 RP |
3594 | command so that no output is produced. Here is an example: |
3595 | ||
3596 | @example | |
3597 | break 403 | |
3598 | commands | |
3599 | silent | |
3600 | set x = y + 4 | |
3601 | cont | |
3602 | end | |
3603 | @end example | |
3604 | ||
1d7c3357 | 3605 | @ifclear CONLY |
9897afc6 | 3606 | @node Breakpoint Menus, , Break Commands, Breakpoints |
93928b60 | 3607 | @subsection Breakpoint menus |
b80282d5 | 3608 | @cindex overloading |
e251e767 | 3609 | @cindex symbol overloading |
70b88761 RP |
3610 | |
3611 | Some programming languages (notably C++) permit a single function name | |
3612 | to be defined several times, for application in different contexts. | |
3613 | This is called @dfn{overloading}. When a function name is overloaded, | |
18fae2a8 | 3614 | @samp{break @var{function}} is not enough to tell @value{GDBN} where you want |
9a27b06e | 3615 | a breakpoint. If you realize this is a problem, you can use |
6f3ec223 | 3616 | something like @samp{break @var{function}(@var{types})} to specify which |
18fae2a8 | 3617 | particular version of the function you want. Otherwise, @value{GDBN} offers |
6f3ec223 RP |
3618 | you a menu of numbered choices for different possible breakpoints, and |
3619 | waits for your selection with the prompt @samp{>}. The first two | |
3620 | options are always @samp{[0] cancel} and @samp{[1] all}. Typing @kbd{1} | |
3621 | sets a breakpoint at each definition of @var{function}, and typing | |
3622 | @kbd{0} aborts the @code{break} command without setting any new | |
3623 | breakpoints. | |
70b88761 RP |
3624 | |
3625 | For example, the following session excerpt shows an attempt to set a | |
e251e767 | 3626 | breakpoint at the overloaded symbol @code{String::after}. |
70b88761 RP |
3627 | We choose three particular definitions of that function name: |
3628 | ||
6f3ec223 | 3629 | @c FIXME! This is likely to change to show arg type lists, at least |
d55320a0 | 3630 | @smallexample |
9897afc6 | 3631 | @group |
18fae2a8 | 3632 | (@value{GDBP}) b String::after |
70b88761 RP |
3633 | [0] cancel |
3634 | [1] all | |
3635 | [2] file:String.cc; line number:867 | |
3636 | [3] file:String.cc; line number:860 | |
3637 | [4] file:String.cc; line number:875 | |
3638 | [5] file:String.cc; line number:853 | |
3639 | [6] file:String.cc; line number:846 | |
3640 | [7] file:String.cc; line number:735 | |
3641 | > 2 4 6 | |
3642 | Breakpoint 1 at 0xb26c: file String.cc, line 867. | |
3643 | Breakpoint 2 at 0xb344: file String.cc, line 875. | |
3644 | Breakpoint 3 at 0xafcc: file String.cc, line 846. | |
3645 | Multiple breakpoints were set. | |
d55320a0 RP |
3646 | Use the "delete" command to delete unwanted |
3647 | breakpoints. | |
18fae2a8 | 3648 | (@value{GDBP}) |
9897afc6 | 3649 | @end group |
d55320a0 | 3650 | @end smallexample |
1d7c3357 | 3651 | @end ifclear |
70b88761 | 3652 | |
af215b1a VM |
3653 | @c @ifclear BARETARGET |
3654 | @c @node Error in Breakpoints | |
3655 | @c @subsection ``Cannot insert breakpoints'' | |
3656 | @c | |
3657 | @c FIXME!! 14/6/95 Is there a real example of this? Let's use it. | |
3658 | @c | |
3659 | @c Under some operating systems, breakpoints cannot be used in a program if | |
3660 | @c any other process is running that program. In this situation, | |
3661 | @c attempting to run or continue a program with a breakpoint causes | |
3662 | @c @value{GDBN} to stop the other process. | |
3663 | @c | |
3664 | @c When this happens, you have three ways to proceed: | |
3665 | @c | |
3666 | @c @enumerate | |
3667 | @c @item | |
3668 | @c Remove or disable the breakpoints, then continue. | |
3669 | @c | |
3670 | @c @item | |
3671 | @c Suspend @value{GDBN}, and copy the file containing your program to a new | |
3672 | @c name. Resume @value{GDBN} and use the @code{exec-file} command to specify | |
3673 | @c that @value{GDBN} should run your program under that name. | |
3674 | @c Then start your program again. | |
3675 | @c | |
3676 | @c @item | |
3677 | @c Relink your program so that the text segment is nonsharable, using the | |
3678 | @c linker option @samp{-N}. The operating system limitation may not apply | |
3679 | @c to nonsharable executables. | |
3680 | @c @end enumerate | |
3681 | @c @end ifclear | |
70b88761 | 3682 | |
9897afc6 | 3683 | @node Continuing and Stepping, Signals, Breakpoints, Stopping |
93928b60 | 3684 | @section Continuing and stepping |
70b88761 RP |
3685 | |
3686 | @cindex stepping | |
7463aadd RP |
3687 | @cindex continuing |
3688 | @cindex resuming execution | |
3d3ab540 | 3689 | @dfn{Continuing} means resuming program execution until your program |
cedaf8bc RP |
3690 | completes normally. In contrast, @dfn{stepping} means executing just |
3691 | one more ``step'' of your program, where ``step'' may mean either one | |
3692 | line of source code, or one machine instruction (depending on what | |
3693 | particular command you use). Either when continuing | |
4eb4cf57 | 3694 | or when stepping, your program may stop even sooner, due to |
18fae2a8 | 3695 | @ifset BARETARGET |
4eb4cf57 | 3696 | a breakpoint. |
18fae2a8 RP |
3697 | @end ifset |
3698 | @ifclear BARETARGET | |
6b51acad | 3699 | a breakpoint or a signal. (If due to a signal, you may want to use |
4eb4cf57 RP |
3700 | @code{handle}, or use @samp{signal 0} to resume execution. |
3701 | @xref{Signals, ,Signals}.) | |
18fae2a8 | 3702 | @end ifclear |
3d3ab540 RP |
3703 | |
3704 | @table @code | |
3d3ab540 | 3705 | @kindex continue |
d55320a0 RP |
3706 | @kindex c |
3707 | @kindex fg | |
af215b1a VM |
3708 | @item continue @r{[}@var{ignore-count}@r{]} |
3709 | @itemx c @r{[}@var{ignore-count}@r{]} | |
3710 | @itemx fg @r{[}@var{ignore-count}@r{]} | |
6b51acad RP |
3711 | Resume program execution, at the address where your program last stopped; |
3712 | any breakpoints set at that address are bypassed. The optional argument | |
3713 | @var{ignore-count} allows you to specify a further number of times to | |
3714 | ignore a breakpoint at this location; its effect is like that of | |
3715 | @code{ignore} (@pxref{Conditions, ,Break conditions}). | |
3716 | ||
3717 | The argument @var{ignore-count} is meaningful only when your program | |
d55320a0 RP |
3718 | stopped due to a breakpoint. At other times, the argument to |
3719 | @code{continue} is ignored. | |
3720 | ||
3721 | The synonyms @code{c} and @code{fg} are provided purely for convenience, | |
3722 | and have exactly the same behavior as @code{continue}. | |
3723 | @end table | |
3724 | ||
3d3ab540 | 3725 | To resume execution at a different place, you can use @code{return} |
93928b60 | 3726 | (@pxref{Returning, ,Returning from a function}) to go back to the |
29a2b744 | 3727 | calling function; or @code{jump} (@pxref{Jumping, ,Continuing at a |
93928b60 | 3728 | different address}) to go to an arbitrary location in your program. |
7463aadd RP |
3729 | |
3730 | A typical technique for using stepping is to set a breakpoint | |
93928b60 | 3731 | @ifclear CONLY |
9897afc6 | 3732 | @ifclear HPPA |
93928b60 RP |
3733 | (@pxref{Breakpoints, ,Breakpoints; watchpoints; and exceptions}) |
3734 | @end ifclear | |
9897afc6 EE |
3735 | @ifset HPPA |
3736 | (@pxref{Breakpoints, ,Breakpoints; watchpoints; and catchpoints}) | |
3737 | @end ifset | |
3738 | @end ifclear | |
93928b60 RP |
3739 | @ifset CONLY |
3740 | (@pxref{Breakpoints, ,Breakpoints and watchpoints}) | |
3741 | @end ifset | |
3742 | at the | |
29a2b744 RP |
3743 | beginning of the function or the section of your program where a |
3744 | problem is believed to lie, run your program until it stops at that | |
3745 | breakpoint, and then step through the suspect area, examining the | |
3746 | variables that are interesting, until you see the problem happen. | |
70b88761 RP |
3747 | |
3748 | @table @code | |
70b88761 RP |
3749 | @kindex step |
3750 | @kindex s | |
af215b1a | 3751 | @item step |
29a2b744 | 3752 | Continue running your program until control reaches a different source |
18fae2a8 | 3753 | line, then stop it and return control to @value{GDBN}. This command is |
70b88761 RP |
3754 | abbreviated @code{s}. |
3755 | ||
3d3ab540 | 3756 | @quotation |
068b06f2 JK |
3757 | @c "without debugging information" is imprecise; actually "without line |
3758 | @c numbers in the debugging information". (gcc -g1 has debugging info but | |
3759 | @c not line numbers). But it seems complex to try to make that | |
3760 | @c distinction here. | |
3d3ab540 RP |
3761 | @emph{Warning:} If you use the @code{step} command while control is |
3762 | within a function that was compiled without debugging information, | |
d55320a0 | 3763 | execution proceeds until control reaches a function that does have |
068b06f2 JK |
3764 | debugging information. Likewise, it will not step into a function which |
3765 | is compiled without debugging information. To step through functions | |
3766 | without debugging information, use the @code{stepi} command, described | |
3767 | below. | |
3d3ab540 | 3768 | @end quotation |
70b88761 | 3769 | |
af215b1a VM |
3770 | The @code{step} command now only stops at the first instruction of a |
3771 | source line. This prevents the multiple stops that used to occur in | |
3772 | switch statements, for loops, etc. @code{step} continues to stop if a | |
3773 | function that has debugging information is called within the line. | |
3774 | ||
3775 | Also, the @code{step} command now only enters a subroutine if there is line | |
3776 | number information for the subroutine. Otherwise it acts like the | |
3777 | @code{next} command. This avoids problems when using @code{cc -gl} | |
3778 | on MIPS machines. Previously, @code{step} entered subroutines if there | |
3779 | was any debugging information about the routine. | |
3780 | ||
70b88761 RP |
3781 | @item step @var{count} |
3782 | Continue running as in @code{step}, but do so @var{count} times. If a | |
1d7c3357 RP |
3783 | breakpoint is reached, |
3784 | @ifclear BARETARGET | |
3785 | or a signal not related to stepping occurs before @var{count} steps, | |
3786 | @end ifclear | |
3787 | stepping stops right away. | |
70b88761 | 3788 | |
70b88761 RP |
3789 | @kindex next |
3790 | @kindex n | |
af215b1a | 3791 | @item next @r{[}@var{count}@r{]} |
7463aadd | 3792 | Continue to the next source line in the current (innermost) stack frame. |
af215b1a | 3793 | This is similar to @code{step}, but function calls that appear within the line |
7463aadd | 3794 | of code are executed without stopping. Execution stops when control |
af215b1a VM |
3795 | reaches a different line of code at the original stack level that was |
3796 | executing when you gave the @code{next} command. This command is abbreviated | |
7463aadd | 3797 | @code{n}. |
70b88761 | 3798 | |
7463aadd | 3799 | An argument @var{count} is a repeat count, as for @code{step}. |
70b88761 | 3800 | |
70b88761 | 3801 | |
af215b1a VM |
3802 | @c FIX ME!! Do we delete this, or is there a way it fits in with |
3803 | @c the following paragraph? --- Vctoria | |
3804 | @c | |
3805 | @c @code{next} within a function that lacks debugging information acts like | |
3806 | @c @code{step}, but any function calls appearing within the code of the | |
3807 | @c function are executed without stopping. | |
3808 | ||
3809 | The @code{next} command now only stops at the first instruction of a | |
3810 | source line. This prevents the multiple stops that used to occur in | |
9897afc6 | 3811 | switch statements, for loops, etc. |
af215b1a | 3812 | |
70b88761 | 3813 | @kindex finish |
af215b1a | 3814 | @item finish |
7463aadd RP |
3815 | Continue running until just after function in the selected stack frame |
3816 | returns. Print the returned value (if any). | |
70b88761 | 3817 | |
29a2b744 | 3818 | Contrast this with the @code{return} command (@pxref{Returning, |
93928b60 | 3819 | ,Returning from a function}). |
70b88761 | 3820 | |
70b88761 | 3821 | @kindex until |
70b88761 | 3822 | @kindex u |
af215b1a | 3823 | @item until |
9897afc6 | 3824 | @itemx u |
70b88761 RP |
3825 | Continue running until a source line past the current line, in the |
3826 | current stack frame, is reached. This command is used to avoid single | |
3827 | stepping through a loop more than once. It is like the @code{next} | |
3828 | command, except that when @code{until} encounters a jump, it | |
3829 | automatically continues execution until the program counter is greater | |
3830 | than the address of the jump. | |
3831 | ||
3832 | This means that when you reach the end of a loop after single stepping | |
9a27b06e RP |
3833 | though it, @code{until} makes your program continue execution until it |
3834 | exits the loop. In contrast, a @code{next} command at the end of a loop | |
3835 | simply steps back to the beginning of the loop, which forces you to step | |
3836 | through the next iteration. | |
70b88761 | 3837 | |
29a2b744 | 3838 | @code{until} always stops your program if it attempts to exit the current |
70b88761 RP |
3839 | stack frame. |
3840 | ||
3841 | @code{until} may produce somewhat counterintuitive results if the order | |
7463aadd | 3842 | of machine code does not match the order of the source lines. For |
70b88761 RP |
3843 | example, in the following excerpt from a debugging session, the @code{f} |
3844 | (@code{frame}) command shows that execution is stopped at line | |
3845 | @code{206}; yet when we use @code{until}, we get to line @code{195}: | |
3846 | ||
3847 | @example | |
18fae2a8 | 3848 | (@value{GDBP}) f |
70b88761 | 3849 | #0 main (argc=4, argv=0xf7fffae8) at m4.c:206 |
b80282d5 | 3850 | 206 expand_input(); |
18fae2a8 | 3851 | (@value{GDBP}) until |
b80282d5 | 3852 | 195 for ( ; argc > 0; NEXTARG) @{ |
70b88761 RP |
3853 | @end example |
3854 | ||
7463aadd RP |
3855 | This happened because, for execution efficiency, the compiler had |
3856 | generated code for the loop closure test at the end, rather than the | |
3857 | start, of the loop---even though the test in a C @code{for}-loop is | |
3858 | written before the body of the loop. The @code{until} command appeared | |
3859 | to step back to the beginning of the loop when it advanced to this | |
3860 | expression; however, it has not really gone to an earlier | |
3861 | statement---not in terms of the actual machine code. | |
70b88761 RP |
3862 | |
3863 | @code{until} with no argument works by means of single | |
3864 | instruction stepping, and hence is slower than @code{until} with an | |
3865 | argument. | |
3866 | ||
3867 | @item until @var{location} | |
6b51acad | 3868 | @itemx u @var{location} |
29a2b744 RP |
3869 | Continue running your program until either the specified location is |
3870 | reached, or the current stack frame returns. @var{location} is any of | |
3871 | the forms of argument acceptable to @code{break} (@pxref{Set Breaks, | |
93928b60 | 3872 | ,Setting breakpoints}). This form of the command uses breakpoints, |
1041a570 | 3873 | and hence is quicker than @code{until} without an argument. |
70b88761 | 3874 | |
70b88761 RP |
3875 | @kindex stepi |
3876 | @kindex si | |
af215b1a VM |
3877 | @item stepi |
3878 | @itemx si | |
70b88761 RP |
3879 | Execute one machine instruction, then stop and return to the debugger. |
3880 | ||
3881 | It is often useful to do @samp{display/i $pc} when stepping by machine | |
9a27b06e RP |
3882 | instructions. This makes @value{GDBN} automatically display the next |
3883 | instruction to be executed, each time your program stops. @xref{Auto | |
3884 | Display,, Automatic display}. | |
70b88761 RP |
3885 | |
3886 | An argument is a repeat count, as in @code{step}. | |
3887 | ||
ed447b95 | 3888 | @need 750 |
70b88761 RP |
3889 | @kindex nexti |
3890 | @kindex ni | |
af215b1a VM |
3891 | @item nexti |
3892 | @itemx ni | |
70b88761 RP |
3893 | Execute one machine instruction, but if it is a function call, |
3894 | proceed until the function returns. | |
3895 | ||
3896 | An argument is a repeat count, as in @code{next}. | |
70b88761 RP |
3897 | @end table |
3898 | ||
18fae2a8 | 3899 | @ifset POSIX |
9897afc6 | 3900 | @node Signals, Thread Stops, Continuing and Stepping, Stopping |
70b88761 RP |
3901 | @section Signals |
3902 | @cindex signals | |
3903 | ||
3904 | A signal is an asynchronous event that can happen in a program. The | |
3905 | operating system defines the possible kinds of signals, and gives each | |
3906 | kind a name and a number. For example, in Unix @code{SIGINT} is the | |
3907 | signal a program gets when you type an interrupt (often @kbd{C-c}); | |
3908 | @code{SIGSEGV} is the signal a program gets from referencing a place in | |
3909 | memory far away from all the areas in use; @code{SIGALRM} occurs when | |
29a2b744 | 3910 | the alarm clock timer goes off (which happens only if your program has |
70b88761 RP |
3911 | requested an alarm). |
3912 | ||
3913 | @cindex fatal signals | |
3914 | Some signals, including @code{SIGALRM}, are a normal part of the | |
29a2b744 RP |
3915 | functioning of your program. Others, such as @code{SIGSEGV}, indicate |
3916 | errors; these signals are @dfn{fatal} (kill your program immediately) if the | |
70b88761 | 3917 | program has not specified in advance some other way to handle the signal. |
29a2b744 | 3918 | @code{SIGINT} does not indicate an error in your program, but it is normally |
70b88761 RP |
3919 | fatal so it can carry out the purpose of the interrupt: to kill the program. |
3920 | ||
18fae2a8 RP |
3921 | @value{GDBN} has the ability to detect any occurrence of a signal in your |
3922 | program. You can tell @value{GDBN} in advance what to do for each kind of | |
29a2b744 | 3923 | signal. |
70b88761 RP |
3924 | |
3925 | @cindex handling signals | |
18fae2a8 | 3926 | Normally, @value{GDBN} is set up to ignore non-erroneous signals like @code{SIGALRM} |
29a2b744 RP |
3927 | (so as not to interfere with their role in the functioning of your program) |
3928 | but to stop your program immediately whenever an error signal happens. | |
70b88761 RP |
3929 | You can change these settings with the @code{handle} command. |
3930 | ||
3931 | @table @code | |
70b88761 | 3932 | @kindex info signals |
af215b1a | 3933 | @item info signals |
18fae2a8 | 3934 | Print a table of all the kinds of signals and how @value{GDBN} has been told to |
70b88761 RP |
3935 | handle each one. You can use this to see the signal numbers of all |
3936 | the defined types of signals. | |
3937 | ||
af215b1a VM |
3938 | @code{info handle} is the new alias for @code{info signals}. |
3939 | ||
70b88761 | 3940 | @kindex handle |
af215b1a VM |
3941 | @item handle @var{signal} @var{keywords}@dots{} |
3942 | Change the way @value{GDBN} handles signal @var{signal}. @var{signal} can | |
3943 | be the number of a signal or its name (with or without the @samp{SIG} at the | |
70b88761 RP |
3944 | beginning). The @var{keywords} say what change to make. |
3945 | @end table | |
3946 | ||
3947 | @c @group | |
3948 | The keywords allowed by the @code{handle} command can be abbreviated. | |
3949 | Their full names are: | |
3950 | ||
3951 | @table @code | |
3952 | @item nostop | |
18fae2a8 | 3953 | @value{GDBN} should not stop your program when this signal happens. It may |
70b88761 RP |
3954 | still print a message telling you that the signal has come in. |
3955 | ||
3956 | @item stop | |
18fae2a8 | 3957 | @value{GDBN} should stop your program when this signal happens. This implies |
70b88761 RP |
3958 | the @code{print} keyword as well. |
3959 | ||
3960 | @item print | |
18fae2a8 | 3961 | @value{GDBN} should print a message when this signal happens. |
70b88761 RP |
3962 | |
3963 | @item noprint | |
18fae2a8 | 3964 | @value{GDBN} should not mention the occurrence of the signal at all. This |
70b88761 RP |
3965 | implies the @code{nostop} keyword as well. |
3966 | ||
3967 | @item pass | |
9a27b06e RP |
3968 | @value{GDBN} should allow your program to see this signal; your program |
3969 | can handle the signal, or else it may terminate if the signal is fatal | |
70b88761 RP |
3970 | and not handled. |
3971 | ||
3972 | @item nopass | |
18fae2a8 | 3973 | @value{GDBN} should not allow your program to see this signal. |
70b88761 RP |
3974 | @end table |
3975 | @c @end group | |
3976 | ||
ed447b95 | 3977 | When a signal stops your program, the signal is not visible until you |
9a27b06e | 3978 | continue. Your program sees the signal then, if @code{pass} is in |
ed447b95 RP |
3979 | effect for the signal in question @emph{at that time}. In other words, |
3980 | after @value{GDBN} reports a signal, you can use the @code{handle} | |
9a27b06e RP |
3981 | command with @code{pass} or @code{nopass} to control whether your |
3982 | program sees that signal when you continue. | |
70b88761 | 3983 | |
29a2b744 | 3984 | You can also use the @code{signal} command to prevent your program from |
70b88761 | 3985 | seeing a signal, or cause it to see a signal it normally would not see, |
29a2b744 | 3986 | or to give it any signal at any time. For example, if your program stopped |
7463aadd RP |
3987 | due to some sort of memory reference error, you might store correct |
3988 | values into the erroneous variables and continue, hoping to see more | |
29a2b744 RP |
3989 | execution; but your program would probably terminate immediately as |
3990 | a result of the fatal signal once it saw the signal. To prevent this, | |
3991 | you can continue with @samp{signal 0}. @xref{Signaling, ,Giving your | |
93928b60 | 3992 | program a signal}. |
18fae2a8 | 3993 | @end ifset |
70b88761 | 3994 | |
0cb95a9c | 3995 | @ifclear BARETARGET |
9897afc6 | 3996 | @node Thread Stops, , Signals, Stopping |
0cb95a9c RP |
3997 | @section Stopping and starting multi-thread programs |
3998 | ||
3999 | When your program has multiple threads (@pxref{Threads,, Debugging | |
4000 | programs with multiple threads}), you can choose whether to set | |
4001 | breakpoints on all threads, or on a particular thread. | |
4002 | ||
4003 | @table @code | |
22b5dba5 RP |
4004 | @cindex breakpoints and threads |
4005 | @cindex thread breakpoints | |
0cb95a9c RP |
4006 | @kindex break @dots{} thread @var{threadno} |
4007 | @item break @var{linespec} thread @var{threadno} | |
4008 | @itemx break @var{linespec} thread @var{threadno} if @dots{} | |
af215b1a VM |
4009 | @var{linespec} specifies source lines; there are several ways of |
4010 | writing them, but the effect is always to specify some source line. | |
4011 | ||
0cb95a9c RP |
4012 | Use the qualifier @samp{thread @var{threadno}} with a breakpoint command |
4013 | to specify that you only want @value{GDBN} to stop the program when a | |
22b5dba5 RP |
4014 | particular thread reaches this breakpoint. @var{threadno} is one of the |
4015 | numeric thread identifiers assigned by @value{GDBN}, shown in the first | |
4016 | column of the @samp{info threads} display. | |
0cb95a9c RP |
4017 | |
4018 | If you do not specify @samp{thread @var{threadno}} when you set a | |
4019 | breakpoint, the breakpoint applies to @emph{all} threads of your | |
4020 | program. | |
22b5dba5 RP |
4021 | |
4022 | You can use the @code{thread} qualifier on conditional breakpoints as | |
4023 | well; in this case, place @samp{thread @var{threadno}} before the | |
4024 | breakpoint condition, like this: | |
4025 | ||
4026 | @smallexample | |
4027 | (gdb) break frik.c:13 thread 28 if bartab > lim | |
4028 | @end smallexample | |
af215b1a | 4029 | |
0cb95a9c RP |
4030 | @end table |
4031 | ||
4032 | @cindex stopped threads | |
4033 | @cindex threads, stopped | |
4034 | Whenever your program stops under @value{GDBN} for any reason, | |
4035 | @emph{all} threads of execution stop, not just the current thread. This | |
4036 | allows you to examine the overall state of the program, including | |
4037 | switching between threads, without worrying that things may change | |
4038 | underfoot. | |
4039 | ||
4040 | @cindex continuing threads | |
4041 | @cindex threads, continuing | |
4042 | Conversely, whenever you restart the program, @emph{all} threads start | |
4043 | executing. @emph{This is true even when single-stepping} with commands | |
4044 | like @code{step} or @code{next}. | |
4045 | ||
4046 | In particular, @value{GDBN} cannot single-step all threads in lockstep. | |
22b5dba5 RP |
4047 | Since thread scheduling is up to your debugging target's operating |
4048 | system (not controlled by @value{GDBN}), other threads may | |
4049 | execute more than one statement while the current thread completes a | |
4050 | single step. Moreover, in general other threads stop in the middle of a | |
4051 | statement, rather than at a clean statement boundary, when the program | |
4052 | stops. | |
0cb95a9c RP |
4053 | |
4054 | You might even find your program stopped in another thread after | |
4055 | continuing or even single-stepping. This happens whenever some other | |
4056 | thread runs into a breakpoint, a signal, or an exception before the | |
4057 | first thread completes whatever you requested. | |
4058 | @end ifclear | |
4059 | ||
9897afc6 | 4060 | @node Stack, Source, Stopping, Top |
70b88761 RP |
4061 | @chapter Examining the Stack |
4062 | ||
4063 | When your program has stopped, the first thing you need to know is where it | |
4064 | stopped and how it got there. | |
4065 | ||
4066 | @cindex call stack | |
af215b1a VM |
4067 | Each time your program performs a function call, information about the call |
4068 | is generated. | |
4069 | That information includes the location of the call in your program, | |
4070 | the arguments of the call, | |
4071 | and the local variables of the function being called. | |
4072 | The information is saved in a block of data called a @dfn{stack frame}. | |
4073 | The stack frames are allocated in a region of memory called the @dfn{call | |
70b88761 RP |
4074 | stack}. |
4075 | ||
93928b60 RP |
4076 | When your program stops, the @value{GDBN} commands for examining the |
4077 | stack allow you to see all of this information. | |
70b88761 RP |
4078 | |
4079 | @cindex selected frame | |
93928b60 RP |
4080 | One of the stack frames is @dfn{selected} by @value{GDBN} and many |
4081 | @value{GDBN} commands refer implicitly to the selected frame. In | |
4082 | particular, whenever you ask @value{GDBN} for the value of a variable in | |
4083 | your program, the value is found in the selected frame. There are | |
4084 | special @value{GDBN} commands to select whichever frame you are | |
af215b1a | 4085 | interested in. @xref{Selection, ,Selecting a frame}. |
70b88761 | 4086 | |
93928b60 | 4087 | When your program stops, @value{GDBN} automatically selects the |
af215b1a VM |
4088 | currently executing frame and describes it briefly, similar to the |
4089 | @code{frame} command (@pxref{Frame Info, ,Information about a frame}). | |
70b88761 RP |
4090 | |
4091 | @menu | |
ed447b95 | 4092 | * Frames:: Stack frames |
b80282d5 | 4093 | * Backtrace:: Backtraces |
ed447b95 RP |
4094 | * Selection:: Selecting a frame |
4095 | * Frame Info:: Information on a frame | |
572867a8 RP |
4096 | @ifset MIPS |
4097 | * MIPS Stack:: MIPS machines and the function stack | |
4098 | @end ifset | |
9897afc6 | 4099 | |
70b88761 RP |
4100 | @end menu |
4101 | ||
9897afc6 | 4102 | @node Frames, Backtrace, Stack, Stack |
93928b60 | 4103 | @section Stack frames |
70b88761 RP |
4104 | |
4105 | @cindex frame | |
4106 | @cindex stack frame | |
4107 | The call stack is divided up into contiguous pieces called @dfn{stack | |
4108 | frames}, or @dfn{frames} for short; each frame is the data associated | |
4109 | with one call to one function. The frame contains the arguments given | |
4110 | to the function, the function's local variables, and the address at | |
4111 | which the function is executing. | |
4112 | ||
4113 | @cindex initial frame | |
4114 | @cindex outermost frame | |
4115 | @cindex innermost frame | |
4116 | When your program is started, the stack has only one frame, that of the | |
4117 | function @code{main}. This is called the @dfn{initial} frame or the | |
4118 | @dfn{outermost} frame. Each time a function is called, a new frame is | |
4119 | made. Each time a function returns, the frame for that function invocation | |
4120 | is eliminated. If a function is recursive, there can be many frames for | |
4121 | the same function. The frame for the function in which execution is | |
4122 | actually occurring is called the @dfn{innermost} frame. This is the most | |
4123 | recently created of all the stack frames that still exist. | |
4124 | ||
4125 | @cindex frame pointer | |
4126 | Inside your program, stack frames are identified by their addresses. A | |
4127 | stack frame consists of many bytes, each of which has its own address; each | |
af215b1a | 4128 | kind of computer has a convention for choosing one byte whose |
70b88761 RP |
4129 | address serves as the address of the frame. Usually this address is kept |
4130 | in a register called the @dfn{frame pointer register} while execution is | |
4131 | going on in that frame. | |
4132 | ||
4133 | @cindex frame number | |
18fae2a8 | 4134 | @value{GDBN} assigns numbers to all existing stack frames, starting with |
70b88761 RP |
4135 | zero for the innermost frame, one for the frame that called it, |
4136 | and so on upward. These numbers do not really exist in your program; | |
18fae2a8 RP |
4137 | they are assigned by @value{GDBN} to give you a way of designating stack |
4138 | frames in @value{GDBN} commands. | |
70b88761 | 4139 | |
6b51acad | 4140 | @c below produces an acceptable overful hbox. --mew 13aug1993 |
70b88761 | 4141 | @cindex frameless execution |
8c69096b | 4142 | Some compilers provide a way to compile functions so that they operate |
18fae2a8 | 4143 | without stack frames. (For example, the @code{@value{GCC}} option |
9a27b06e | 4144 | @samp{-fomit-frame-pointer} generates functions without a frame.) |
70b88761 | 4145 | This is occasionally done with heavily used library functions to save |
8c69096b RP |
4146 | the frame setup time. @value{GDBN} has limited facilities for dealing |
4147 | with these function invocations. If the innermost function invocation | |
9a27b06e | 4148 | has no stack frame, @value{GDBN} nevertheless regards it as though |
8c69096b RP |
4149 | it had a separate frame, which is numbered zero as usual, allowing |
4150 | correct tracing of the function call chain. However, @value{GDBN} has | |
4151 | no provision for frameless functions elsewhere in the stack. | |
70b88761 | 4152 | |
af215b1a VM |
4153 | @table @code |
4154 | @kindex frame | |
4155 | @item frame @var{args} | |
4156 | The @code{frame} command allows you to move from one stack frame to another, | |
4157 | and to print the stack frame you select. @var{args} may be either the | |
271fef25 | 4158 | address of the frame or the stack frame number. Without an argument, |
af215b1a VM |
4159 | @code{frame} prints the current stack frame. |
4160 | ||
4161 | @kindex select-frame | |
4162 | @item select-frame | |
4163 | The @code{select-frame} command allows you to move from one stack frame | |
4164 | to another without printing the frame. This is the silent version of | |
4165 | @code{frame}. | |
4166 | @end table | |
4167 | ||
9897afc6 | 4168 | @node Backtrace, Selection, Frames, Stack |
70b88761 RP |
4169 | @section Backtraces |
4170 | ||
9897afc6 EE |
4171 | @cindex backtraces |
4172 | @cindex tracebacks | |
4173 | @cindex stack traces | |
29a2b744 | 4174 | A backtrace is a summary of how your program got where it is. It shows one |
70b88761 RP |
4175 | line per frame, for many frames, starting with the currently executing |
4176 | frame (frame zero), followed by its caller (frame one), and on up the | |
4177 | stack. | |
4178 | ||
4179 | @table @code | |
70b88761 RP |
4180 | @kindex backtrace |
4181 | @kindex bt | |
af215b1a VM |
4182 | @item backtrace |
4183 | @itemx bt | |
70b88761 RP |
4184 | Print a backtrace of the entire stack: one line per frame for all |
4185 | frames in the stack. | |
4186 | ||
4187 | You can stop the backtrace at any time by typing the system interrupt | |
4188 | character, normally @kbd{C-c}. | |
4189 | ||
4190 | @item backtrace @var{n} | |
4191 | @itemx bt @var{n} | |
4192 | Similar, but print only the innermost @var{n} frames. | |
4193 | ||
4194 | @item backtrace -@var{n} | |
4195 | @itemx bt -@var{n} | |
4196 | Similar, but print only the outermost @var{n} frames. | |
4197 | @end table | |
4198 | ||
4199 | @kindex where | |
4200 | @kindex info stack | |
4201 | @kindex info s | |
4202 | The names @code{where} and @code{info stack} (abbreviated @code{info s}) | |
4203 | are additional aliases for @code{backtrace}. | |
4204 | ||
4205 | Each line in the backtrace shows the frame number and the function name. | |
4206 | The program counter value is also shown---unless you use @code{set | |
4207 | print address off}. The backtrace also shows the source file name and | |
4208 | line number, as well as the arguments to the function. The program | |
4209 | counter value is omitted if it is at the beginning of the code for that | |
4210 | line number. | |
4211 | ||
4212 | Here is an example of a backtrace. It was made with the command | |
4213 | @samp{bt 3}, so it shows the innermost three frames. | |
4214 | ||
4215 | @smallexample | |
4216 | @group | |
203eea5d RP |
4217 | #0 m4_traceon (obs=0x24eb0, argc=1, argv=0x2b8c8) |
4218 | at builtin.c:993 | |
70b88761 RP |
4219 | #1 0x6e38 in expand_macro (sym=0x2b600) at macro.c:242 |
4220 | #2 0x6840 in expand_token (obs=0x0, t=177664, td=0xf7fffb08) | |
4221 | at macro.c:71 | |
4222 | (More stack frames follow...) | |
4223 | @end group | |
4224 | @end smallexample | |
4225 | ||
4226 | @noindent | |
29a2b744 RP |
4227 | The display for frame zero does not begin with a program counter |
4228 | value, indicating that your program has stopped at the beginning of the | |
70b88761 RP |
4229 | code for line @code{993} of @code{builtin.c}. |
4230 | ||
9897afc6 | 4231 | @node Selection, Frame Info, Backtrace, Stack |
93928b60 | 4232 | @section Selecting a frame |
70b88761 | 4233 | |
29a2b744 | 4234 | Most commands for examining the stack and other data in your program work on |
70b88761 RP |
4235 | whichever stack frame is selected at the moment. Here are the commands for |
4236 | selecting a stack frame; all of them finish by printing a brief description | |
4237 | of the stack frame just selected. | |
4238 | ||
4239 | @table @code | |
70b88761 RP |
4240 | @kindex frame |
4241 | @kindex f | |
af215b1a VM |
4242 | @item frame @var{n} |
4243 | @itemx f @var{n} | |
70b88761 RP |
4244 | Select frame number @var{n}. Recall that frame zero is the innermost |
4245 | (currently executing) frame, frame one is the frame that called the | |
93918348 RP |
4246 | innermost one, and so on. The highest-numbered frame is the one for |
4247 | @code{main}. | |
70b88761 RP |
4248 | |
4249 | @item frame @var{addr} | |
4250 | @itemx f @var{addr} | |
4251 | Select the frame at address @var{addr}. This is useful mainly if the | |
4252 | chaining of stack frames has been damaged by a bug, making it | |
18fae2a8 | 4253 | impossible for @value{GDBN} to assign numbers properly to all frames. In |
29a2b744 | 4254 | addition, this can be useful when your program has multiple stacks and |
70b88761 RP |
4255 | switches between them. |
4256 | ||
7e17041f | 4257 | @ifclear H8EXCLUSIVE |
9897afc6 | 4258 | @ifclear HPPA |
70b88761 | 4259 | On the SPARC architecture, @code{frame} needs two addresses to |
e251e767 | 4260 | select an arbitrary frame: a frame pointer and a stack pointer. |
7e17041f JK |
4261 | |
4262 | On the MIPS and Alpha architecture, it needs two addresses: a stack | |
4263 | pointer and a program counter. | |
4264 | ||
4265 | On the 29k architecture, it needs three addresses: a register stack | |
4266 | pointer, a program counter, and a memory stack pointer. | |
70b88761 | 4267 | @c note to future updaters: this is conditioned on a flag |
7e17041f JK |
4268 | @c SETUP_ARBITRARY_FRAME in the tm-*.h files. The above is up to date |
4269 | @c as of 27 Jan 1994. | |
4270 | @end ifclear | |
9897afc6 | 4271 | @end ifclear |
70b88761 | 4272 | |
70b88761 | 4273 | @kindex up |
af215b1a | 4274 | @item up @var{n} |
70b88761 RP |
4275 | Move @var{n} frames up the stack. For positive numbers @var{n}, this |
4276 | advances toward the outermost frame, to higher frame numbers, to frames | |
4277 | that have existed longer. @var{n} defaults to one. | |
4278 | ||
70b88761 RP |
4279 | @kindex down |
4280 | @kindex do | |
af215b1a | 4281 | @item down @var{n} |
70b88761 RP |
4282 | Move @var{n} frames down the stack. For positive numbers @var{n}, this |
4283 | advances toward the innermost frame, to lower frame numbers, to frames | |
4284 | that were created more recently. @var{n} defaults to one. You may | |
4285 | abbreviate @code{down} as @code{do}. | |
4286 | @end table | |
4287 | ||
4288 | All of these commands end by printing two lines of output describing the | |
4289 | frame. The first line shows the frame number, the function name, the | |
4290 | arguments, and the source file and line number of execution in that | |
ed447b95 | 4291 | frame. The second line shows the text of that source line. |
70b88761 | 4292 | |
b1955f0b | 4293 | @need 1000 |
ed447b95 | 4294 | For example: |
b1955f0b | 4295 | |
70b88761 | 4296 | @smallexample |
29a2b744 | 4297 | @group |
18fae2a8 | 4298 | (@value{GDBP}) up |
203eea5d RP |
4299 | #1 0x22f0 in main (argc=1, argv=0xf7fffbf4, env=0xf7fffbfc) |
4300 | at env.c:10 | |
70b88761 | 4301 | 10 read_input_file (argv[i]); |
29a2b744 | 4302 | @end group |
70b88761 RP |
4303 | @end smallexample |
4304 | ||
9a27b06e RP |
4305 | After such a printout, the @code{list} command with no arguments |
4306 | prints ten lines centered on the point of execution in the frame. | |
93928b60 | 4307 | @xref{List, ,Printing source lines}. |
70b88761 RP |
4308 | |
4309 | @table @code | |
70b88761 RP |
4310 | @kindex down-silently |
4311 | @kindex up-silently | |
af215b1a VM |
4312 | @item up-silently @var{n} |
4313 | @itemx down-silently @var{n} | |
70b88761 RP |
4314 | These two commands are variants of @code{up} and @code{down}, |
4315 | respectively; they differ in that they do their work silently, without | |
4316 | causing display of the new frame. They are intended primarily for use | |
18fae2a8 | 4317 | in @value{GDBN} command scripts, where the output might be unnecessary and |
e251e767 | 4318 | distracting. |
70b88761 RP |
4319 | @end table |
4320 | ||
9897afc6 EE |
4321 | @ifset MIPS |
4322 | @node Frame Info, MIPS Stack, Selection, Stack | |
4323 | @section Information about a frame | |
4324 | @end ifset | |
4325 | @ifclear MIPS | |
4326 | @node Frame Info, , Selection, Stack | |
93928b60 | 4327 | @section Information about a frame |
9897afc6 | 4328 | @end ifclear |
70b88761 RP |
4329 | |
4330 | There are several other commands to print information about the selected | |
4331 | stack frame. | |
4332 | ||
4333 | @table @code | |
4334 | @item frame | |
4335 | @itemx f | |
29a2b744 RP |
4336 | When used without any argument, this command does not change which |
4337 | frame is selected, but prints a brief description of the currently | |
70b88761 | 4338 | selected stack frame. It can be abbreviated @code{f}. With an |
ed447b95 | 4339 | argument, this command is used to select a stack frame. |
93928b60 | 4340 | @xref{Selection, ,Selecting a frame}. |
70b88761 | 4341 | |
29a2b744 | 4342 | @kindex info frame |
70b88761 | 4343 | @kindex info f |
af215b1a VM |
4344 | @item info frame |
4345 | @itemx info f | |
70b88761 | 4346 | This command prints a verbose description of the selected stack frame, |
af215b1a VM |
4347 | including: |
4348 | ||
d056cc31 | 4349 | @itemize @bullet |
af215b1a VM |
4350 | @item |
4351 | the address of the frame | |
4352 | @item | |
4353 | the address of the next frame down (called by this frame) | |
4354 | @item | |
4355 | the address of the next frame up (caller of this frame) | |
4356 | @item | |
4357 | the language in which the source code corresponding to this frame is written | |
4358 | @item | |
4359 | the address of the frame's arguments | |
4360 | @item | |
4361 | the program counter saved in it (the address of execution in the caller frame) | |
4362 | @item | |
4363 | which registers were saved in the frame | |
4364 | @end itemize | |
4365 | ||
4366 | @noindent The verbose description is useful when | |
70b88761 RP |
4367 | something has gone wrong that has made the stack format fail to fit |
4368 | the usual conventions. | |
4369 | ||
4370 | @item info frame @var{addr} | |
4371 | @itemx info f @var{addr} | |
7e17041f JK |
4372 | Print a verbose description of the frame at address @var{addr}, without |
4373 | selecting that frame. The selected frame remains unchanged by this | |
4374 | command. This requires the same kind of address (more than one for some | |
4375 | architectures) that you specify in the @code{frame} command. | |
4376 | @xref{Selection, ,Selecting a frame}. | |
70b88761 | 4377 | |
70b88761 | 4378 | @kindex info args |
af215b1a | 4379 | @item info args |
70b88761 RP |
4380 | Print the arguments of the selected frame, each on a separate line. |
4381 | ||
4382 | @item info locals | |
4383 | @kindex info locals | |
4384 | Print the local variables of the selected frame, each on a separate | |
ed447b95 RP |
4385 | line. These are all variables (declared either static or automatic) |
4386 | accessible at the point of execution of the selected frame. | |
70b88761 | 4387 | |
1d7c3357 | 4388 | @ifclear CONLY |
9897afc6 | 4389 | @ifclear HPPA |
70b88761 RP |
4390 | @kindex info catch |
4391 | @cindex catch exceptions | |
4392 | @cindex exception handlers | |
af215b1a | 4393 | @item info catch |
70b88761 RP |
4394 | Print a list of all the exception handlers that are active in the |
4395 | current stack frame at the current point of execution. To see other | |
4396 | exception handlers, visit the associated frame (using the @code{up}, | |
4397 | @code{down}, or @code{frame} commands); then type @code{info catch}. | |
93928b60 | 4398 | @xref{Exception Handling, ,Breakpoints and exceptions}. |
1d7c3357 | 4399 | @end ifclear |
9897afc6 | 4400 | @end ifclear |
70b88761 RP |
4401 | @end table |
4402 | ||
572867a8 | 4403 | @ifset MIPS |
9897afc6 | 4404 | @node MIPS Stack, , Frame Info, Stack |
572867a8 RP |
4405 | @section MIPS machines and the function stack |
4406 | ||
4407 | @cindex stack on MIPS | |
4408 | @cindex MIPS stack | |
4409 | MIPS based computers use an unusual stack frame, which sometimes | |
4410 | requires @value{GDBN} to search backward in the object code to find the | |
4411 | beginning of a function. | |
4412 | ||
4413 | @cindex response time, MIPS debugging | |
4414 | To improve response time (especially for embedded applications, where | |
4415 | @value{GDBN} may be restricted to a slow serial line for this search) | |
4416 | you may want to limit the size of this search, using one of these | |
4417 | commands: | |
572867a8 | 4418 | |
572867a8 | 4419 | @table @code |
af215b1a | 4420 | @cindex @code{heuristic-fence-post} (MIPS) |
572867a8 | 4421 | @item set heuristic-fence-post @var{limit} |
c79890ee | 4422 | Restrict @value{GDBN} to examining at most @var{limit} bytes in its search |
af215b1a VM |
4423 | for the beginning of a function. A value of @var{0} (the default) |
4424 | means there is no limit. However, except for @var{0}, the larger the | |
4425 | limit the more bytes @code{heuristic-fence-post} must search and | |
4426 | therefore the longer it takes to run. | |
572867a8 RP |
4427 | |
4428 | @item show heuristic-fence-post | |
4429 | Display the current limit. | |
4430 | @end table | |
4431 | ||
4432 | @noindent | |
4433 | These commands are available @emph{only} when @value{GDBN} is configured | |
4434 | for debugging programs on MIPS processors. | |
4435 | @end ifset | |
4436 | ||
9897afc6 | 4437 | @node Source, Data, Stack, Top |
70b88761 RP |
4438 | @chapter Examining Source Files |
4439 | ||
18fae2a8 | 4440 | @value{GDBN} can print parts of your program's source, since the debugging |
ed447b95 | 4441 | information recorded in the program tells @value{GDBN} what source files were |
18fae2a8 | 4442 | used to build it. When your program stops, @value{GDBN} spontaneously prints |
1041a570 | 4443 | the line where it stopped. Likewise, when you select a stack frame |
93928b60 | 4444 | (@pxref{Selection, ,Selecting a frame}), @value{GDBN} prints the line where |
1041a570 RP |
4445 | execution in that frame has stopped. You can print other portions of |
4446 | source files by explicit command. | |
70b88761 | 4447 | |
18fae2a8 | 4448 | @ifclear DOSHOST |
af215b1a VM |
4449 | If you use @value{GDBN} through its @sc{gnu} Emacs interface, you may prefer |
4450 | to use | |
4451 | Emacs facilities to view source; @pxref{Emacs, ,Using @value{GDBN} under @sc{gnu} Emacs}. | |
18fae2a8 | 4452 | @end ifclear |
70b88761 RP |
4453 | |
4454 | @menu | |
ed447b95 | 4455 | * List:: Printing source lines |
18fae2a8 | 4456 | @ifclear DOSHOST |
ed447b95 | 4457 | * Search:: Searching source files |
18fae2a8 | 4458 | @end ifclear |
b0157555 | 4459 | |
ed447b95 RP |
4460 | * Source Path:: Specifying source directories |
4461 | * Machine Code:: Source and machine code | |
70b88761 RP |
4462 | @end menu |
4463 | ||
9897afc6 | 4464 | @node List, Search, Source, Source |
93928b60 | 4465 | @section Printing source lines |
70b88761 RP |
4466 | |
4467 | @kindex list | |
4468 | @kindex l | |
4469 | To print lines from a source file, use the @code{list} command | |
af215b1a VM |
4470 | (abbreviated @code{l}). By default, ten lines are printed. |
4471 | There are several ways to specify what part of the file you want to print. | |
70b88761 RP |
4472 | |
4473 | Here are the forms of the @code{list} command most commonly used: | |
4474 | ||
4475 | @table @code | |
4476 | @item list @var{linenum} | |
c338a2fd | 4477 | Print lines centered around line number @var{linenum} in the |
70b88761 RP |
4478 | current source file. |
4479 | ||
4480 | @item list @var{function} | |
c338a2fd | 4481 | Print lines centered around the beginning of function |
70b88761 RP |
4482 | @var{function}. |
4483 | ||
4484 | @item list | |
c338a2fd RP |
4485 | Print more lines. If the last lines printed were printed with a |
4486 | @code{list} command, this prints lines following the last lines | |
70b88761 | 4487 | printed; however, if the last line printed was a solitary line printed |
29a2b744 | 4488 | as part of displaying a stack frame (@pxref{Stack, ,Examining the |
1041a570 | 4489 | Stack}), this prints lines centered around that line. |
70b88761 RP |
4490 | |
4491 | @item list - | |
c338a2fd RP |
4492 | Print lines just before the lines last printed. |
4493 | @end table | |
4494 | ||
18fae2a8 | 4495 | By default, @value{GDBN} prints ten source lines with any of these forms of |
c338a2fd RP |
4496 | the @code{list} command. You can change this using @code{set listsize}: |
4497 | ||
4498 | @table @code | |
c338a2fd | 4499 | @kindex set listsize |
af215b1a | 4500 | @item set listsize @var{count} |
c338a2fd RP |
4501 | Make the @code{list} command display @var{count} source lines (unless |
4502 | the @code{list} argument explicitly specifies some other number). | |
4503 | ||
c338a2fd | 4504 | @kindex show listsize |
af215b1a | 4505 | @item show listsize |
9a27b06e | 4506 | Display the number of lines that @code{list} prints. |
70b88761 RP |
4507 | @end table |
4508 | ||
4509 | Repeating a @code{list} command with @key{RET} discards the argument, | |
4510 | so it is equivalent to typing just @code{list}. This is more useful | |
4511 | than listing the same lines again. An exception is made for an | |
4512 | argument of @samp{-}; that argument is preserved in repetition so that | |
4513 | each repetition moves up in the source file. | |
4514 | ||
4515 | @cindex linespec | |
4516 | In general, the @code{list} command expects you to supply zero, one or two | |
4517 | @dfn{linespecs}. Linespecs specify source lines; there are several ways | |
4518 | of writing them but the effect is always to specify some source line. | |
4519 | Here is a complete description of the possible arguments for @code{list}: | |
4520 | ||
4521 | @table @code | |
4522 | @item list @var{linespec} | |
c338a2fd | 4523 | Print lines centered around the line specified by @var{linespec}. |
70b88761 RP |
4524 | |
4525 | @item list @var{first},@var{last} | |
4526 | Print lines from @var{first} to @var{last}. Both arguments are | |
4527 | linespecs. | |
4528 | ||
4529 | @item list ,@var{last} | |
c338a2fd | 4530 | Print lines ending with @var{last}. |
70b88761 RP |
4531 | |
4532 | @item list @var{first}, | |
c338a2fd | 4533 | Print lines starting with @var{first}. |
70b88761 RP |
4534 | |
4535 | @item list + | |
c338a2fd | 4536 | Print lines just after the lines last printed. |
70b88761 RP |
4537 | |
4538 | @item list - | |
c338a2fd | 4539 | Print lines just before the lines last printed. |
70b88761 RP |
4540 | |
4541 | @item list | |
4542 | As described in the preceding table. | |
4543 | @end table | |
4544 | ||
4545 | Here are the ways of specifying a single source line---all the | |
4546 | kinds of linespec. | |
4547 | ||
4548 | @table @code | |
4549 | @item @var{number} | |
4550 | Specifies line @var{number} of the current source file. | |
4551 | When a @code{list} command has two linespecs, this refers to | |
4552 | the same source file as the first linespec. | |
4553 | ||
4554 | @item +@var{offset} | |
4555 | Specifies the line @var{offset} lines after the last line printed. | |
4556 | When used as the second linespec in a @code{list} command that has | |
4557 | two, this specifies the line @var{offset} lines down from the | |
4558 | first linespec. | |
4559 | ||
4560 | @item -@var{offset} | |
4561 | Specifies the line @var{offset} lines before the last line printed. | |
4562 | ||
4563 | @item @var{filename}:@var{number} | |
4564 | Specifies line @var{number} in the source file @var{filename}. | |
4565 | ||
4566 | @item @var{function} | |
af215b1a VM |
4567 | Specifies the line that begins the body of the function @var{function}. |
4568 | For example: in C, this is the line with the open brace. | |
70b88761 RP |
4569 | |
4570 | @item @var{filename}:@var{function} | |
4571 | Specifies the line of the open-brace that begins the body of the | |
4572 | function @var{function} in the file @var{filename}. You only need the | |
4573 | file name with a function name to avoid ambiguity when there are | |
4574 | identically named functions in different source files. | |
4575 | ||
4576 | @item *@var{address} | |
4577 | Specifies the line containing the program address @var{address}. | |
4578 | @var{address} may be any expression. | |
4579 | @end table | |
4580 | ||
18fae2a8 | 4581 | @ifclear DOSHOST |
9897afc6 | 4582 | @node Search, Source Path, List, Source |
93928b60 | 4583 | @section Searching source files |
70b88761 RP |
4584 | @cindex searching |
4585 | @kindex reverse-search | |
4586 | ||
4587 | There are two commands for searching through the current source file for a | |
4588 | regular expression. | |
4589 | ||
4590 | @table @code | |
70b88761 RP |
4591 | @kindex search |
4592 | @kindex forward-search | |
af215b1a VM |
4593 | @item forward-search @var{regexp} |
4594 | @itemx search @var{regexp} | |
1041a570 RP |
4595 | The command @samp{forward-search @var{regexp}} checks each line, |
4596 | starting with the one following the last line listed, for a match for | |
af215b1a | 4597 | @var{regexp}. It lists the line that is found. You can use the |
1041a570 RP |
4598 | synonym @samp{search @var{regexp}} or abbreviate the command name as |
4599 | @code{fo}. | |
70b88761 RP |
4600 | |
4601 | @item reverse-search @var{regexp} | |
4602 | The command @samp{reverse-search @var{regexp}} checks each line, starting | |
4603 | with the one before the last line listed and going backward, for a match | |
4604 | for @var{regexp}. It lists the line that is found. You can abbreviate | |
4605 | this command as @code{rev}. | |
4606 | @end table | |
18fae2a8 | 4607 | @end ifclear |
70b88761 | 4608 | |
9897afc6 | 4609 | @node Source Path, Machine Code, Search, Source |
93928b60 | 4610 | @section Specifying source directories |
70b88761 RP |
4611 | |
4612 | @cindex source path | |
4613 | @cindex directories for source files | |
4614 | Executable programs sometimes do not record the directories of the source | |
4615 | files from which they were compiled, just the names. Even when they do, | |
4616 | the directories could be moved between the compilation and your debugging | |
18fae2a8 RP |
4617 | session. @value{GDBN} has a list of directories to search for source files; |
4618 | this is called the @dfn{source path}. Each time @value{GDBN} wants a source file, | |
70b88761 RP |
4619 | it tries all the directories in the list, in the order they are present |
4620 | in the list, until it finds a file with the desired name. Note that | |
4621 | the executable search path is @emph{not} used for this purpose. Neither is | |
4622 | the current working directory, unless it happens to be in the source | |
4623 | path. | |
4624 | ||
9a27b06e RP |
4625 | If @value{GDBN} cannot find a source file in the source path, and the |
4626 | object program records a directory, @value{GDBN} tries that directory | |
4627 | too. If the source path is empty, and there is no record of the | |
4628 | compilation directory, @value{GDBN} looks in the current directory as a | |
4629 | last resort. | |
70b88761 | 4630 | |
9a27b06e | 4631 | Whenever you reset or rearrange the source path, @value{GDBN} clears out |
b1955f0b RP |
4632 | any information it has cached about where source files are found and where |
4633 | each line is in the file. | |
70b88761 RP |
4634 | |
4635 | @kindex directory | |
af215b1a | 4636 | @kindex dir |
18fae2a8 | 4637 | When you start @value{GDBN}, its source path is empty. |
70b88761 RP |
4638 | To add other directories, use the @code{directory} command. |
4639 | ||
4640 | @table @code | |
4641 | @item directory @var{dirname} @dots{} | |
af215b1a | 4642 | @item dir @var{dirname} @dots{} |
70b88761 RP |
4643 | Add directory @var{dirname} to the front of the source path. Several |
4644 | directory names may be given to this command, separated by @samp{:} or | |
4645 | whitespace. You may specify a directory that is already in the source | |
9a27b06e | 4646 | path; this moves it forward, so @value{GDBN} searches it sooner. |
7463aadd | 4647 | |
fa6df1a7 RP |
4648 | @kindex cdir |
4649 | @kindex cwd | |
a88ec213 RP |
4650 | @kindex $cdir |
4651 | @kindex $cwd | |
fa6df1a7 RP |
4652 | @cindex compilation directory |
4653 | @cindex current directory | |
4654 | @cindex working directory | |
4655 | @cindex directory, current | |
4656 | @cindex directory, compilation | |
7463aadd RP |
4657 | You can use the string @samp{$cdir} to refer to the compilation |
4658 | directory (if one is recorded), and @samp{$cwd} to refer to the current | |
4659 | working directory. @samp{$cwd} is not the same as @samp{.}---the former | |
18fae2a8 | 4660 | tracks the current working directory as it changes during your @value{GDBN} |
7463aadd RP |
4661 | session, while the latter is immediately expanded to the current |
4662 | directory at the time you add an entry to the source path. | |
70b88761 RP |
4663 | |
4664 | @item directory | |
4665 | Reset the source path to empty again. This requires confirmation. | |
4666 | ||
4667 | @c RET-repeat for @code{directory} is explicitly disabled, but since | |
29a2b744 | 4668 | @c repeating it would be a no-op we do not say that. (thanks to RMS) |
70b88761 RP |
4669 | |
4670 | @item show directories | |
4671 | @kindex show directories | |
4672 | Print the source path: show which directories it contains. | |
4673 | @end table | |
4674 | ||
4675 | If your source path is cluttered with directories that are no longer of | |
18fae2a8 | 4676 | interest, @value{GDBN} may sometimes cause confusion by finding the wrong |
70b88761 RP |
4677 | versions of source. You can correct the situation as follows: |
4678 | ||
4679 | @enumerate | |
4680 | @item | |
4681 | Use @code{directory} with no argument to reset the source path to empty. | |
4682 | ||
4683 | @item | |
4684 | Use @code{directory} with suitable arguments to reinstall the | |
4685 | directories you want in the source path. You can add all the | |
4686 | directories in one command. | |
4687 | @end enumerate | |
4688 | ||
9897afc6 | 4689 | @node Machine Code, , Source Path, Source |
93928b60 | 4690 | @section Source and machine code |
1041a570 | 4691 | |
70b88761 | 4692 | You can use the command @code{info line} to map source lines to program |
ed447b95 | 4693 | addresses (and vice versa), and the command @code{disassemble} to display |
af215b1a VM |
4694 | a range of addresses as machine instructions. When run under @sc{gnu} Emacs |
4695 | mode, the @code{info line} command now causes the arrow to point to the | |
4696 | line specified. Also, @code{info line} prints addresses in symbolic form as | |
4697 | well as hex. | |
70b88761 RP |
4698 | |
4699 | @table @code | |
70b88761 | 4700 | @kindex info line |
af215b1a | 4701 | @item info line @var{linespec} |
70b88761 | 4702 | Print the starting and ending addresses of the compiled code for |
1041a570 RP |
4703 | source line @var{linespec}. You can specify source lines in any of |
4704 | the ways understood by the @code{list} command (@pxref{List, ,Printing | |
93928b60 | 4705 | source lines}). |
70b88761 RP |
4706 | @end table |
4707 | ||
1041a570 RP |
4708 | For example, we can use @code{info line} to discover the location of |
4709 | the object code for the first line of function | |
4710 | @code{m4_changequote}: | |
4711 | ||
70b88761 | 4712 | @smallexample |
18fae2a8 | 4713 | (@value{GDBP}) info line m4_changecom |
70b88761 RP |
4714 | Line 895 of "builtin.c" starts at pc 0x634c and ends at 0x6350. |
4715 | @end smallexample | |
4716 | ||
4717 | @noindent | |
4718 | We can also inquire (using @code{*@var{addr}} as the form for | |
4719 | @var{linespec}) what source line covers a particular address: | |
4720 | @smallexample | |
18fae2a8 | 4721 | (@value{GDBP}) info line *0x63ff |
70b88761 RP |
4722 | Line 926 of "builtin.c" starts at pc 0x63e4 and ends at 0x6404. |
4723 | @end smallexample | |
4724 | ||
c338a2fd | 4725 | @cindex @code{$_} and @code{info line} |
29a2b744 RP |
4726 | After @code{info line}, the default address for the @code{x} command |
4727 | is changed to the starting address of the line, so that @samp{x/i} is | |
4728 | sufficient to begin examining the machine code (@pxref{Memory, | |
93928b60 | 4729 | ,Examining memory}). Also, this address is saved as the value of the |
29a2b744 | 4730 | convenience variable @code{$_} (@pxref{Convenience Vars, ,Convenience |
93928b60 | 4731 | variables}). |
70b88761 RP |
4732 | |
4733 | @table @code | |
4734 | @kindex disassemble | |
c5f69ff8 RP |
4735 | @cindex assembly instructions |
4736 | @cindex instructions, assembly | |
4737 | @cindex machine instructions | |
4738 | @cindex listing machine instructions | |
af215b1a | 4739 | @item disassemble |
e94b4a2b RP |
4740 | This specialized command dumps a range of memory as machine |
4741 | instructions. The default memory range is the function surrounding the | |
4742 | program counter of the selected frame. A single argument to this | |
9a27b06e RP |
4743 | command is a program counter value; @value{GDBN} dumps the function |
4744 | surrounding this value. Two arguments specify a range of addresses | |
4745 | (first inclusive, second exclusive) to dump. | |
70b88761 RP |
4746 | @end table |
4747 | ||
a64a6c2b | 4748 | @ifclear H8EXCLUSIVE |
9897afc6 | 4749 | @ifclear HPPA |
70b88761 | 4750 | We can use @code{disassemble} to inspect the object code |
4eb4cf57 RP |
4751 | range shown in the last @code{info line} example (the example |
4752 | shows SPARC machine instructions): | |
70b88761 | 4753 | |
18fae2a8 | 4754 | |
70b88761 | 4755 | @smallexample |
18fae2a8 | 4756 | (@value{GDBP}) disas 0x63e4 0x6404 |
70b88761 | 4757 | Dump of assembler code from 0x63e4 to 0x6404: |
b80282d5 RP |
4758 | 0x63e4 <builtin_init+5340>: ble 0x63f8 <builtin_init+5360> |
4759 | 0x63e8 <builtin_init+5344>: sethi %hi(0x4c00), %o0 | |
4760 | 0x63ec <builtin_init+5348>: ld [%i1+4], %o0 | |
4761 | 0x63f0 <builtin_init+5352>: b 0x63fc <builtin_init+5364> | |
4762 | 0x63f4 <builtin_init+5356>: ld [%o0+4], %o0 | |
4763 | 0x63f8 <builtin_init+5360>: or %o0, 0x1a4, %o0 | |
4764 | 0x63fc <builtin_init+5364>: call 0x9288 <path_search> | |
e251e767 | 4765 | 0x6400 <builtin_init+5368>: nop |
70b88761 | 4766 | End of assembler dump. |
70b88761 | 4767 | @end smallexample |
18fae2a8 | 4768 | @end ifclear |
9897afc6 | 4769 | @end ifclear |
4eb4cf57 | 4770 | |
a64a6c2b | 4771 | @ifset H8EXCLUSIVE |
4eb4cf57 RP |
4772 | For example, here is the beginning of the output for the |
4773 | disassembly of a function @code{fact}: | |
70b88761 | 4774 | |
18fae2a8 | 4775 | |
4eb4cf57 | 4776 | @smallexample |
18fae2a8 | 4777 | (@value{GDBP}) disas fact |
4eb4cf57 RP |
4778 | Dump of assembler code for function fact: |
4779 | to 0x808c: | |
4780 | 0x802c <fact>: 6d f2 mov.w r2,@@-r7 | |
4781 | 0x802e <fact+2>: 6d f3 mov.w r3,@@-r7 | |
4782 | 0x8030 <fact+4>: 6d f6 mov.w r6,@@-r7 | |
4783 | 0x8032 <fact+6>: 0d 76 mov.w r7,r6 | |
4784 | 0x8034 <fact+8>: 6f 70 00 08 mov.w @@(0x8,r7),r0 | |
4785 | 0x8038 <fact+12> 19 11 sub.w r1,r1 | |
4786 | . | |
4787 | . | |
4788 | . | |
4789 | @end smallexample | |
18fae2a8 | 4790 | @end ifset |
4eb4cf57 | 4791 | |
892d7e9f SG |
4792 | @table @code |
4793 | @kindex set assembly-language | |
4794 | @cindex assembly instructions | |
4795 | @cindex instructions, assembly | |
4796 | @cindex machine instructions | |
4797 | @cindex listing machine instructions | |
4798 | @item set assembly-language @var{instruction-set} | |
4799 | This command selects the instruction set to use when disassembling the program via the | |
4800 | @code{disassemble} or @code{x/i} commands. It is useful for architectures that | |
4801 | have more than one native instruction set. | |
4802 | ||
4803 | Currently it is only defined for the Intel x86 family. You can set @var{instruction-set} | |
4804 | to either @code{i386} or @code{i8086}. The default is @code{i386}. | |
4805 | @end table | |
4806 | ||
4807 | ||
9897afc6 EE |
4808 | @ifset HPPA |
4809 | The following example shows the disassembly of a range of addresses of | |
4810 | HP PA-RISC 2.0 code: | |
4811 | ||
4812 | @smallexample | |
4813 | (@value{GDBP}) disas 0x32c4 0x32e4 | |
4814 | Dump of assembler code from 0x32c4 to 0x32e4: | |
4815 | 0x32c4 <main+204>: addil 0,dp | |
4816 | 0x32c8 <main+208>: ldw 0x22c(sr0,r1),r26 | |
4817 | 0x32cc <main+212>: ldil 0x3000,r31 | |
4818 | 0x32d0 <main+216>: ble 0x3f8(sr4,r31) | |
4819 | 0x32d4 <main+220>: ldo 0(r31),rp | |
4820 | 0x32d8 <main+224>: addil -0x800,dp | |
4821 | 0x32dc <main+228>: ldo 0x588(r1),r26 | |
4822 | 0x32e0 <main+232>: ldil 0x3000,r31 | |
4823 | End of assembler dump. | |
4824 | @end smallexample | |
4825 | @end ifset | |
4826 | ||
4827 | @node Data, Languages, Source, Top | |
70b88761 RP |
4828 | @chapter Examining Data |
4829 | ||
4830 | @cindex printing data | |
4831 | @cindex examining data | |
4832 | @kindex print | |
4833 | @kindex inspect | |
1041a570 | 4834 | @c "inspect" is not quite a synonym if you are using Epoch, which we do not |
29a2b744 | 4835 | @c document because it is nonstandard... Under Epoch it displays in a |
70b88761 RP |
4836 | @c different window or something like that. |
4837 | The usual way to examine data in your program is with the @code{print} | |
4eb4cf57 | 4838 | command (abbreviated @code{p}), or its synonym @code{inspect}. |
18fae2a8 | 4839 | @ifclear CONLY |
4eb4cf57 | 4840 | It evaluates and prints the value of an expression of the language your |
18fae2a8 | 4841 | program is written in (@pxref{Languages, ,Using @value{GDBN} with Different |
4eb4cf57 | 4842 | Languages}). |
18fae2a8 | 4843 | @end ifclear |
70b88761 | 4844 | |
e0dacfd1 RP |
4845 | @table @code |
4846 | @item print @var{exp} | |
4847 | @itemx print /@var{f} @var{exp} | |
93928b60 RP |
4848 | @var{exp} is an expression (in the source language). By default the |
4849 | value of @var{exp} is printed in a format appropriate to its data type; | |
4850 | you can choose a different format by specifying @samp{/@var{f}}, where | |
4851 | @var{f} is a letter specifying the format; @pxref{Output Formats,,Output | |
4852 | formats}. | |
e0dacfd1 RP |
4853 | |
4854 | @item print | |
4855 | @itemx print /@var{f} | |
18fae2a8 | 4856 | If you omit @var{exp}, @value{GDBN} displays the last value again (from the |
93928b60 | 4857 | @dfn{value history}; @pxref{Value History, ,Value history}). This allows you to |
e0dacfd1 RP |
4858 | conveniently inspect the same value in an alternative format. |
4859 | @end table | |
70b88761 RP |
4860 | |
4861 | A more low-level way of examining data is with the @code{x} command. | |
4862 | It examines data in memory at a specified address and prints it in a | |
93928b60 | 4863 | specified format. @xref{Memory, ,Examining memory}. |
70b88761 | 4864 | |
29a2b744 | 4865 | If you are interested in information about types, or about how the fields |
1d7c3357 RP |
4866 | of a struct |
4867 | @ifclear CONLY | |
4868 | or class | |
18fae2a8 | 4869 | @end ifclear |
1d7c3357 RP |
4870 | are declared, use the @code{ptype @var{exp}} |
4871 | command rather than @code{print}. @xref{Symbols, ,Examining the Symbol Table}. | |
18fae2a8 | 4872 | |
70b88761 | 4873 | @menu |
b80282d5 | 4874 | * Expressions:: Expressions |
ed447b95 RP |
4875 | * Variables:: Program variables |
4876 | * Arrays:: Artificial arrays | |
eb7faec1 | 4877 | * Output Formats:: Output formats |
ed447b95 RP |
4878 | * Memory:: Examining memory |
4879 | * Auto Display:: Automatic display | |
4880 | * Print Settings:: Print settings | |
4881 | * Value History:: Value history | |
4882 | * Convenience Vars:: Convenience variables | |
b80282d5 | 4883 | * Registers:: Registers |
a64a6c2b | 4884 | @ifclear HAVE-FLOAT |
ed447b95 | 4885 | * Floating Point Hardware:: Floating point hardware |
18fae2a8 | 4886 | @end ifclear |
9897afc6 | 4887 | |
18fae2a8 | 4888 | @end menu |
70b88761 | 4889 | |
9897afc6 | 4890 | @node Expressions, Variables, Data, Data |
70b88761 RP |
4891 | @section Expressions |
4892 | ||
4893 | @cindex expressions | |
18fae2a8 | 4894 | @code{print} and many other @value{GDBN} commands accept an expression and |
70b88761 | 4895 | compute its value. Any kind of constant, variable or operator defined |
fe715d06 | 4896 | by the programming language you are using is valid in an expression in |
18fae2a8 | 4897 | @value{GDBN}. This includes conditional expressions, function calls, casts |
70b88761 | 4898 | and string constants. It unfortunately does not include symbols defined |
b80282d5 | 4899 | by preprocessor @code{#define} commands. |
70b88761 | 4900 | |
af215b1a | 4901 | @value{GDBN} now supports array constants in expressions input by |
fdfd6134 FF |
4902 | the user. The syntax is @var{@{element, element@dots{}@}}. For example, |
4903 | you can now use the command @code{print @{1, 2, 3@}} to build up an array in | |
af215b1a VM |
4904 | memory that is malloc'd in the target program. |
4905 | ||
18fae2a8 | 4906 | @ifclear CONLY |
c2bbbb22 | 4907 | Because C is so widespread, most of the expressions shown in examples in |
18fae2a8 | 4908 | this manual are in C. @xref{Languages, , Using @value{GDBN} with Different |
c2bbbb22 | 4909 | Languages}, for information on how to use expressions in other |
e251e767 | 4910 | languages. |
c2bbbb22 | 4911 | |
18fae2a8 | 4912 | In this section, we discuss operators that you can use in @value{GDBN} |
e251e767 | 4913 | expressions regardless of your programming language. |
c2bbbb22 | 4914 | |
70b88761 | 4915 | Casts are supported in all languages, not just in C, because it is so |
af215b1a | 4916 | useful to cast a number into a pointer in order to examine a structure |
70b88761 | 4917 | at that address in memory. |
c2bbbb22 | 4918 | @c FIXME: casts supported---Mod2 true? |
18fae2a8 | 4919 | @end ifclear |
70b88761 | 4920 | |
af215b1a VM |
4921 | @value{GDBN} supports these operators, in addition to those common |
4922 | to programming languages: | |
70b88761 RP |
4923 | |
4924 | @table @code | |
4925 | @item @@ | |
4926 | @samp{@@} is a binary operator for treating parts of memory as arrays. | |
93928b60 | 4927 | @xref{Arrays, ,Artificial arrays}, for more information. |
70b88761 RP |
4928 | |
4929 | @item :: | |
4930 | @samp{::} allows you to specify a variable in terms of the file or | |
93928b60 | 4931 | function where it is defined. @xref{Variables, ,Program variables}. |
70b88761 | 4932 | |
fe715d06 RP |
4933 | @cindex @{@var{type}@} |
4934 | @cindex type casting memory | |
4935 | @cindex memory, viewing as typed object | |
4936 | @cindex casts, to view memory | |
af215b1a | 4937 | @item @{@var{type}@} @var{addr} |
70b88761 RP |
4938 | Refers to an object of type @var{type} stored at address @var{addr} in |
4939 | memory. @var{addr} may be any expression whose value is an integer or | |
4940 | pointer (but parentheses are required around binary operators, just as in | |
4941 | a cast). This construct is allowed regardless of what kind of data is | |
1041a570 | 4942 | normally supposed to reside at @var{addr}. |
70b88761 RP |
4943 | @end table |
4944 | ||
9897afc6 | 4945 | @node Variables, Arrays, Expressions, Data |
93928b60 | 4946 | @section Program variables |
70b88761 RP |
4947 | |
4948 | The most common kind of expression to use is the name of a variable | |
4949 | in your program. | |
4950 | ||
4951 | Variables in expressions are understood in the selected stack frame | |
af215b1a VM |
4952 | (@pxref{Selection, ,Selecting a frame}); they must be either: |
4953 | ||
d056cc31 | 4954 | @itemize @bullet |
af215b1a | 4955 | @item |
9897afc6 | 4956 | global (or file-static) |
af215b1a VM |
4957 | @end itemize |
4958 | ||
4959 | @noindent or | |
4960 | ||
d056cc31 | 4961 | @itemize @bullet |
af215b1a VM |
4962 | @item |
4963 | visible according to the scope rules of the | |
4964 | programming language from the point of execution in that frame | |
4965 | @end itemize | |
4966 | ||
4967 | @noindent This means that in the function | |
70b88761 RP |
4968 | |
4969 | @example | |
4970 | foo (a) | |
4971 | int a; | |
4972 | @{ | |
4973 | bar (a); | |
4974 | @{ | |
4975 | int b = test (); | |
4976 | bar (b); | |
4977 | @} | |
4978 | @} | |
4979 | @end example | |
4980 | ||
4981 | @noindent | |
ed447b95 RP |
4982 | you can examine and use the variable @code{a} whenever your program is |
4983 | executing within the function @code{foo}, but you can only use or | |
4984 | examine the variable @code{b} while your program is executing inside | |
4985 | the block where @code{b} is declared. | |
70b88761 RP |
4986 | |
4987 | @cindex variable name conflict | |
4988 | There is an exception: you can refer to a variable or function whose | |
4989 | scope is a single source file even if the current execution point is not | |
4990 | in this file. But it is possible to have more than one such variable or | |
6ca72cc6 RP |
4991 | function with the same name (in different source files). If that |
4992 | happens, referring to that name has unpredictable effects. If you wish, | |
4993 | you can specify a static variable in a particular function or file, | |
4994 | using the colon-colon notation: | |
70b88761 RP |
4995 | |
4996 | @cindex colon-colon | |
a6d0b6d3 | 4997 | @iftex |
29a2b744 | 4998 | @c info cannot cope with a :: index entry, but why deprive hard copy readers? |
70b88761 | 4999 | @kindex :: |
a6d0b6d3 | 5000 | @end iftex |
70b88761 RP |
5001 | @example |
5002 | @var{file}::@var{variable} | |
6ca72cc6 | 5003 | @var{function}::@var{variable} |
70b88761 RP |
5004 | @end example |
5005 | ||
5006 | @noindent | |
6ca72cc6 | 5007 | Here @var{file} or @var{function} is the name of the context for the |
6c380b13 | 5008 | static @var{variable}. In the case of file names, you can use quotes to |
18fae2a8 | 5009 | make sure @value{GDBN} parses the file name as a single word---for example, |
6c380b13 RP |
5010 | to print a global value of @code{x} defined in @file{f2.c}: |
5011 | ||
5012 | @example | |
18fae2a8 | 5013 | (@value{GDBP}) p 'f2.c'::x |
6c380b13 | 5014 | @end example |
70b88761 | 5015 | |
18fae2a8 | 5016 | @ifclear CONLY |
c2bbbb22 | 5017 | @cindex C++ scope resolution |
70b88761 | 5018 | This use of @samp{::} is very rarely in conflict with the very similar |
18fae2a8 RP |
5019 | use of the same notation in C++. @value{GDBN} also supports use of the C++ |
5020 | scope resolution operator in @value{GDBN} expressions. | |
ed447b95 RP |
5021 | @c FIXME: Um, so what happens in one of those rare cases where it's in |
5022 | @c conflict?? --mew | |
18fae2a8 | 5023 | @end ifclear |
70b88761 | 5024 | |
3d3ab540 RP |
5025 | @cindex wrong values |
5026 | @cindex variable values, wrong | |
5027 | @quotation | |
5028 | @emph{Warning:} Occasionally, a local variable may appear to have the | |
b0157555 RP |
5029 | wrong value at certain points in a function---just after entry to a new |
5030 | scope, and just before exit. | |
3d3ab540 | 5031 | @end quotation |
b0157555 | 5032 | You may see this problem when you are stepping by machine instructions. |
af215b1a | 5033 | This is because, on most machines, it takes more than one instruction to |
b0157555 RP |
5034 | set up a stack frame (including local variable definitions); if you are |
5035 | stepping by machine instructions, variables may appear to have the wrong | |
5036 | values until the stack frame is completely built. On exit, it usually | |
5037 | also takes more than one machine instruction to destroy a stack frame; | |
5038 | after you begin stepping through that group of instructions, local | |
5039 | variable definitions may be gone. | |
3d3ab540 | 5040 | |
9897afc6 | 5041 | @node Arrays, Output Formats, Variables, Data |
93928b60 | 5042 | @section Artificial arrays |
70b88761 RP |
5043 | |
5044 | @cindex artificial array | |
5045 | @kindex @@ | |
5046 | It is often useful to print out several successive objects of the | |
5047 | same type in memory; a section of an array, or an array of | |
5048 | dynamically determined size for which only a pointer exists in the | |
5049 | program. | |
5050 | ||
fe715d06 RP |
5051 | You can do this by referring to a contiguous span of memory as an |
5052 | @dfn{artificial array}, using the binary operator @samp{@@}. The left | |
af215b1a VM |
5053 | operand of @samp{@@} should be the first element of the desired array |
5054 | and be an individual object. The right operand should be the desired length | |
fe715d06 RP |
5055 | of the array. The result is an array value whose elements are all of |
5056 | the type of the left argument. The first element is actually the left | |
5057 | argument; the second element comes from bytes of memory immediately | |
5058 | following those that hold the first element, and so on. Here is an | |
5059 | example. If a program says | |
70b88761 RP |
5060 | |
5061 | @example | |
5062 | int *array = (int *) malloc (len * sizeof (int)); | |
5063 | @end example | |
5064 | ||
5065 | @noindent | |
5066 | you can print the contents of @code{array} with | |
5067 | ||
5068 | @example | |
5069 | p *array@@len | |
5070 | @end example | |
5071 | ||
5072 | The left operand of @samp{@@} must reside in memory. Array values made | |
5073 | with @samp{@@} in this way behave just like other arrays in terms of | |
5074 | subscripting, and are coerced to pointers when used in expressions. | |
5075 | Artificial arrays most often appear in expressions via the value history | |
7640fe71 | 5076 | (@pxref{Value History, ,Value history}), after printing one out. |
70b88761 | 5077 | |
27648f26 PB |
5078 | Another way to create an artificial array is to use a cast. |
5079 | This re-interprets a value as if it were an array. | |
5080 | The value need not be in memory: | |
5081 | @example | |
5082 | (@value{GDBP}) p/x (short[2])0x12345678 | |
5083 | $1 = @{0x1234, 0x5678@} | |
5084 | @end example | |
5085 | ||
5086 | As a convenience, if you leave the array length out (as in | |
5087 | @samp{(@var{type})[])@var{value}}) gdb calculates the size to fill | |
5088 | the value (as @samp{sizeof(@var{value})/sizeof(@var{type})}: | |
5089 | @example | |
5090 | (@value{GDBP}) p/x (short[])0x12345678 | |
5091 | $2 = @{0x1234, 0x5678@} | |
5092 | @end example | |
5093 | ||
1041a570 | 5094 | Sometimes the artificial array mechanism is not quite enough; in |
3d3ab540 | 5095 | moderately complex data structures, the elements of interest may not |
1041a570 RP |
5096 | actually be adjacent---for example, if you are interested in the values |
5097 | of pointers in an array. One useful work-around in this situation is | |
5098 | to use a convenience variable (@pxref{Convenience Vars, ,Convenience | |
93928b60 | 5099 | variables}) as a counter in an expression that prints the first |
1041a570 RP |
5100 | interesting value, and then repeat that expression via @key{RET}. For |
5101 | instance, suppose you have an array @code{dtab} of pointers to | |
5102 | structures, and you are interested in the values of a field @code{fv} | |
5103 | in each structure. Here is an example of what you might type: | |
5104 | ||
3d3ab540 RP |
5105 | @example |
5106 | set $i = 0 | |
5107 | p dtab[$i++]->fv | |
5108 | @key{RET} | |
5109 | @key{RET} | |
5110 | @dots{} | |
5111 | @end example | |
5112 | ||
9897afc6 | 5113 | @node Output Formats, Memory, Arrays, Data |
70b88761 RP |
5114 | @section Output formats |
5115 | ||
5116 | @cindex formatted output | |
5117 | @cindex output formats | |
18fae2a8 | 5118 | By default, @value{GDBN} prints a value according to its data type. Sometimes |
70b88761 RP |
5119 | this is not what you want. For example, you might want to print a number |
5120 | in hex, or a pointer in decimal. Or you might want to view data in memory | |
5121 | at a certain address as a character string or as an instruction. To do | |
5122 | these things, specify an @dfn{output format} when you print a value. | |
5123 | ||
5124 | The simplest use of output formats is to say how to print a value | |
5125 | already computed. This is done by starting the arguments of the | |
5126 | @code{print} command with a slash and a format letter. The format | |
5127 | letters supported are: | |
5128 | ||
5129 | @table @code | |
5130 | @item x | |
5131 | Regard the bits of the value as an integer, and print the integer in | |
5132 | hexadecimal. | |
5133 | ||
5134 | @item d | |
5135 | Print as integer in signed decimal. | |
5136 | ||
5137 | @item u | |
5138 | Print as integer in unsigned decimal. | |
5139 | ||
5140 | @item o | |
5141 | Print as integer in octal. | |
5142 | ||
5143 | @item t | |
5144 | Print as integer in binary. The letter @samp{t} stands for ``two''. | |
fe715d06 RP |
5145 | @footnote{@samp{b} cannot be used because these format letters are also |
5146 | used with the @code{x} command, where @samp{b} stands for ``byte''; | |
5147 | @pxref{Memory,,Examining memory}.} | |
70b88761 RP |
5148 | |
5149 | @item a | |
9a27b06e RP |
5150 | @cindex unknown address, locating |
5151 | Print as an address, both absolute in hexadecimal and as an offset from | |
5152 | the nearest preceding symbol. You can use this format used to discover | |
5153 | where (in what function) an unknown address is located: | |
1041a570 | 5154 | |
70b88761 | 5155 | @example |
18fae2a8 RP |
5156 | (@value{GDBP}) p/a 0x54320 |
5157 | $3 = 0x54320 <_initialize_vx+396> | |
70b88761 RP |
5158 | @end example |
5159 | ||
70b88761 RP |
5160 | @item c |
5161 | Regard as an integer and print it as a character constant. | |
5162 | ||
5163 | @item f | |
5164 | Regard the bits of the value as a floating point number and print | |
5165 | using typical floating point syntax. | |
5166 | @end table | |
5167 | ||
5168 | For example, to print the program counter in hex (@pxref{Registers}), type | |
5169 | ||
5170 | @example | |
5171 | p/x $pc | |
5172 | @end example | |
5173 | ||
5174 | @noindent | |
5175 | Note that no space is required before the slash; this is because command | |
18fae2a8 | 5176 | names in @value{GDBN} cannot contain a slash. |
70b88761 RP |
5177 | |
5178 | To reprint the last value in the value history with a different format, | |
5179 | you can use the @code{print} command with just a format and no | |
5180 | expression. For example, @samp{p/x} reprints the last value in hex. | |
5181 | ||
9897afc6 | 5182 | @node Memory, Auto Display, Output Formats, Data |
93928b60 | 5183 | @section Examining memory |
70b88761 | 5184 | |
1041a570 RP |
5185 | You can use the command @code{x} (for ``examine'') to examine memory in |
5186 | any of several formats, independently of your program's data types. | |
5187 | ||
70b88761 RP |
5188 | @cindex examining memory |
5189 | @table @code | |
5190 | @kindex x | |
cedaf8bc RP |
5191 | @item x/@var{nfu} @var{addr} |
5192 | @itemx x @var{addr} | |
5193 | @itemx x | |
ed447b95 | 5194 | Use the @code{x} command to examine memory. |
1041a570 RP |
5195 | @end table |
5196 | ||
5197 | @var{n}, @var{f}, and @var{u} are all optional parameters that specify how | |
5198 | much memory to display and how to format it; @var{addr} is an | |
cedaf8bc RP |
5199 | expression giving the address where you want to start displaying memory. |
5200 | If you use defaults for @var{nfu}, you need not type the slash @samp{/}. | |
5201 | Several commands set convenient defaults for @var{addr}. | |
70b88761 | 5202 | |
1041a570 RP |
5203 | @table @r |
5204 | @item @var{n}, the repeat count | |
5205 | The repeat count is a decimal integer; the default is 1. It specifies | |
5206 | how much memory (counting by units @var{u}) to display. | |
cedaf8bc RP |
5207 | @c This really is **decimal**; unaffected by 'set radix' as of GDB |
5208 | @c 4.1.2. | |
70b88761 | 5209 | |
1041a570 RP |
5210 | @item @var{f}, the display format |
5211 | The display format is one of the formats used by @code{print}, | |
af215b1a VM |
5212 | @samp{s} (null-terminated string), or @samp{i} (machine instruction). |
5213 | The default is @samp{x} (hexadecimal) initially. | |
5214 | The default changes each time you use either @code{x} or @code{print}. | |
70b88761 | 5215 | |
1041a570 RP |
5216 | @item @var{u}, the unit size |
5217 | The unit size is any of | |
ed447b95 | 5218 | |
70b88761 RP |
5219 | @table @code |
5220 | @item b | |
cedaf8bc | 5221 | Bytes. |
70b88761 | 5222 | @item h |
cedaf8bc | 5223 | Halfwords (two bytes). |
70b88761 | 5224 | @item w |
cedaf8bc | 5225 | Words (four bytes). This is the initial default. |
70b88761 | 5226 | @item g |
cedaf8bc | 5227 | Giant words (eight bytes). |
70b88761 RP |
5228 | @end table |
5229 | ||
cedaf8bc RP |
5230 | Each time you specify a unit size with @code{x}, that size becomes the |
5231 | default unit the next time you use @code{x}. (For the @samp{s} and | |
5232 | @samp{i} formats, the unit size is ignored and is normally not written.) | |
5233 | ||
1041a570 | 5234 | @item @var{addr}, starting display address |
18fae2a8 | 5235 | @var{addr} is the address where you want @value{GDBN} to begin displaying |
cedaf8bc RP |
5236 | memory. The expression need not have a pointer value (though it may); |
5237 | it is always interpreted as an integer address of a byte of memory. | |
1041a570 | 5238 | @xref{Expressions, ,Expressions}, for more information on expressions. The default for |
cedaf8bc RP |
5239 | @var{addr} is usually just after the last address examined---but several |
5240 | other commands also set the default address: @code{info breakpoints} (to | |
5241 | the address of the last breakpoint listed), @code{info line} (to the | |
5242 | starting address of a line), and @code{print} (if you use it to display | |
5243 | a value from memory). | |
1041a570 | 5244 | @end table |
70b88761 | 5245 | |
cedaf8bc RP |
5246 | For example, @samp{x/3uh 0x54320} is a request to display three halfwords |
5247 | (@code{h}) of memory, formatted as unsigned decimal integers (@samp{u}), | |
5248 | starting at address @code{0x54320}. @samp{x/4xw $sp} prints the four | |
5249 | words (@samp{w}) of memory above the stack pointer (here, @samp{$sp}; | |
5250 | @pxref{Registers}) in hexadecimal (@samp{x}). | |
70b88761 | 5251 | |
cedaf8bc | 5252 | Since the letters indicating unit sizes are all distinct from the |
29a2b744 | 5253 | letters specifying output formats, you do not have to remember whether |
9a27b06e | 5254 | unit size or format comes first; either order works. The output |
cedaf8bc | 5255 | specifications @samp{4xw} and @samp{4wx} mean exactly the same thing. |
9a27b06e | 5256 | (However, the count @var{n} must come first; @samp{wx4} does not work.) |
cedaf8bc RP |
5257 | |
5258 | Even though the unit size @var{u} is ignored for the formats @samp{s} | |
5259 | and @samp{i}, you might still want to use a count @var{n}; for example, | |
5260 | @samp{3i} specifies that you want to see three machine instructions, | |
5261 | including any operands. The command @code{disassemble} gives an | |
5262 | alternative way of inspecting machine instructions; @pxref{Machine | |
93928b60 | 5263 | Code,,Source and machine code}. |
cedaf8bc RP |
5264 | |
5265 | All the defaults for the arguments to @code{x} are designed to make it | |
5266 | easy to continue scanning memory with minimal specifications each time | |
1041a570 | 5267 | you use @code{x}. For example, after you have inspected three machine |
cedaf8bc RP |
5268 | instructions with @samp{x/3i @var{addr}}, you can inspect the next seven |
5269 | with just @samp{x/7}. If you use @key{RET} to repeat the @code{x} command, | |
5270 | the repeat count @var{n} is used again; the other arguments default as | |
5271 | for successive uses of @code{x}. | |
70b88761 | 5272 | |
c338a2fd | 5273 | @cindex @code{$_}, @code{$__}, and value history |
cedaf8bc | 5274 | The addresses and contents printed by the @code{x} command are not saved |
70b88761 | 5275 | in the value history because there is often too much of them and they |
18fae2a8 | 5276 | would get in the way. Instead, @value{GDBN} makes these values available for |
70b88761 RP |
5277 | subsequent use in expressions as values of the convenience variables |
5278 | @code{$_} and @code{$__}. After an @code{x} command, the last address | |
5279 | examined is available for use in expressions in the convenience variable | |
5280 | @code{$_}. The contents of that address, as examined, are available in | |
5281 | the convenience variable @code{$__}. | |
5282 | ||
5283 | If the @code{x} command has a repeat count, the address and contents saved | |
5284 | are from the last memory unit printed; this is not the same as the last | |
5285 | address printed if several units were printed on the last line of output. | |
5286 | ||
9897afc6 | 5287 | @node Auto Display, Print Settings, Memory, Data |
93928b60 | 5288 | @section Automatic display |
70b88761 RP |
5289 | @cindex automatic display |
5290 | @cindex display of expressions | |
5291 | ||
5292 | If you find that you want to print the value of an expression frequently | |
5293 | (to see how it changes), you might want to add it to the @dfn{automatic | |
9a27b06e | 5294 | display list} so that @value{GDBN} prints its value each time your program stops. |
70b88761 RP |
5295 | Each expression added to the list is given a number to identify it; |
5296 | to remove an expression from the list, you specify that number. | |
5297 | The automatic display looks like this: | |
5298 | ||
5299 | @example | |
5300 | 2: foo = 38 | |
5301 | 3: bar[5] = (struct hack *) 0x3804 | |
5302 | @end example | |
5303 | ||
5304 | @noindent | |
ed447b95 | 5305 | This display shows item numbers, expressions and their current values. As with |
70b88761 RP |
5306 | displays you request manually using @code{x} or @code{print}, you can |
5307 | specify the output format you prefer; in fact, @code{display} decides | |
5308 | whether to use @code{print} or @code{x} depending on how elaborate your | |
5309 | format specification is---it uses @code{x} if you specify a unit size, | |
5310 | or one of the two formats (@samp{i} and @samp{s}) that are only | |
5311 | supported by @code{x}; otherwise it uses @code{print}. | |
5312 | ||
5313 | @table @code | |
70b88761 | 5314 | @kindex display |
af215b1a | 5315 | @item display @var{exp} |
70b88761 | 5316 | Add the expression @var{exp} to the list of expressions to display |
1041a570 | 5317 | each time your program stops. @xref{Expressions, ,Expressions}. |
70b88761 | 5318 | |
9a27b06e | 5319 | @code{display} does not repeat if you press @key{RET} again after using it. |
70b88761 RP |
5320 | |
5321 | @item display/@var{fmt} @var{exp} | |
5322 | For @var{fmt} specifying only a display format and not a size or | |
5323 | count, add the expression @var{exp} to the auto-display list but | |
7640fe71 | 5324 | arrange to display it each time in the specified format @var{fmt}. |
ed447b95 | 5325 | @xref{Output Formats,,Output formats}. |
70b88761 RP |
5326 | |
5327 | @item display/@var{fmt} @var{addr} | |
5328 | For @var{fmt} @samp{i} or @samp{s}, or including a unit-size or a | |
5329 | number of units, add the expression @var{addr} as a memory address to | |
29a2b744 | 5330 | be examined each time your program stops. Examining means in effect |
93928b60 | 5331 | doing @samp{x/@var{fmt} @var{addr}}. @xref{Memory, ,Examining memory}. |
70b88761 RP |
5332 | @end table |
5333 | ||
5334 | For example, @samp{display/i $pc} can be helpful, to see the machine | |
5335 | instruction about to be executed each time execution stops (@samp{$pc} | |
5336 | is a common name for the program counter; @pxref{Registers}). | |
5337 | ||
5338 | @table @code | |
70b88761 RP |
5339 | @kindex delete display |
5340 | @kindex undisplay | |
af215b1a VM |
5341 | @item undisplay @var{dnums}@dots{} |
5342 | @itemx delete display @var{dnums}@dots{} | |
70b88761 RP |
5343 | Remove item numbers @var{dnums} from the list of expressions to display. |
5344 | ||
9a27b06e | 5345 | @code{undisplay} does not repeat if you press @key{RET} after using it. |
70b88761 RP |
5346 | (Otherwise you would just get the error @samp{No display number @dots{}}.) |
5347 | ||
70b88761 | 5348 | @kindex disable display |
af215b1a | 5349 | @item disable display @var{dnums}@dots{} |
70b88761 RP |
5350 | Disable the display of item numbers @var{dnums}. A disabled display |
5351 | item is not printed automatically, but is not forgotten. It may be | |
5352 | enabled again later. | |
5353 | ||
70b88761 | 5354 | @kindex enable display |
af215b1a | 5355 | @item enable display @var{dnums}@dots{} |
70b88761 RP |
5356 | Enable display of item numbers @var{dnums}. It becomes effective once |
5357 | again in auto display of its expression, until you specify otherwise. | |
5358 | ||
5359 | @item display | |
5360 | Display the current values of the expressions on the list, just as is | |
29a2b744 | 5361 | done when your program stops. |
70b88761 | 5362 | |
70b88761 | 5363 | @kindex info display |
af215b1a | 5364 | @item info display |
70b88761 RP |
5365 | Print the list of expressions previously set up to display |
5366 | automatically, each one with its item number, but without showing the | |
5367 | values. This includes disabled expressions, which are marked as such. | |
5368 | It also includes expressions which would not be displayed right now | |
5369 | because they refer to automatic variables not currently available. | |
5370 | @end table | |
5371 | ||
5372 | If a display expression refers to local variables, then it does not make | |
5373 | sense outside the lexical context for which it was set up. Such an | |
5374 | expression is disabled when execution enters a context where one of its | |
5375 | variables is not defined. For example, if you give the command | |
5376 | @code{display last_char} while inside a function with an argument | |
9a27b06e | 5377 | @code{last_char}, @value{GDBN} displays this argument while your program |
70b88761 | 5378 | continues to stop inside that function. When it stops elsewhere---where |
9a27b06e RP |
5379 | there is no variable @code{last_char}---the display is disabled |
5380 | automatically. The next time your program stops where @code{last_char} | |
5381 | is meaningful, you can enable the display expression once again. | |
70b88761 | 5382 | |
9897afc6 | 5383 | @node Print Settings, Value History, Auto Display, Data |
93928b60 | 5384 | @section Print settings |
70b88761 RP |
5385 | |
5386 | @cindex format options | |
5387 | @cindex print settings | |
18fae2a8 | 5388 | @value{GDBN} provides the following ways to control how arrays, structures, |
e251e767 | 5389 | and symbols are printed. |
70b88761 RP |
5390 | |
5391 | @noindent | |
5392 | These settings are useful for debugging programs in any language: | |
5393 | ||
5394 | @table @code | |
af215b1a | 5395 | @kindex set print address |
70b88761 | 5396 | @item set print address |
6b51acad | 5397 | @itemx set print address on |
9a27b06e | 5398 | @value{GDBN} prints memory addresses showing the location of stack |
70b88761 RP |
5399 | traces, structure values, pointer values, breakpoints, and so forth, |
5400 | even when it also displays the contents of those addresses. The default | |
af215b1a | 5401 | is @code{on}. For example, this is what a stack frame display looks like with |
70b88761 | 5402 | @code{set print address on}: |
1041a570 | 5403 | |
70b88761 | 5404 | @smallexample |
1041a570 | 5405 | @group |
18fae2a8 | 5406 | (@value{GDBP}) f |
e251e767 | 5407 | #0 set_quotes (lq=0x34c78 "<<", rq=0x34c88 ">>") |
70b88761 | 5408 | at input.c:530 |
b80282d5 | 5409 | 530 if (lquote != def_lquote) |
1041a570 | 5410 | @end group |
70b88761 RP |
5411 | @end smallexample |
5412 | ||
5413 | @item set print address off | |
5414 | Do not print addresses when displaying their contents. For example, | |
5415 | this is the same stack frame displayed with @code{set print address off}: | |
1041a570 | 5416 | |
d55320a0 | 5417 | @smallexample |
1041a570 | 5418 | @group |
18fae2a8 RP |
5419 | (@value{GDBP}) set print addr off |
5420 | (@value{GDBP}) f | |
70b88761 | 5421 | #0 set_quotes (lq="<<", rq=">>") at input.c:530 |
b80282d5 | 5422 | 530 if (lquote != def_lquote) |
1041a570 | 5423 | @end group |
d55320a0 | 5424 | @end smallexample |
70b88761 | 5425 | |
fe715d06 RP |
5426 | You can use @samp{set print address off} to eliminate all machine |
5427 | dependent displays from the @value{GDBN} interface. For example, with | |
5428 | @code{print address off}, you should get the same text for backtraces on | |
5429 | all machines---whether or not they involve pointer arguments. | |
5430 | ||
70b88761 | 5431 | @kindex show print address |
af215b1a | 5432 | @item show print address |
70b88761 | 5433 | Show whether or not addresses are to be printed. |
14621224 JK |
5434 | @end table |
5435 | ||
5436 | When @value{GDBN} prints a symbolic address, it normally prints the | |
5437 | closest earlier symbol plus an offset. If that symbol does not uniquely | |
5438 | identify the address (for example, it is a name whose scope is a single | |
af215b1a | 5439 | source file), you may need to clarify. One way to do this is with |
9a27b06e | 5440 | @code{info line}, for example @samp{info line *0x4537}. Alternately, |
14621224 JK |
5441 | you can set @value{GDBN} to print the source file and line number when |
5442 | it prints a symbolic address: | |
5443 | ||
5444 | @table @code | |
14621224 | 5445 | @kindex set print symbol-filename |
af215b1a | 5446 | @item set print symbol-filename on |
14621224 JK |
5447 | Tell @value{GDBN} to print the source file name and line number of a |
5448 | symbol in the symbolic form of an address. | |
5449 | ||
5450 | @item set print symbol-filename off | |
5451 | Do not print source file name and line number of a symbol. This is the | |
5452 | default. | |
5453 | ||
14621224 | 5454 | @kindex show print symbol-filename |
af215b1a | 5455 | @item show print symbol-filename |
14621224 JK |
5456 | Show whether or not @value{GDBN} will print the source file name and |
5457 | line number of a symbol in the symbolic form of an address. | |
5458 | @end table | |
5459 | ||
9a27b06e RP |
5460 | Another situation where it is helpful to show symbol filenames and line |
5461 | numbers is when disassembling code; @value{GDBN} shows you the line | |
5986c8ea JG |
5462 | number and source file that corresponds to each instruction. |
5463 | ||
14621224 JK |
5464 | Also, you may wish to see the symbolic form only if the address being |
5465 | printed is reasonably close to the closest earlier symbol: | |
5466 | ||
5467 | @table @code | |
14621224 | 5468 | @kindex set print max-symbolic-offset |
af215b1a | 5469 | @item set print max-symbolic-offset @var{max-offset} |
14621224 JK |
5470 | Tell @value{GDBN} to only display the symbolic form of an address if the |
5471 | offset between the closest earlier symbol and the address is less than | |
af215b1a VM |
5472 | @var{max-offset}. The default is 0, which tells @value{GDBN} |
5473 | to always print the symbolic form of an address if any symbol precedes it. | |
14621224 | 5474 | |
14621224 | 5475 | @kindex show print max-symbolic-offset |
af215b1a | 5476 | @item show print max-symbolic-offset |
9a27b06e | 5477 | Ask how large the maximum offset is that @value{GDBN} prints in a |
14621224 JK |
5478 | symbolic address. |
5479 | @end table | |
70b88761 | 5480 | |
9a27b06e RP |
5481 | @cindex wild pointer, interpreting |
5482 | @cindex pointer, finding referent | |
5483 | If you have a pointer and you are not sure where it points, try | |
ec35141c JK |
5484 | @samp{set print symbol-filename on}. Then you can determine the name |
5485 | and source file location of the variable where it points, using | |
5486 | @samp{p/a @var{pointer}}. This interprets the address in symbolic form. | |
5487 | For example, here @value{GDBN} shows that a variable @code{ptt} points | |
5488 | at another variable @code{t}, defined in @file{hi2.c}: | |
9a27b06e RP |
5489 | |
5490 | @example | |
9a27b06e RP |
5491 | (@value{GDBP}) set print symbol-filename on |
5492 | (@value{GDBP}) p/a ptt | |
5493 | $4 = 0xe008 <t in hi2.c> | |
5494 | @end example | |
5495 | ||
5496 | @quotation | |
5497 | @emph{Warning:} For pointers that point to a local variable, @samp{p/a} | |
5498 | does not show the symbol name and filename of the referent, even with | |
5499 | the appropriate @code{set print} options turned on. | |
5500 | @end quotation | |
5501 | ||
5986c8ea JG |
5502 | Other settings control how different kinds of objects are printed: |
5503 | ||
14621224 | 5504 | @table @code |
af215b1a | 5505 | @kindex set print array |
70b88761 RP |
5506 | @item set print array |
5507 | @itemx set print array on | |
af215b1a | 5508 | Pretty print arrays. This format is more convenient to read, |
70b88761 RP |
5509 | but uses more space. The default is off. |
5510 | ||
fe715d06 | 5511 | @item set print array off |
70b88761 RP |
5512 | Return to compressed format for arrays. |
5513 | ||
70b88761 | 5514 | @kindex show print array |
af215b1a | 5515 | @item show print array |
70b88761 | 5516 | Show whether compressed or pretty format is selected for displaying |
e251e767 | 5517 | arrays. |
70b88761 | 5518 | |
70b88761 | 5519 | @kindex set print elements |
af215b1a VM |
5520 | @item set print elements @var{number-of-elements} |
5521 | Set a limit on how many elements of an array @value{GDBN} will print. | |
9a27b06e | 5522 | If @value{GDBN} is printing a large array, it stops printing after it has |
70b88761 RP |
5523 | printed the number of elements set by the @code{set print elements} command. |
5524 | This limit also applies to the display of strings. | |
af215b1a | 5525 | Setting @var{number-of-elements} to zero means that the printing is unlimited. |
70b88761 | 5526 | |
70b88761 | 5527 | @kindex show print elements |
af215b1a VM |
5528 | @item show print elements |
5529 | Display the number of elements of a large array that @value{GDBN} will print. | |
5530 | If the number is 0, then the printing is unlimited. | |
5531 | ||
5532 | @kindex set print null-stop | |
5533 | @item set print null-stop | |
5534 | Cause @value{GDBN} to stop printing the characters of an array when the first | |
5535 | @sc{NULL} is encountered. This is useful when large arrays actually | |
5536 | contain only short strings. | |
70b88761 | 5537 | |
70b88761 | 5538 | @kindex set print pretty |
af215b1a VM |
5539 | @item set print pretty on |
5540 | Cause @value{GDBN} to print structures in an indented format with one member | |
5541 | per line, like this: | |
70b88761 | 5542 | |
d55320a0 | 5543 | @smallexample |
1041a570 | 5544 | @group |
70b88761 RP |
5545 | $1 = @{ |
5546 | next = 0x0, | |
5547 | flags = @{ | |
5548 | sweet = 1, | |
5549 | sour = 1 | |
5550 | @}, | |
5551 | meat = 0x54 "Pork" | |
5552 | @} | |
1041a570 | 5553 | @end group |
d55320a0 | 5554 | @end smallexample |
70b88761 RP |
5555 | |
5556 | @item set print pretty off | |
18fae2a8 | 5557 | Cause @value{GDBN} to print structures in a compact format, like this: |
70b88761 RP |
5558 | |
5559 | @smallexample | |
1041a570 | 5560 | @group |
38962738 RP |
5561 | $1 = @{next = 0x0, flags = @{sweet = 1, sour = 1@}, \ |
5562 | meat = 0x54 "Pork"@} | |
1041a570 | 5563 | @end group |
70b88761 RP |
5564 | @end smallexample |
5565 | ||
5566 | @noindent | |
5567 | This is the default format. | |
5568 | ||
70b88761 | 5569 | @kindex show print pretty |
af215b1a | 5570 | @item show print pretty |
9a27b06e | 5571 | Show which format @value{GDBN} is using to print structures. |
70b88761 | 5572 | |
f2857bd9 | 5573 | @kindex set print sevenbit-strings |
af215b1a | 5574 | @item set print sevenbit-strings on |
e251e767 | 5575 | Print using only seven-bit characters; if this option is set, |
9a27b06e RP |
5576 | @value{GDBN} displays any eight-bit characters (in strings or |
5577 | character values) using the notation @code{\}@var{nnn}. This setting is | |
5578 | best if you are working in English (@sc{ascii}) and you use the | |
5579 | high-order bit of characters as a marker or ``meta'' bit. | |
70b88761 RP |
5580 | |
5581 | @item set print sevenbit-strings off | |
9a27b06e RP |
5582 | Print full eight-bit characters. This allows the use of more |
5583 | international character sets, and is the default. | |
70b88761 | 5584 | |
f2857bd9 | 5585 | @kindex show print sevenbit-strings |
af215b1a | 5586 | @item show print sevenbit-strings |
9a27b06e | 5587 | Show whether or not @value{GDBN} is printing only seven-bit characters. |
70b88761 | 5588 | |
70b88761 | 5589 | @kindex set print union |
af215b1a VM |
5590 | @item set print union on |
5591 | Tell @value{GDBN} to print unions which are contained in structures. This | |
5592 | is the default setting. | |
70b88761 RP |
5593 | |
5594 | @item set print union off | |
18fae2a8 | 5595 | Tell @value{GDBN} not to print unions which are contained in structures. |
70b88761 | 5596 | |
70b88761 | 5597 | @kindex show print union |
af215b1a | 5598 | @item show print union |
18fae2a8 | 5599 | Ask @value{GDBN} whether or not it will print unions which are contained in |
e251e767 | 5600 | structures. |
70b88761 RP |
5601 | |
5602 | For example, given the declarations | |
5603 | ||
5604 | @smallexample | |
5605 | typedef enum @{Tree, Bug@} Species; | |
5606 | typedef enum @{Big_tree, Acorn, Seedling@} Tree_forms; | |
203eea5d RP |
5607 | typedef enum @{Caterpillar, Cocoon, Butterfly@} |
5608 | Bug_forms; | |
70b88761 RP |
5609 | |
5610 | struct thing @{ | |
5611 | Species it; | |
5612 | union @{ | |
5613 | Tree_forms tree; | |
5614 | Bug_forms bug; | |
5615 | @} form; | |
5616 | @}; | |
5617 | ||
5618 | struct thing foo = @{Tree, @{Acorn@}@}; | |
5619 | @end smallexample | |
5620 | ||
5621 | @noindent | |
5622 | with @code{set print union on} in effect @samp{p foo} would print | |
5623 | ||
5624 | @smallexample | |
5625 | $1 = @{it = Tree, form = @{tree = Acorn, bug = Cocoon@}@} | |
5626 | @end smallexample | |
5627 | ||
5628 | @noindent | |
5629 | and with @code{set print union off} in effect it would print | |
5630 | ||
5631 | @smallexample | |
5632 | $1 = @{it = Tree, form = @{...@}@} | |
5633 | @end smallexample | |
5634 | @end table | |
5635 | ||
1d7c3357 | 5636 | @ifclear CONLY |
d55320a0 | 5637 | @need 1000 |
70b88761 RP |
5638 | @noindent |
5639 | These settings are of interest when debugging C++ programs: | |
5640 | ||
5641 | @table @code | |
af215b1a VM |
5642 | @cindex demangling |
5643 | @kindex set print demangle | |
e251e767 RP |
5644 | @item set print demangle |
5645 | @itemx set print demangle on | |
fe715d06 RP |
5646 | Print C++ names in their source form rather than in the encoded |
5647 | (``mangled'') form passed to the assembler and linker for type-safe | |
5648 | linkage. The default is @samp{on}. | |
70b88761 | 5649 | |
70b88761 | 5650 | @kindex show print demangle |
af215b1a | 5651 | @item show print demangle |
9a27b06e | 5652 | Show whether C++ names are printed in mangled or demangled form. |
70b88761 | 5653 | |
af215b1a | 5654 | @kindex set print asm-demangle |
e251e767 RP |
5655 | @item set print asm-demangle |
5656 | @itemx set print asm-demangle on | |
70b88761 RP |
5657 | Print C++ names in their source form rather than their mangled form, even |
5658 | in assembler code printouts such as instruction disassemblies. | |
5659 | The default is off. | |
5660 | ||
70b88761 | 5661 | @kindex show print asm-demangle |
af215b1a | 5662 | @item show print asm-demangle |
9a27b06e | 5663 | Show whether C++ names in assembly listings are printed in mangled |
70b88761 RP |
5664 | or demangled form. |
5665 | ||
fe715d06 RP |
5666 | @kindex set demangle-style |
5667 | @cindex C++ symbol decoding style | |
5668 | @cindex symbol decoding style, C++ | |
af215b1a | 5669 | @item set demangle-style @var{style} |
fe715d06 RP |
5670 | Choose among several encoding schemes used by different compilers to |
5671 | represent C++ names. The choices for @var{style} are currently: | |
5672 | ||
5673 | @table @code | |
5674 | @item auto | |
5675 | Allow @value{GDBN} to choose a decoding style by inspecting your program. | |
5676 | ||
5677 | @item gnu | |
af215b1a | 5678 | Decode based on the @sc{gnu} C++ compiler (@code{g++}) encoding algorithm. |
9897afc6 | 5679 | @ifclear HPPA |
af215b1a | 5680 | This is the default. |
9897afc6 EE |
5681 | @end ifclear |
5682 | ||
5683 | @ifset HPPA | |
5684 | @item hp | |
5685 | Decode based on the HP ANSI C++ (@code{aCC}) encoding algorithm. | |
5686 | @end ifset | |
fe715d06 RP |
5687 | |
5688 | @item lucid | |
5689 | Decode based on the Lucid C++ compiler (@code{lcc}) encoding algorithm. | |
5690 | ||
a1eff6c2 | 5691 | @item arm |
fe715d06 | 5692 | Decode using the algorithm in the @cite{C++ Annotated Reference Manual}. |
a1eff6c2 RP |
5693 | @strong{Warning:} this setting alone is not sufficient to allow |
5694 | debugging @code{cfront}-generated executables. @value{GDBN} would | |
5695 | require further enhancement to permit that. | |
af215b1a VM |
5696 | |
5697 | @item foo | |
5698 | Show the list of formats. | |
fe715d06 RP |
5699 | @end table |
5700 | ||
fe715d06 | 5701 | @kindex show demangle-style |
af215b1a | 5702 | @item show demangle-style |
fe715d06 RP |
5703 | Display the encoding style currently in use for decoding C++ symbols. |
5704 | ||
af215b1a | 5705 | @kindex set print object |
70b88761 RP |
5706 | @item set print object |
5707 | @itemx set print object on | |
70b88761 RP |
5708 | When displaying a pointer to an object, identify the @emph{actual} |
5709 | (derived) type of the object rather than the @emph{declared} type, using | |
5710 | the virtual function table. | |
5711 | ||
5712 | @item set print object off | |
5713 | Display only the declared type of objects, without reference to the | |
5714 | virtual function table. This is the default setting. | |
5715 | ||
70b88761 | 5716 | @kindex show print object |
af215b1a | 5717 | @item show print object |
9a27b06e | 5718 | Show whether actual, or declared, object types are displayed. |
70b88761 | 5719 | |
be255497 PS |
5720 | @kindex set print static-members |
5721 | @item set print static-members | |
5722 | @itemx set print static-members on | |
5723 | Print static members when displaying a C++ object. The default is on. | |
5724 | ||
5725 | @item set print static-members off | |
5726 | Do not print static members when displaying a C++ object. | |
5727 | ||
5728 | @kindex show print static-members | |
5729 | @item show print static-members | |
5730 | Show whether C++ static members are printed, or not. | |
5731 | ||
9897afc6 | 5732 | @c These don't work with HP ANSI C++ yet. |
af215b1a | 5733 | @kindex set print vtbl |
e251e767 RP |
5734 | @item set print vtbl |
5735 | @itemx set print vtbl on | |
70b88761 | 5736 | Pretty print C++ virtual function tables. The default is off. |
9897afc6 EE |
5737 | @ifset HPPA |
5738 | (The @code{vtbl} commands do not work on programs compiled with the HP | |
5739 | ANSI C++ compiler (@code{aCC}).) | |
5740 | @end ifset | |
70b88761 RP |
5741 | |
5742 | @item set print vtbl off | |
5743 | Do not pretty print C++ virtual function tables. | |
5744 | ||
70b88761 | 5745 | @kindex show print vtbl |
af215b1a | 5746 | @item show print vtbl |
70b88761 | 5747 | Show whether C++ virtual function tables are pretty printed, or not. |
70b88761 | 5748 | @end table |
1d7c3357 | 5749 | @end ifclear |
70b88761 | 5750 | |
9897afc6 | 5751 | @node Value History, Convenience Vars, Print Settings, Data |
93928b60 | 5752 | @section Value history |
70b88761 RP |
5753 | |
5754 | @cindex value history | |
af215b1a VM |
5755 | Values printed by the @code{print} command are saved in the @value{GDBN} |
5756 | @dfn{value history}. This allows you to refer to them in other expressions. | |
5757 | Values are kept until the symbol table is re-read or discarded | |
5758 | (for example with the @code{file} or @code{symbol-file} commands). | |
5759 | When the symbol table changes, the value history is discarded, | |
5760 | since the values may contain pointers back to the types defined in the | |
5761 | symbol table. | |
70b88761 RP |
5762 | |
5763 | @cindex @code{$} | |
5764 | @cindex @code{$$} | |
5765 | @cindex history number | |
6b51acad RP |
5766 | The values printed are given @dfn{history numbers} by which you can |
5767 | refer to them. These are successive integers starting with one. | |
5768 | @code{print} shows you the history number assigned to a value by | |
5769 | printing @samp{$@var{num} = } before the value; here @var{num} is the | |
5770 | history number. | |
70b88761 RP |
5771 | |
5772 | To refer to any previous value, use @samp{$} followed by the value's | |
5773 | history number. The way @code{print} labels its output is designed to | |
5774 | remind you of this. Just @code{$} refers to the most recent value in | |
5775 | the history, and @code{$$} refers to the value before that. | |
5776 | @code{$$@var{n}} refers to the @var{n}th value from the end; @code{$$2} | |
5777 | is the value just prior to @code{$$}, @code{$$1} is equivalent to | |
5778 | @code{$$}, and @code{$$0} is equivalent to @code{$}. | |
5779 | ||
5780 | For example, suppose you have just printed a pointer to a structure and | |
5781 | want to see the contents of the structure. It suffices to type | |
5782 | ||
5783 | @example | |
5784 | p *$ | |
5785 | @end example | |
5786 | ||
5787 | If you have a chain of structures where the component @code{next} points | |
5788 | to the next one, you can print the contents of the next one with this: | |
5789 | ||
5790 | @example | |
5791 | p *$.next | |
5792 | @end example | |
5793 | ||
5794 | @noindent | |
5795 | You can print successive links in the chain by repeating this | |
5796 | command---which you can do by just typing @key{RET}. | |
5797 | ||
5798 | Note that the history records values, not expressions. If the value of | |
5799 | @code{x} is 4 and you type these commands: | |
5800 | ||
5801 | @example | |
5802 | print x | |
5803 | set x=5 | |
5804 | @end example | |
5805 | ||
5806 | @noindent | |
5807 | then the value recorded in the value history by the @code{print} command | |
5808 | remains 4 even though the value of @code{x} has changed. | |
5809 | ||
5810 | @table @code | |
5811 | @kindex show values | |
5812 | @item show values | |
5813 | Print the last ten values in the value history, with their item numbers. | |
5814 | This is like @samp{p@ $$9} repeated ten times, except that @code{show | |
5815 | values} does not change the history. | |
5816 | ||
5817 | @item show values @var{n} | |
5818 | Print ten history values centered on history item number @var{n}. | |
5819 | ||
5820 | @item show values + | |
5821 | Print ten history values just after the values last printed. If no more | |
af215b1a | 5822 | values are available, @code{show values +} produces no display. |
70b88761 RP |
5823 | @end table |
5824 | ||
5825 | Pressing @key{RET} to repeat @code{show values @var{n}} has exactly the | |
e251e767 | 5826 | same effect as @samp{show values +}. |
70b88761 | 5827 | |
9897afc6 | 5828 | @node Convenience Vars, Registers, Value History, Data |
93928b60 | 5829 | @section Convenience variables |
70b88761 RP |
5830 | |
5831 | @cindex convenience variables | |
18fae2a8 RP |
5832 | @value{GDBN} provides @dfn{convenience variables} that you can use within |
5833 | @value{GDBN} to hold on to a value and refer to it later. These variables | |
5834 | exist entirely within @value{GDBN}; they are not part of your program, and | |
70b88761 | 5835 | setting a convenience variable has no direct effect on further execution |
1041a570 | 5836 | of your program. That is why you can use them freely. |
70b88761 RP |
5837 | |
5838 | Convenience variables are prefixed with @samp{$}. Any name preceded by | |
5839 | @samp{$} can be used for a convenience variable, unless it is one of | |
5840 | the predefined machine-specific register names (@pxref{Registers}). | |
5841 | (Value history references, in contrast, are @emph{numbers} preceded | |
93928b60 | 5842 | by @samp{$}. @xref{Value History, ,Value history}.) |
70b88761 RP |
5843 | |
5844 | You can save a value in a convenience variable with an assignment | |
ed447b95 RP |
5845 | expression, just as you would set a variable in your program. |
5846 | For example: | |
70b88761 RP |
5847 | |
5848 | @example | |
5849 | set $foo = *object_ptr | |
5850 | @end example | |
5851 | ||
5852 | @noindent | |
5853 | would save in @code{$foo} the value contained in the object pointed to by | |
5854 | @code{object_ptr}. | |
5855 | ||
6b51acad RP |
5856 | Using a convenience variable for the first time creates it, but its |
5857 | value is @code{void} until you assign a new value. You can alter the | |
5858 | value with another assignment at any time. | |
70b88761 RP |
5859 | |
5860 | Convenience variables have no fixed types. You can assign a convenience | |
5861 | variable any type of value, including structures and arrays, even if | |
5862 | that variable already has a value of a different type. The convenience | |
5863 | variable, when used as an expression, has the type of its current value. | |
5864 | ||
5865 | @table @code | |
70b88761 | 5866 | @kindex show convenience |
af215b1a | 5867 | @item show convenience |
70b88761 RP |
5868 | Print a list of convenience variables used so far, and their values. |
5869 | Abbreviated @code{show con}. | |
5870 | @end table | |
5871 | ||
5872 | One of the ways to use a convenience variable is as a counter to be | |
5873 | incremented or a pointer to be advanced. For example, to print | |
5874 | a field from successive elements of an array of structures: | |
5875 | ||
18fae2a8 | 5876 | @example |
70b88761 RP |
5877 | set $i = 0 |
5878 | print bar[$i++]->contents | |
18fae2a8 | 5879 | @end example |
70b88761 | 5880 | |
af215b1a VM |
5881 | @noindent Repeat that command by typing @key{RET}. |
5882 | ||
18fae2a8 | 5883 | Some convenience variables are created automatically by @value{GDBN} and given |
70b88761 RP |
5884 | values likely to be useful. |
5885 | ||
5886 | @table @code | |
c338a2fd | 5887 | @kindex $_ |
af215b1a | 5888 | @item $_ |
70b88761 | 5889 | The variable @code{$_} is automatically set by the @code{x} command to |
93928b60 | 5890 | the last address examined (@pxref{Memory, ,Examining memory}). Other |
29a2b744 RP |
5891 | commands which provide a default address for @code{x} to examine also |
5892 | set @code{$_} to that address; these commands include @code{info line} | |
5893 | and @code{info breakpoint}. The type of @code{$_} is @code{void *} | |
5894 | except when set by the @code{x} command, in which case it is a pointer | |
5895 | to the type of @code{$__}. | |
70b88761 | 5896 | |
c338a2fd | 5897 | @kindex $__ |
af215b1a | 5898 | @item $__ |
70b88761 | 5899 | The variable @code{$__} is automatically set by the @code{x} command |
c2bbbb22 RP |
5900 | to the value found in the last address examined. Its type is chosen |
5901 | to match the format in which the data was printed. | |
f94cadf9 SS |
5902 | |
5903 | @item $_exitcode | |
5904 | @kindex $_exitcode | |
5905 | The variable @code{$_exitcode} is automatically set to the exit code when | |
5906 | the program being debugged terminates. | |
70b88761 RP |
5907 | @end table |
5908 | ||
9897afc6 EE |
5909 | @ifset HPPA |
5910 | If you refer to a function or variable name that begins with a dollar | |
5911 | sign, @value{GDBN} searches for a user or system name first, before it | |
5912 | searches for a convenience variable. | |
5913 | @end ifset | |
5914 | ||
5915 | @node Registers, Floating Point Hardware, Convenience Vars, Data | |
70b88761 RP |
5916 | @section Registers |
5917 | ||
5918 | @cindex registers | |
b80282d5 | 5919 | You can refer to machine register contents, in expressions, as variables |
70b88761 RP |
5920 | with names starting with @samp{$}. The names of registers are different |
5921 | for each machine; use @code{info registers} to see the names used on | |
e251e767 | 5922 | your machine. |
70b88761 RP |
5923 | |
5924 | @table @code | |
70b88761 | 5925 | @kindex info registers |
af215b1a | 5926 | @item info registers |
b80282d5 RP |
5927 | Print the names and values of all registers except floating-point |
5928 | registers (in the selected stack frame). | |
5929 | ||
b80282d5 RP |
5930 | @kindex info all-registers |
5931 | @cindex floating point registers | |
af215b1a | 5932 | @item info all-registers |
b80282d5 RP |
5933 | Print the names and values of all registers, including floating-point |
5934 | registers. | |
70b88761 | 5935 | |
4eb4cf57 | 5936 | @item info registers @var{regname} @dots{} |
af215b1a VM |
5937 | Print the @dfn{relativized} value of each specified register @var{regname}. |
5938 | As discussed in detail below, register values are normally relative to | |
5939 | the selected stack frame. @var{regname} may be any register name valid on | |
5940 | the machine you are using, with or without the initial @samp{$}. | |
70b88761 RP |
5941 | @end table |
5942 | ||
18fae2a8 | 5943 | @value{GDBN} has four ``standard'' register names that are available (in |
29a2b744 | 5944 | expressions) on most machines---whenever they do not conflict with an |
09267865 RP |
5945 | architecture's canonical mnemonics for registers. The register names |
5946 | @code{$pc} and @code{$sp} are used for the program counter register and | |
5947 | the stack pointer. @code{$fp} is used for a register that contains a | |
5948 | pointer to the current stack frame, and @code{$ps} is used for a | |
5949 | register that contains the processor status. For example, | |
70b88761 | 5950 | you could print the program counter in hex with |
1041a570 | 5951 | |
70b88761 RP |
5952 | @example |
5953 | p/x $pc | |
5954 | @end example | |
5955 | ||
5956 | @noindent | |
5957 | or print the instruction to be executed next with | |
1041a570 | 5958 | |
70b88761 RP |
5959 | @example |
5960 | x/i $pc | |
5961 | @end example | |
5962 | ||
5963 | @noindent | |
ed447b95 | 5964 | or add four to the stack pointer@footnote{This is a way of removing |
29a2b744 RP |
5965 | one word from the stack, on machines where stacks grow downward in |
5966 | memory (most machines, nowadays). This assumes that the innermost | |
5967 | stack frame is selected; setting @code{$sp} is not allowed when other | |
5968 | stack frames are selected. To pop entire frames off the stack, | |
5969 | regardless of machine architecture, use @code{return}; | |
93928b60 | 5970 | @pxref{Returning, ,Returning from a function}.} with |
1041a570 | 5971 | |
70b88761 RP |
5972 | @example |
5973 | set $sp += 4 | |
5974 | @end example | |
5975 | ||
09267865 RP |
5976 | Whenever possible, these four standard register names are available on |
5977 | your machine even though the machine has different canonical mnemonics, | |
5978 | so long as there is no conflict. The @code{info registers} command | |
5979 | shows the canonical names. For example, on the SPARC, @code{info | |
70b88761 RP |
5980 | registers} displays the processor status register as @code{$psr} but you |
5981 | can also refer to it as @code{$ps}. | |
5982 | ||
18fae2a8 | 5983 | @value{GDBN} always considers the contents of an ordinary register as an |
70b88761 RP |
5984 | integer when the register is examined in this way. Some machines have |
5985 | special registers which can hold nothing but floating point; these | |
5986 | registers are considered to have floating point values. There is no way | |
5987 | to refer to the contents of an ordinary register as floating point value | |
5988 | (although you can @emph{print} it as a floating point value with | |
5989 | @samp{print/f $@var{regname}}). | |
5990 | ||
5991 | Some registers have distinct ``raw'' and ``virtual'' data formats. This | |
5992 | means that the data format in which the register contents are saved by | |
5993 | the operating system is not the same one that your program normally | |
5994 | sees. For example, the registers of the 68881 floating point | |
5995 | coprocessor are always saved in ``extended'' (raw) format, but all C | |
5996 | programs expect to work with ``double'' (virtual) format. In such | |
af215b1a VM |
5997 | cases, @value{GDBN} normally works with the virtual format only (the format |
5998 | that makes sense for your program), but the @code{info registers} command | |
70b88761 RP |
5999 | prints the data in both formats. |
6000 | ||
6001 | Normally, register values are relative to the selected stack frame | |
93928b60 | 6002 | (@pxref{Selection, ,Selecting a frame}). This means that you get the |
29a2b744 RP |
6003 | value that the register would contain if all stack frames farther in |
6004 | were exited and their saved registers restored. In order to see the | |
6005 | true contents of hardware registers, you must select the innermost | |
6006 | frame (with @samp{frame 0}). | |
70b88761 | 6007 | |
18fae2a8 | 6008 | However, @value{GDBN} must deduce where registers are saved, from the machine |
70b88761 | 6009 | code generated by your compiler. If some registers are not saved, or if |
18fae2a8 | 6010 | @value{GDBN} is unable to locate the saved registers, the selected stack |
9a27b06e | 6011 | frame makes no difference. |
70b88761 | 6012 | |
a64a6c2b | 6013 | @ifset AMD29K |
03a77779 | 6014 | @table @code |
d8a68b28 | 6015 | @kindex set rstack_high_address |
03a77779 RP |
6016 | @cindex AMD 29K register stack |
6017 | @cindex register stack, AMD29K | |
af215b1a | 6018 | @item set rstack_high_address @var{address} |
03a77779 | 6019 | On AMD 29000 family processors, registers are saved in a separate |
18fae2a8 RP |
6020 | ``register stack''. There is no way for @value{GDBN} to determine the extent |
6021 | of this stack. Normally, @value{GDBN} just assumes that the stack is ``large | |
6022 | enough''. This may result in @value{GDBN} referencing memory locations that | |
93918348 | 6023 | do not exist. If necessary, you can get around this problem by |
03a77779 RP |
6024 | specifying the ending address of the register stack with the @code{set |
6025 | rstack_high_address} command. The argument should be an address, which | |
9a27b06e | 6026 | you probably want to precede with @samp{0x} to specify in |
03a77779 | 6027 | hexadecimal. |
d8a68b28 | 6028 | |
d8a68b28 | 6029 | @kindex show rstack_high_address |
af215b1a | 6030 | @item show rstack_high_address |
03a77779 RP |
6031 | Display the current limit of the register stack, on AMD 29000 family |
6032 | processors. | |
6033 | @end table | |
18fae2a8 | 6034 | @end ifset |
d8a68b28 | 6035 | |
a64a6c2b | 6036 | @ifclear HAVE-FLOAT |
9897afc6 | 6037 | @node Floating Point Hardware, , Registers, Data |
93928b60 | 6038 | @section Floating point hardware |
70b88761 | 6039 | @cindex floating point |
1041a570 | 6040 | |
f886dc0f | 6041 | Depending on the configuration, @value{GDBN} may be able to give |
70b88761 RP |
6042 | you more information about the status of the floating point hardware. |
6043 | ||
6044 | @table @code | |
70b88761 | 6045 | @kindex info float |
af215b1a | 6046 | @item info float |
8c69096b | 6047 | Display hardware-dependent information about the floating |
70b88761 | 6048 | point unit. The exact contents and layout vary depending on the |
af215b1a VM |
6049 | floating point chip. Currently, @samp{info float} is supported on |
6050 | the ARM and x86 machines. | |
70b88761 | 6051 | @end table |
18fae2a8 | 6052 | @end ifclear |
70b88761 | 6053 | |
18fae2a8 | 6054 | @ifclear CONLY |
9897afc6 | 6055 | @node Languages, Symbols, Data, Top |
18fae2a8 | 6056 | @chapter Using @value{GDBN} with Different Languages |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6057 | @cindex languages |
6058 | ||
09934a2b | 6059 | @ifset MOD2 |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6060 | Although programming languages generally have common aspects, they are |
6061 | rarely expressed in the same manner. For instance, in ANSI C, | |
6062 | dereferencing a pointer @code{p} is accomplished by @code{*p}, but in | |
6063 | Modula-2, it is accomplished by @code{p^}. Values can also be | |
af215b1a VM |
6064 | represented (and displayed) differently. Hex numbers in C appear as |
6065 | @samp{0x1ae}, while in Modula-2 they appear as @samp{1AEH}. | |
09934a2b | 6066 | @end ifset |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6067 | |
6068 | @cindex working language | |
18fae2a8 | 6069 | Language-specific information is built into @value{GDBN} for some languages, |
29a2b744 | 6070 | allowing you to express operations like the above in your program's |
18fae2a8 | 6071 | native language, and allowing @value{GDBN} to output values in a manner |
29a2b744 | 6072 | consistent with the syntax of your program's native language. The |
af215b1a VM |
6073 | language you use to build expressions is called the @dfn{working |
6074 | language}. | |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6075 | |
6076 | @menu | |
6077 | * Setting:: Switching between source languages | |
6078 | * Show:: Displaying the language | |
09934a2b | 6079 | @ifset MOD2 |
ed447b95 | 6080 | * Checks:: Type and range checks |
09934a2b | 6081 | @end ifset |
da374d80 | 6082 | |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6083 | * Support:: Supported languages |
6084 | @end menu | |
6085 | ||
9897afc6 | 6086 | @node Setting, Show, Languages, Languages |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6087 | @section Switching between source languages |
6088 | ||
18fae2a8 | 6089 | There are two ways to control the working language---either have @value{GDBN} |
c2bbbb22 | 6090 | set it automatically, or select it manually yourself. You can use the |
18fae2a8 | 6091 | @code{set language} command for either purpose. On startup, @value{GDBN} |
d05baf08 JK |
6092 | defaults to setting the language automatically. The working language is |
6093 | used to determine how expressions you type are interpreted, how values | |
6094 | are printed, etc. | |
6095 | ||
af215b1a | 6096 | In addition to the working language, every source file that |
d05baf08 JK |
6097 | @value{GDBN} knows about has its own working language. For some object |
6098 | file formats, the compiler might indicate which language a particular | |
af215b1a | 6099 | source file is in. However, most of the time @value{GDBN} infers the |
d05baf08 JK |
6100 | language from the name of the file. The language of a source file |
6101 | controls whether C++ names are demangled---this way @code{backtrace} can | |
6102 | show each frame appropriately for its own language. There is no way to | |
af215b1a VM |
6103 | set the language of a source file from within @value{GDBN}. |
6104 | ||
6105 | This is most commonly a problem when you use a program, such | |
6106 | as @code{cfront} or @code{f2c}, that generates C but is written in | |
6107 | another language. In that case, make the | |
d05baf08 | 6108 | program use @code{#line} directives in its C output; that way |
af215b1a VM |
6109 | @value{GDBN} will know the correct language of the source code of the original |
6110 | program, and will display that source code, not the generated C code. | |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6111 | |
6112 | @menu | |
d05baf08 | 6113 | * Filenames:: Filename extensions and languages. |
c2bbbb22 | 6114 | * Manually:: Setting the working language manually |
18fae2a8 | 6115 | * Automatically:: Having @value{GDBN} infer the source language |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6116 | @end menu |
6117 | ||
9897afc6 | 6118 | @node Filenames, Manually, Setting, Setting |
d05baf08 JK |
6119 | @subsection List of filename extensions and languages |
6120 | ||
6121 | If a source file name ends in one of the following extensions, then | |
6122 | @value{GDBN} infers that its language is the one indicated. | |
6123 | ||
6124 | @table @file | |
6125 | @ifset MOD2 | |
6126 | @item .mod | |
6127 | Modula-2 source file | |
6128 | @end ifset | |
6129 | ||
6130 | @item .c | |
6131 | C source file | |
6132 | ||
6133 | @item .C | |
6134 | @itemx .cc | |
6135 | @itemx .cxx | |
6136 | @itemx .cpp | |
6137 | @itemx .cp | |
6138 | @itemx .c++ | |
6139 | C++ source file | |
6140 | ||
9897afc6 | 6141 | @ifclear HPPA |
d05baf08 JK |
6142 | @item .ch |
6143 | @itemx .c186 | |
6144 | @itemx .c286 | |
6145 | CHILL source file. | |
9897afc6 | 6146 | @end ifclear |
d05baf08 JK |
6147 | |
6148 | @item .s | |
6149 | @itemx .S | |
6150 | Assembler source file. This actually behaves almost like C, but | |
6151 | @value{GDBN} does not skip over function prologues when stepping. | |
6152 | @end table | |
6153 | ||
9897afc6 | 6154 | @node Manually, Automatically, Filenames, Setting |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6155 | @subsection Setting the working language |
6156 | ||
ed447b95 RP |
6157 | If you allow @value{GDBN} to set the language automatically, |
6158 | expressions are interpreted the same way in your debugging session and | |
6159 | your program. | |
6160 | ||
c2bbbb22 | 6161 | @kindex set language |
ed447b95 RP |
6162 | If you wish, you may set the language manually. To do this, issue the |
6163 | command @samp{set language @var{lang}}, where @var{lang} is the name of | |
09934a2b RP |
6164 | a language, such as |
6165 | @ifclear MOD2 | |
6166 | @code{c}. | |
6167 | @end ifclear | |
6168 | @ifset MOD2 | |
6169 | @code{c} or @code{modula-2}. | |
6170 | @end ifset | |
6171 | For a list of the supported languages, type @samp{set language}. | |
c2bbbb22 | 6172 | |
9897afc6 EE |
6173 | @ifclear MOD2 |
6174 | Setting the language manually prevents @value{GDBN} from updating the | |
6175 | working language automatically. For example, if you used the @code{c} | |
6176 | setting to debug a C++ program, names might not be demangled properly, | |
6177 | overload resolution would not work, user-defined operators might not be | |
6178 | interpreted correctly, and so on. | |
6179 | @end ifclear | |
09934a2b | 6180 | @ifset MOD2 |
18fae2a8 | 6181 | Setting the language manually prevents @value{GDBN} from updating the working |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6182 | language automatically. This can lead to confusion if you try |
6183 | to debug a program when the working language is not the same as the | |
6184 | source language, when an expression is acceptable to both | |
6185 | languages---but means different things. For instance, if the current | |
18fae2a8 | 6186 | source file were written in C, and @value{GDBN} was parsing Modula-2, a |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6187 | command such as: |
6188 | ||
6189 | @example | |
6190 | print a = b + c | |
6191 | @end example | |
6192 | ||
6193 | @noindent | |
6194 | might not have the effect you intended. In C, this means to add | |
6195 | @code{b} and @code{c} and place the result in @code{a}. The result | |
6196 | printed would be the value of @code{a}. In Modula-2, this means to compare | |
6197 | @code{a} to the result of @code{b+c}, yielding a @code{BOOLEAN} value. | |
09934a2b | 6198 | @end ifset |
c2bbbb22 | 6199 | |
9897afc6 | 6200 | @node Automatically, , Manually, Setting |
18fae2a8 | 6201 | @subsection Having @value{GDBN} infer the source language |
c2bbbb22 | 6202 | |
d05baf08 JK |
6203 | To have @value{GDBN} set the working language automatically, use |
6204 | @samp{set language local} or @samp{set language auto}. @value{GDBN} | |
6205 | then infers the working language. That is, when your program stops in a | |
6206 | frame (usually by encountering a breakpoint), @value{GDBN} sets the | |
6207 | working language to the language recorded for the function in that | |
6208 | frame. If the language for a frame is unknown (that is, if the function | |
6209 | or block corresponding to the frame was defined in a source file that | |
6210 | does not have a recognized extension), the current working language is | |
6211 | not changed, and @value{GDBN} issues a warning. | |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6212 | |
6213 | This may not seem necessary for most programs, which are written | |
6214 | entirely in one source language. However, program modules and libraries | |
6215 | written in one source language can be used by a main program written in | |
6216 | a different source language. Using @samp{set language auto} in this | |
6217 | case frees you from having to set the working language manually. | |
6218 | ||
9897afc6 EE |
6219 | @ifset MOD2 |
6220 | @node Show, Checks, Setting, Languages | |
6221 | @section Displaying the language | |
6222 | @end ifset | |
6223 | @ifclear MOD2 | |
6224 | @node Show, Support, Setting, Languages | |
c2bbbb22 | 6225 | @section Displaying the language |
9897afc6 | 6226 | @end ifclear |
c2bbbb22 | 6227 | |
9a27b06e | 6228 | The following commands help you find out which language is the |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6229 | working language, and also what language source files were written in. |
6230 | ||
6231 | @kindex show language | |
6232 | @kindex info frame | |
6233 | @kindex info source | |
6234 | @table @code | |
6235 | @item show language | |
6236 | Display the current working language. This is the | |
6237 | language you can use with commands such as @code{print} to | |
29a2b744 | 6238 | build and compute expressions that may involve variables in your program. |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6239 | |
6240 | @item info frame | |
af215b1a VM |
6241 | Display the source language for this frame. This language becomes the |
6242 | working language if you use an identifier from this frame. | |
6243 | @xref{Frame Info, ,Information about a frame}, to identify the other | |
6244 | information listed here. | |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6245 | |
6246 | @item info source | |
af215b1a VM |
6247 | Display the source language of this source file. |
6248 | @xref{Symbols, ,Examining the Symbol Table}, to identify the other | |
6249 | information listed here. | |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6250 | @end table |
6251 | ||
09934a2b | 6252 | @ifset MOD2 |
9897afc6 | 6253 | @node Checks, Support, Show, Languages |
93928b60 | 6254 | @section Type and range checking |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6255 | |
6256 | @quotation | |
18fae2a8 | 6257 | @emph{Warning:} In this release, the @value{GDBN} commands for type and range |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6258 | checking are included, but they do not yet have any effect. This |
6259 | section documents the intended facilities. | |
6260 | @end quotation | |
6261 | @c FIXME remove warning when type/range code added | |
6262 | ||
6263 | Some languages are designed to guard you against making seemingly common | |
6264 | errors through a series of compile- and run-time checks. These include | |
6265 | checking the type of arguments to functions and operators, and making | |
6266 | sure mathematical overflows are caught at run time. Checks such as | |
6267 | these help to ensure a program's correctness once it has been compiled | |
6268 | by eliminating type mismatches, and providing active checks for range | |
29a2b744 | 6269 | errors when your program is running. |
c2bbbb22 | 6270 | |
18fae2a8 | 6271 | @value{GDBN} can check for conditions like the above if you wish. |
9a27b06e | 6272 | Although @value{GDBN} does not check the statements in your program, it |
18fae2a8 | 6273 | can check expressions entered directly into @value{GDBN} for evaluation via |
1041a570 | 6274 | the @code{print} command, for example. As with the working language, |
18fae2a8 | 6275 | @value{GDBN} can also decide whether or not to check automatically based on |
93928b60 | 6276 | your program's source language. @xref{Support, ,Supported languages}, |
1041a570 | 6277 | for the default settings of supported languages. |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6278 | |
6279 | @menu | |
6280 | * Type Checking:: An overview of type checking | |
6281 | * Range Checking:: An overview of range checking | |
6282 | @end menu | |
6283 | ||
6284 | @cindex type checking | |
6285 | @cindex checks, type | |
9897afc6 | 6286 | @node Type Checking, Range Checking, Checks, Checks |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6287 | @subsection An overview of type checking |
6288 | ||
6289 | Some languages, such as Modula-2, are strongly typed, meaning that the | |
6290 | arguments to operators and functions have to be of the correct type, | |
6291 | otherwise an error occurs. These checks prevent type mismatch | |
6292 | errors from ever causing any run-time problems. For example, | |
6293 | ||
af215b1a | 6294 | @smallexample |
c2bbbb22 | 6295 | 1 + 2 @result{} 3 |
1041a570 | 6296 | @exdent but |
c2bbbb22 | 6297 | @error{} 1 + 2.3 |
af215b1a | 6298 | @end smallexample |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6299 | |
6300 | The second example fails because the @code{CARDINAL} 1 is not | |
6301 | type-compatible with the @code{REAL} 2.3. | |
6302 | ||
af215b1a VM |
6303 | For the expressions you use in @value{GDBN} commands, you can tell the |
6304 | @value{GDBN} type checker to skip checking; | |
6305 | to treat any mismatches as errors and abandon the expression; | |
6306 | or to only issue warnings when type mismatches occur, | |
6307 | but evaluate the expression anyway. When you choose the last of | |
18fae2a8 | 6308 | these, @value{GDBN} evaluates expressions like the second example above, but |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6309 | also issues a warning. |
6310 | ||
af215b1a VM |
6311 | Even if you turn type checking off, there may be other reasons |
6312 | related to type that prevent @value{GDBN} from evaluating an expression. | |
6313 | For instance, @value{GDBN} does not know how to add an @code{int} and | |
6314 | a @code{struct foo}. These particular type errors have nothing to do | |
6315 | with the language in use, and usually arise from expressions, such as | |
6316 | the one described above, which make little sense to evaluate anyway. | |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6317 | |
6318 | Each language defines to what degree it is strict about type. For | |
6319 | instance, both Modula-2 and C require the arguments to arithmetical | |
6320 | operators to be numbers. In C, enumerated types and pointers can be | |
6321 | represented as numbers, so that they are valid arguments to mathematical | |
93928b60 | 6322 | operators. @xref{Support, ,Supported languages}, for further |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6323 | details on specific languages. |
6324 | ||
18fae2a8 | 6325 | @value{GDBN} provides some additional commands for controlling the type checker: |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6326 | |
6327 | @kindex set check | |
6328 | @kindex set check type | |
6329 | @kindex show check type | |
6330 | @table @code | |
6331 | @item set check type auto | |
e251e767 | 6332 | Set type checking on or off based on the current working language. |
93928b60 | 6333 | @xref{Support, ,Supported languages}, for the default settings for |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6334 | each language. |
6335 | ||
6336 | @item set check type on | |
6337 | @itemx set check type off | |
6338 | Set type checking on or off, overriding the default setting for the | |
6339 | current working language. Issue a warning if the setting does not | |
93918348 | 6340 | match the language default. If any type mismatches occur in |
18fae2a8 | 6341 | evaluating an expression while typechecking is on, @value{GDBN} prints a |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6342 | message and aborts evaluation of the expression. |
6343 | ||
6344 | @item set check type warn | |
6345 | Cause the type checker to issue warnings, but to always attempt to | |
6346 | evaluate the expression. Evaluating the expression may still | |
18fae2a8 | 6347 | be impossible for other reasons. For example, @value{GDBN} cannot add |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6348 | numbers and structures. |
6349 | ||
6350 | @item show type | |
af215b1a VM |
6351 | Show the current setting of the type checker, and whether or not @value{GDBN} |
6352 | is setting it automatically. | |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6353 | @end table |
6354 | ||
6355 | @cindex range checking | |
6356 | @cindex checks, range | |
9897afc6 | 6357 | @node Range Checking, , Type Checking, Checks |
ed447b95 | 6358 | @subsection An overview of range checking |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6359 | |
6360 | In some languages (such as Modula-2), it is an error to exceed the | |
6361 | bounds of a type; this is enforced with run-time checks. Such range | |
6362 | checking is meant to ensure program correctness by making sure | |
6363 | computations do not overflow, or indices on an array element access do | |
6364 | not exceed the bounds of the array. | |
6365 | ||
ed447b95 RP |
6366 | For expressions you use in @value{GDBN} commands, you can tell |
6367 | @value{GDBN} to treat range errors in one of three ways: ignore them, | |
6368 | always treat them as errors and abandon the expression, or issue | |
6369 | warnings but evaluate the expression anyway. | |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6370 | |
6371 | A range error can result from numerical overflow, from exceeding an | |
ed447b95 | 6372 | array index bound, or when you type a constant that is not a member |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6373 | of any type. Some languages, however, do not treat overflows as an |
6374 | error. In many implementations of C, mathematical overflow causes the | |
6375 | result to ``wrap around'' to lower values---for example, if @var{m} is | |
6376 | the largest integer value, and @var{s} is the smallest, then | |
1041a570 | 6377 | |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6378 | @example |
6379 | @var{m} + 1 @result{} @var{s} | |
6380 | @end example | |
6381 | ||
6382 | This, too, is specific to individual languages, and in some cases | |
1041a570 | 6383 | specific to individual compilers or machines. @xref{Support, , |
93928b60 | 6384 | Supported languages}, for further details on specific languages. |
c2bbbb22 | 6385 | |
18fae2a8 | 6386 | @value{GDBN} provides some additional commands for controlling the range checker: |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6387 | |
6388 | @kindex set check | |
6389 | @kindex set check range | |
6390 | @kindex show check range | |
6391 | @table @code | |
6392 | @item set check range auto | |
e251e767 | 6393 | Set range checking on or off based on the current working language. |
93928b60 | 6394 | @xref{Support, ,Supported languages}, for the default settings for |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6395 | each language. |
6396 | ||
6397 | @item set check range on | |
6398 | @itemx set check range off | |
6399 | Set range checking on or off, overriding the default setting for the | |
6400 | current working language. A warning is issued if the setting does not | |
93918348 | 6401 | match the language default. If a range error occurs, then a message |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6402 | is printed and evaluation of the expression is aborted. |
6403 | ||
6404 | @item set check range warn | |
18fae2a8 | 6405 | Output messages when the @value{GDBN} range checker detects a range error, |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6406 | but attempt to evaluate the expression anyway. Evaluating the |
6407 | expression may still be impossible for other reasons, such as accessing | |
6b51acad | 6408 | memory that the process does not own (a typical example from many Unix |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6409 | systems). |
6410 | ||
6411 | @item show range | |
e251e767 | 6412 | Show the current setting of the range checker, and whether or not it is |
18fae2a8 | 6413 | being set automatically by @value{GDBN}. |
c2bbbb22 | 6414 | @end table |
09934a2b | 6415 | @end ifset |
c2bbbb22 | 6416 | |
9897afc6 EE |
6417 | @ifset MOD2 |
6418 | @node Support, , Checks, Languages | |
93928b60 | 6419 | @section Supported languages |
9897afc6 EE |
6420 | @end ifset |
6421 | @ifclear MOD2 | |
6422 | @node Support, , Show, Languages | |
6423 | @section Supported languages | |
6424 | @end ifclear | |
c2bbbb22 | 6425 | |
09934a2b RP |
6426 | @ifset MOD2 |
6427 | @value{GDBN} 4 supports C, C++, and Modula-2. | |
6428 | @end ifset | |
6429 | @ifclear MOD2 | |
9897afc6 | 6430 | @value{GDBN} 4 supports C and C++. |
09934a2b RP |
6431 | @end ifclear |
6432 | Some @value{GDBN} features may be used in expressions regardless of the | |
6433 | language you use: the @value{GDBN} @code{@@} and @code{::} operators, | |
6434 | and the @samp{@{type@}addr} construct (@pxref{Expressions, | |
6435 | ,Expressions}) can be used with the constructs of any supported | |
6436 | language. | |
6437 | ||
6438 | The following sections detail to what degree each source language is | |
6439 | supported by @value{GDBN}. These sections are not meant to be language | |
6440 | tutorials or references, but serve only as a reference guide to what the | |
9a27b06e | 6441 | @value{GDBN} expression parser accepts, and what input and output |
09934a2b RP |
6442 | formats should look like for different languages. There are many good |
6443 | books written on each of these languages; please look to these for a | |
6444 | language reference or tutorial. | |
6445 | ||
6446 | @ifset MOD2 | |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6447 | @menu |
6448 | * C:: C and C++ | |
6449 | * Modula-2:: Modula-2 | |
6450 | @end menu | |
6451 | ||
9897afc6 | 6452 | @node C, Modula-2, , Support |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6453 | @subsection C and C++ |
6454 | @cindex C and C++ | |
c2bbbb22 | 6455 | @cindex expressions in C or C++ |
9897afc6 | 6456 | @end ifset |
0f153e74 | 6457 | |
18fae2a8 | 6458 | Since C and C++ are so closely related, many features of @value{GDBN} apply |
af215b1a | 6459 | to both languages. Whenever this is the case, we discuss those languages |
5a2c1d85 | 6460 | together. |
9897afc6 | 6461 | |
09934a2b RP |
6462 | @ifclear MOD2 |
6463 | @c Cancel this below, under same condition, at end of this chapter! | |
6370267a | 6464 | @raisesections |
09934a2b | 6465 | @end ifclear |
b80282d5 | 6466 | |
9897afc6 | 6467 | @ifclear HPPA |
b80282d5 RP |
6468 | @cindex C++ |
6469 | @kindex g++ | |
af215b1a VM |
6470 | @cindex @sc{gnu} C++ |
6471 | The C++ debugging facilities are jointly implemented by the @sc{gnu} C++ | |
22b5dba5 | 6472 | compiler and @value{GDBN}. Therefore, to debug your C++ code |
af215b1a | 6473 | effectively, you must compile your C++ programs with the @sc{gnu} C++ |
22b5dba5 RP |
6474 | compiler, @code{g++}. |
6475 | ||
6476 | For best results when debugging C++ programs, use the stabs debugging | |
6477 | format. You can select that format explicitly with the @code{g++} | |
6478 | command-line options @samp{-gstabs} or @samp{-gstabs+}. See | |
af215b1a VM |
6479 | @ref{Debugging Options,,Options for Debugging Your Program or @sc{gnu} CC, |
6480 | gcc.info, Using @sc{gnu} CC}, for more information. | |
18fae2a8 | 6481 | @end ifclear |
9897afc6 EE |
6482 | @ifset HPPA |
6483 | @cindex C++ | |
6484 | @kindex g++ | |
6485 | @cindex @sc{gnu} C++ | |
6486 | You can use @value{GDBN} to debug C programs compiled with either the HP | |
6487 | C compiler (@code{cc}) or the GNU C compiler (@code{gcc}), and to debug | |
6488 | programs compiled with either the HP ANSI C++ compiler (@code{aCC}) or | |
6489 | the @sc{gnu} C++ compiler (@code{g++}). | |
6490 | ||
6491 | If you compile with the @sc{gnu} C++ compiler, use the stabs debugging | |
6492 | format for best results when debugging. You can select that format | |
6493 | explicitly with the @code{g++} command-line options @samp{-gstabs} or | |
6494 | @samp{-gstabs+}. See @ref{Debugging Options,,Options for Debugging Your | |
6495 | Program or @sc{gnu} CC, gcc.info, Using @sc{gnu} CC}, for more | |
6496 | information. | |
6497 | @end ifset | |
6498 | @end ifclear | |
6499 | ||
18fae2a8 | 6500 | @ifset CONLY |
9897afc6 | 6501 | @node C, Symbols, Data, Top |
0f153e74 RP |
6502 | @chapter C Language Support |
6503 | @cindex C language | |
6504 | @cindex expressions in C | |
6505 | ||
18fae2a8 RP |
6506 | Information specific to the C language is built into @value{GDBN} so that you |
6507 | can use C expressions while degugging. This also permits @value{GDBN} to | |
0f153e74 | 6508 | output values in a manner consistent with C conventions. |
c2bbbb22 | 6509 | |
0f153e74 | 6510 | @menu |
ed447b95 | 6511 | * C Operators:: C operators |
0f153e74 | 6512 | @end menu |
18fae2a8 | 6513 | @end ifset |
9897afc6 | 6514 | |
18fae2a8 | 6515 | @ifclear CONLY |
b80282d5 | 6516 | @menu |
ed447b95 RP |
6517 | * C Operators:: C and C++ operators |
6518 | * C Constants:: C and C++ constants | |
6519 | * Cplus expressions:: C++ expressions | |
c2bbbb22 | 6520 | * C Defaults:: Default settings for C and C++ |
09934a2b | 6521 | @ifset MOD2 |
ed447b95 | 6522 | * C Checks:: C and C++ type and range checks |
09934a2b | 6523 | @end ifset |
da374d80 | 6524 | |
18fae2a8 | 6525 | * Debugging C:: @value{GDBN} and C |
9897afc6 | 6526 | * Debugging C plus plus:: @value{GDBN} features for C++ |
b80282d5 | 6527 | @end menu |
18fae2a8 | 6528 | @end ifclear |
b80282d5 | 6529 | |
18fae2a8 | 6530 | @ifclear CONLY |
c2bbbb22 | 6531 | @cindex C and C++ operators |
9897afc6 | 6532 | @node C Operators, C Constants, , C |
93928b60 | 6533 | @subsubsection C and C++ operators |
18fae2a8 RP |
6534 | @end ifclear |
6535 | @ifset CONLY | |
0f153e74 | 6536 | @cindex C operators |
9897afc6 | 6537 | @node C Operators, C Constants, C, C |
93928b60 | 6538 | @section C operators |
18fae2a8 | 6539 | @end ifset |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6540 | |
6541 | Operators must be defined on values of specific types. For instance, | |
6542 | @code{+} is defined on numbers, but not on structures. Operators are | |
0f153e74 RP |
6543 | often defined on groups of types. |
6544 | ||
18fae2a8 | 6545 | @ifclear CONLY |
0f153e74 | 6546 | For the purposes of C and C++, the following definitions hold: |
18fae2a8 | 6547 | @end ifclear |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6548 | |
6549 | @itemize @bullet | |
e251e767 | 6550 | @item |
9897afc6 | 6551 | @ifclear HPPA |
c2bbbb22 | 6552 | @emph{Integral types} include @code{int} with any of its storage-class |
9aa964da | 6553 | specifiers; @code{char}; and @code{enum}. |
9897afc6 EE |
6554 | @end ifclear |
6555 | @ifset HPPA | |
6556 | @emph{Integral types} include @code{int} with any of its storage-class | |
6557 | specifiers; @code{char}; @code{enum}; and, for C++, @code{bool}. | |
6558 | @end ifset | |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6559 | |
6560 | @item | |
6561 | @emph{Floating-point types} include @code{float} and @code{double}. | |
6562 | ||
6563 | @item | |
6564 | @emph{Pointer types} include all types defined as @code{(@var{type} | |
6565 | *)}. | |
6566 | ||
e251e767 | 6567 | @item |
c2bbbb22 | 6568 | @emph{Scalar types} include all of the above. |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6569 | @end itemize |
6570 | ||
6571 | @noindent | |
6572 | The following operators are supported. They are listed here | |
6573 | in order of increasing precedence: | |
6574 | ||
6575 | @table @code | |
18fae2a8 | 6576 | @item , |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6577 | The comma or sequencing operator. Expressions in a comma-separated list |
6578 | are evaluated from left to right, with the result of the entire | |
6579 | expression being the last expression evaluated. | |
6580 | ||
6581 | @item = | |
6582 | Assignment. The value of an assignment expression is the value | |
6583 | assigned. Defined on scalar types. | |
6584 | ||
6585 | @item @var{op}= | |
1041a570 RP |
6586 | Used in an expression of the form @w{@code{@var{a} @var{op}= @var{b}}}, |
6587 | and translated to @w{@code{@var{a} = @var{a op b}}}. | |
6588 | @w{@code{@var{op}=}} and @code{=} have the same precendence. | |
6589 | @var{op} is any one of the operators @code{|}, @code{^}, @code{&}, | |
6590 | @code{<<}, @code{>>}, @code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{%}. | |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6591 | |
6592 | @item ?: | |
6593 | The ternary operator. @code{@var{a} ? @var{b} : @var{c}} can be thought | |
6594 | of as: if @var{a} then @var{b} else @var{c}. @var{a} should be of an | |
6595 | integral type. | |
6596 | ||
6597 | @item || | |
1041a570 | 6598 | Logical @sc{or}. Defined on integral types. |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6599 | |
6600 | @item && | |
1041a570 | 6601 | Logical @sc{and}. Defined on integral types. |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6602 | |
6603 | @item | | |
1041a570 | 6604 | Bitwise @sc{or}. Defined on integral types. |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6605 | |
6606 | @item ^ | |
1041a570 | 6607 | Bitwise exclusive-@sc{or}. Defined on integral types. |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6608 | |
6609 | @item & | |
1041a570 | 6610 | Bitwise @sc{and}. Defined on integral types. |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6611 | |
6612 | @item ==@r{, }!= | |
6613 | Equality and inequality. Defined on scalar types. The value of these | |
6614 | expressions is 0 for false and non-zero for true. | |
6615 | ||
6616 | @item <@r{, }>@r{, }<=@r{, }>= | |
6617 | Less than, greater than, less than or equal, greater than or equal. | |
6618 | Defined on scalar types. The value of these expressions is 0 for false | |
6619 | and non-zero for true. | |
6620 | ||
6621 | @item <<@r{, }>> | |
18fae2a8 | 6622 | left shift, and right shift. Defined on integral types. |
c2bbbb22 | 6623 | |
e251e767 | 6624 | @item @@ |
18fae2a8 | 6625 | The @value{GDBN} ``artificial array'' operator (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}). |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6626 | |
6627 | @item +@r{, }- | |
6628 | Addition and subtraction. Defined on integral types, floating-point types and | |
e251e767 | 6629 | pointer types. |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6630 | |
6631 | @item *@r{, }/@r{, }% | |
6632 | Multiplication, division, and modulus. Multiplication and division are | |
6633 | defined on integral and floating-point types. Modulus is defined on | |
6634 | integral types. | |
6635 | ||
6636 | @item ++@r{, }-- | |
6637 | Increment and decrement. When appearing before a variable, the | |
6638 | operation is performed before the variable is used in an expression; | |
6639 | when appearing after it, the variable's value is used before the | |
6640 | operation takes place. | |
6641 | ||
6642 | @item * | |
6643 | Pointer dereferencing. Defined on pointer types. Same precedence as | |
6644 | @code{++}. | |
6645 | ||
6646 | @item & | |
6647 | Address operator. Defined on variables. Same precedence as @code{++}. | |
6648 | ||
18fae2a8 | 6649 | @ifclear CONLY |
93918348 | 6650 | For debugging C++, @value{GDBN} implements a use of @samp{&} beyond what is |
6ca72cc6 | 6651 | allowed in the C++ language itself: you can use @samp{&(&@var{ref})} |
7640fe71 | 6652 | (or, if you prefer, simply @samp{&&@var{ref}}) to examine the address |
6ca72cc6 RP |
6653 | where a C++ reference variable (declared with @samp{&@var{ref}}) is |
6654 | stored. | |
18fae2a8 | 6655 | @end ifclear |
6ca72cc6 | 6656 | |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6657 | @item - |
6658 | Negative. Defined on integral and floating-point types. Same | |
6659 | precedence as @code{++}. | |
6660 | ||
6661 | @item ! | |
6662 | Logical negation. Defined on integral types. Same precedence as | |
6663 | @code{++}. | |
6664 | ||
6665 | @item ~ | |
6666 | Bitwise complement operator. Defined on integral types. Same precedence as | |
6667 | @code{++}. | |
6668 | ||
18fae2a8 | 6669 | |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6670 | @item .@r{, }-> |
6671 | Structure member, and pointer-to-structure member. For convenience, | |
18fae2a8 | 6672 | @value{GDBN} regards the two as equivalent, choosing whether to dereference a |
e251e767 | 6673 | pointer based on the stored type information. |
9aa964da | 6674 | Defined on @code{struct} and @code{union} data. |
c2bbbb22 | 6675 | |
9897afc6 EE |
6676 | @ifset HPPA |
6677 | @item .*@r{, }->* | |
6678 | Dereferences of pointers to members. | |
6679 | @end ifset | |
6680 | ||
c2bbbb22 RP |
6681 | @item [] |
6682 | Array indexing. @code{@var{a}[@var{i}]} is defined as | |
6683 | @code{*(@var{a}+@var{i})}. Same precedence as @code{->}. | |
6684 | ||
6685 | @item () | |
18fae2a8 | 6686 | Function parameter list. Same precedence as @code{->}. |
c2bbbb22 | 6687 | |
18fae2a8 | 6688 | @ifclear CONLY |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6689 | @item :: |
6690 | C++ scope resolution operator. Defined on | |
6691 | @code{struct}, @code{union}, and @code{class} types. | |
18fae2a8 | 6692 | @end ifclear |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6693 | |
6694 | @item :: | |
ed447b95 RP |
6695 | Doubled colons |
6696 | @ifclear CONLY | |
6697 | also | |
6698 | @end ifclear | |
6699 | represent the @value{GDBN} scope operator (@pxref{Expressions, | |
6700 | ,Expressions}). | |
18fae2a8 | 6701 | @ifclear CONLY |
0f153e74 | 6702 | Same precedence as @code{::}, above. |
18fae2a8 | 6703 | @end ifclear |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6704 | @end table |
6705 | ||
9897afc6 EE |
6706 | @ifset HPPA |
6707 | If an operator is redefined in the user code, @value{GDBN} usually | |
6708 | attempts to invoke the redefined version instead of using the operator's | |
6709 | predefined meaning. | |
6710 | @end ifset | |
6711 | ||
18fae2a8 | 6712 | @ifclear CONLY |
9897afc6 EE |
6713 | @menu |
6714 | * C Constants:: | |
6715 | @end menu | |
6716 | ||
6717 | @ifset MOD2 | |
6718 | @node C Constants, Cplus expressions, C Operators, C | |
6719 | @subsubsection C and C++ constants | |
6720 | @end ifset | |
6721 | @ifclear MOD2 | |
6722 | @node C Constants, Cplus expressions, C Operators, Support | |
93928b60 | 6723 | @subsubsection C and C++ constants |
9897afc6 | 6724 | @end ifclear |
0f153e74 | 6725 | |
9897afc6 | 6726 | @cindex C and C++ constants |
18fae2a8 | 6727 | @value{GDBN} allows you to express the constants of C and C++ in the |
0f153e74 | 6728 | following ways: |
18fae2a8 RP |
6729 | @end ifclear |
6730 | @ifset CONLY | |
0f153e74 | 6731 | @cindex C constants |
9897afc6 | 6732 | @node C Constants, Debugging C, C Operators, C |
93928b60 | 6733 | @section C constants |
c2bbbb22 | 6734 | |
18fae2a8 | 6735 | @value{GDBN} allows you to express the constants of C in the |
c2bbbb22 | 6736 | following ways: |
18fae2a8 | 6737 | @end ifset |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6738 | |
6739 | @itemize @bullet | |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6740 | @item |
6741 | Integer constants are a sequence of digits. Octal constants are | |
af215b1a | 6742 | specified by a leading @samp{0} (i.e. zero), and hexadecimal constants by |
1041a570 | 6743 | a leading @samp{0x} or @samp{0X}. Constants may also end with a letter |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6744 | @samp{l}, specifying that the constant should be treated as a |
6745 | @code{long} value. | |
6746 | ||
6747 | @item | |
6748 | Floating point constants are a sequence of digits, followed by a decimal | |
6749 | point, followed by a sequence of digits, and optionally followed by an | |
6750 | exponent. An exponent is of the form: | |
6751 | @samp{@w{e@r{[[}+@r{]|}-@r{]}@var{nnn}}}, where @var{nnn} is another | |
6752 | sequence of digits. The @samp{+} is optional for positive exponents. | |
6753 | ||
6754 | @item | |
6755 | Enumerated constants consist of enumerated identifiers, or their | |
6756 | integral equivalents. | |
6757 | ||
6758 | @item | |
6759 | Character constants are a single character surrounded by single quotes | |
6760 | (@code{'}), or a number---the ordinal value of the corresponding character | |
6761 | (usually its @sc{ASCII} value). Within quotes, the single character may | |
6762 | be represented by a letter or by @dfn{escape sequences}, which are of | |
6763 | the form @samp{\@var{nnn}}, where @var{nnn} is the octal representation | |
6764 | of the character's ordinal value; or of the form @samp{\@var{x}}, where | |
6765 | @samp{@var{x}} is a predefined special character---for example, | |
6766 | @samp{\n} for newline. | |
6767 | ||
6768 | @item | |
6769 | String constants are a sequence of character constants surrounded | |
6770 | by double quotes (@code{"}). | |
6771 | ||
6772 | @item | |
fe715d06 RP |
6773 | Pointer constants are an integral value. You can also write pointers |
6774 | to constants using the C operator @samp{&}. | |
6775 | ||
6776 | @item | |
6777 | Array constants are comma-separated lists surrounded by braces @samp{@{} | |
6778 | and @samp{@}}; for example, @samp{@{1,2,3@}} is a three-element array of | |
6779 | integers, @samp{@{@{1,2@}, @{3,4@}, @{5,6@}@}} is a three-by-two array, | |
6780 | and @samp{@{&"hi", &"there", &"fred"@}} is a three-element array of pointers. | |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6781 | @end itemize |
6782 | ||
18fae2a8 | 6783 | @ifclear CONLY |
9897afc6 EE |
6784 | @menu |
6785 | * Cplus expressions:: | |
6786 | * C Defaults:: | |
6787 | @ifset MOD2 | |
6788 | * C Checks:: | |
6789 | @end ifset | |
6790 | ||
6791 | * Debugging C:: | |
6792 | @end menu | |
6793 | ||
6794 | @ifset MOD2 | |
6795 | @node Cplus expressions, C Defaults, C Constants, C | |
6796 | @subsubsection C++ expressions | |
6797 | @end ifset | |
6798 | @ifclear MOD2 | |
6799 | @node Cplus expressions, C Defaults, C Constants, Support | |
93928b60 | 6800 | @subsubsection C++ expressions |
9897afc6 | 6801 | @end ifclear |
b80282d5 RP |
6802 | |
6803 | @cindex expressions in C++ | |
9897afc6 | 6804 | @value{GDBN} expression handling can interpret most C++ expressions. |
b1385986 | 6805 | |
9897afc6 | 6806 | @ifclear HPPA |
b1385986 RP |
6807 | @cindex C++ support, not in @sc{coff} |
6808 | @cindex @sc{coff} versus C++ | |
6809 | @cindex C++ and object formats | |
6810 | @cindex object formats and C++ | |
6811 | @cindex a.out and C++ | |
6812 | @cindex @sc{ecoff} and C++ | |
6813 | @cindex @sc{xcoff} and C++ | |
6814 | @cindex @sc{elf}/stabs and C++ | |
6815 | @cindex @sc{elf}/@sc{dwarf} and C++ | |
9a27b06e RP |
6816 | @c FIXME!! GDB may eventually be able to debug C++ using DWARF; check |
6817 | @c periodically whether this has happened... | |
b1385986 | 6818 | @quotation |
9a27b06e | 6819 | @emph{Warning:} @value{GDBN} can only debug C++ code if you compile with |
af215b1a | 6820 | the @sc{gnu} C++ compiler. Moreover, C++ debugging depends on the use of |
9a27b06e RP |
6821 | additional debugging information in the symbol table, and thus requires |
6822 | special support. @value{GDBN} has this support @emph{only} with the | |
6823 | stabs debug format. In particular, if your compiler generates a.out, | |
6824 | MIPS @sc{ecoff}, RS/6000 @sc{xcoff}, or @sc{elf} with stabs extensions | |
af215b1a | 6825 | to the symbol table, these facilities are all available. (With @sc{gnu} CC, |
9a27b06e RP |
6826 | you can use the @samp{-gstabs} option to request stabs debugging |
6827 | extensions explicitly.) Where the object code format is standard | |
6828 | @sc{coff} or @sc{dwarf} in @sc{elf}, on the other hand, most of the C++ | |
6829 | support in @value{GDBN} does @emph{not} work. | |
b1385986 | 6830 | @end quotation |
9897afc6 | 6831 | @end ifclear |
b80282d5 RP |
6832 | |
6833 | @enumerate | |
6834 | ||
6835 | @cindex member functions | |
e251e767 | 6836 | @item |
b80282d5 | 6837 | Member function calls are allowed; you can use expressions like |
1041a570 | 6838 | |
b80282d5 RP |
6839 | @example |
6840 | count = aml->GetOriginal(x, y) | |
6841 | @end example | |
6842 | ||
6843 | @kindex this | |
6844 | @cindex namespace in C++ | |
e251e767 | 6845 | @item |
b80282d5 RP |
6846 | While a member function is active (in the selected stack frame), your |
6847 | expressions have the same namespace available as the member function; | |
18fae2a8 | 6848 | that is, @value{GDBN} allows implicit references to the class instance |
b80282d5 RP |
6849 | pointer @code{this} following the same rules as C++. |
6850 | ||
9897afc6 | 6851 | @ifclear HPPA |
b80282d5 RP |
6852 | @cindex call overloaded functions |
6853 | @cindex type conversions in C++ | |
e251e767 | 6854 | @item |
9a27b06e | 6855 | You can call overloaded functions; @value{GDBN} resolves the function |
b80282d5 RP |
6856 | call to the right definition, with one restriction---you must use |
6857 | arguments of the type required by the function that you want to call. | |
9a27b06e | 6858 | @value{GDBN} does not perform conversions requiring constructors or |
b80282d5 | 6859 | user-defined type operators. |
9897afc6 EE |
6860 | @end ifclear |
6861 | @ifset HPPA | |
6862 | @cindex call overloaded functions | |
6863 | @cindex overloaded functions | |
6864 | @cindex type conversions in C++ | |
6865 | @item | |
6866 | You can call overloaded functions; @value{GDBN} resolves the function | |
6867 | call to the right definition, with some restrictions. GDB does not | |
6868 | perform overload resolution involving user-defined type conversions, | |
6869 | calls to constructors, or instantiations of templates that do not exist | |
6870 | in the program. It also cannot handle ellipsis argument lists or | |
6871 | default arguments. | |
6872 | ||
6873 | It does perform integral conversions and promotions, floating-point | |
6874 | promotions, arithmetic conversions, pointer conversions, conversions of | |
6875 | class objects to base classes, and standard conversions such as those of | |
6876 | functions or arrays to pointers; it requires an exact match on the | |
6877 | number of function arguments. | |
6878 | ||
6879 | Overload resolution is always performed, unless you have specified | |
6880 | @code{set overload-resolution off}. @xref{Debugging C plus plus, | |
6881 | ,@value{GDBN} features for C++}. | |
6882 | ||
6883 | You must specify@code{set overload-resolution off} in order to use an | |
6884 | explicit function signature to call an overloaded function, as in | |
6885 | @smallexample | |
6886 | p 'foo(char,int)'('x', 13) | |
6887 | @end smallexample | |
6888 | The @value{GDBN} command-completion facility can simplify this; | |
6889 | @pxref{Completion, ,Command completion}. | |
6890 | ||
6891 | @end ifset | |
b80282d5 RP |
6892 | |
6893 | @cindex reference declarations | |
6894 | @item | |
af215b1a VM |
6895 | @value{GDBN} understands variables declared as C++ references; you can use |
6896 | them in expressions just as you do in C++ source---they are automatically | |
e251e767 | 6897 | dereferenced. |
b80282d5 | 6898 | |
18fae2a8 | 6899 | In the parameter list shown when @value{GDBN} displays a frame, the values of |
b80282d5 RP |
6900 | reference variables are not displayed (unlike other variables); this |
6901 | avoids clutter, since references are often used for large structures. | |
6902 | The @emph{address} of a reference variable is always shown, unless | |
1041a570 | 6903 | you have specified @samp{set print address off}. |
b80282d5 RP |
6904 | |
6905 | @item | |
18fae2a8 | 6906 | @value{GDBN} supports the C++ name resolution operator @code{::}---your |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6907 | expressions can use it just as expressions in your program do. Since |
6908 | one scope may be defined in another, you can use @code{::} repeatedly if | |
6909 | necessary, for example in an expression like | |
18fae2a8 | 6910 | @samp{@var{scope1}::@var{scope2}::@var{name}}. @value{GDBN} also allows |
c2bbbb22 | 6911 | resolving name scope by reference to source files, in both C and C++ |
93928b60 | 6912 | debugging (@pxref{Variables, ,Program variables}). |
b80282d5 RP |
6913 | @end enumerate |
6914 | ||
9897afc6 EE |
6915 | @ifset HPPA |
6916 | In addition, @value{GDBN} supports calling virtual functions correctly, | |
6917 | printing out virtual bases of objects, calling functions in a base | |
6918 | subobject, casting objects, and invoking user-defined operators. | |
6919 | @end ifset | |
6920 | ||
6921 | @ifset MOD2 | |
6922 | @node C Defaults, C Checks, Cplus expressions, C | |
93928b60 | 6923 | @subsubsection C and C++ defaults |
9897afc6 EE |
6924 | @end ifset |
6925 | @ifclear MOD2 | |
6926 | @node C Defaults, Debugging C, Cplus expressions, Support | |
6927 | @subsubsection C and C++ defaults | |
6928 | @end ifclear | |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6929 | @cindex C and C++ defaults |
6930 | ||
9897afc6 | 6931 | @ifclear HPPA |
18fae2a8 | 6932 | If you allow @value{GDBN} to set type and range checking automatically, they |
e251e767 | 6933 | both default to @code{off} whenever the working language changes to |
af215b1a VM |
6934 | C or C++. This happens regardless of whether you or @value{GDBN} |
6935 | selects the working language. | |
9897afc6 | 6936 | @end ifclear |
c2bbbb22 | 6937 | |
af215b1a VM |
6938 | If you allow @value{GDBN} to set the language automatically, it recognizes |
6939 | source files whose names end with @file{.c}, @file{.C}, or @file{.cc}, and | |
6940 | when @value{GDBN} enters code compiled from one of these files, | |
6941 | it sets the working language to C or C++. | |
18fae2a8 | 6942 | @xref{Automatically, ,Having @value{GDBN} infer the source language}, for |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6943 | further details. |
6944 | ||
09934a2b RP |
6945 | @ifset MOD2 |
6946 | @c Type checking is (a) primarily motivated by Modula-2, and (b) | |
6947 | @c unimplemented. If (b) changes, it might make sense to let this node | |
e0d3ace2 | 6948 | @c appear even if Mod-2 does not, but meanwhile ignore it. roland 16jul93. |
9897afc6 | 6949 | @node C Checks, Debugging C, C Defaults, C Constants |
93928b60 | 6950 | @subsubsection C and C++ type and range checks |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6951 | @cindex C and C++ checks |
6952 | ||
18fae2a8 | 6953 | By default, when @value{GDBN} parses C or C++ expressions, type checking |
9a27b06e RP |
6954 | is not used. However, if you turn type checking on, @value{GDBN} |
6955 | considers two variables type equivalent if: | |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6956 | |
6957 | @itemize @bullet | |
6958 | @item | |
6959 | The two variables are structured and have the same structure, union, or | |
6960 | enumerated tag. | |
6961 | ||
e251e767 | 6962 | @item |
af215b1a | 6963 | The two variables have the same type name, or types that have been |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6964 | declared equivalent through @code{typedef}. |
6965 | ||
6966 | @ignore | |
6967 | @c leaving this out because neither J Gilmore nor R Pesch understand it. | |
6968 | @c FIXME--beers? | |
6969 | @item | |
6970 | The two @code{struct}, @code{union}, or @code{enum} variables are | |
6971 | declared in the same declaration. (Note: this may not be true for all C | |
6972 | compilers.) | |
6973 | @end ignore | |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6974 | @end itemize |
6975 | ||
6976 | Range checking, if turned on, is done on mathematical operations. Array | |
6977 | indices are not checked, since they are often used to index a pointer | |
6978 | that is not itself an array. | |
09934a2b | 6979 | @end ifset |
18fae2a8 | 6980 | @end ifclear |
c2bbbb22 | 6981 | |
18fae2a8 | 6982 | @ifclear CONLY |
9897afc6 EE |
6983 | @ifset MOD2 |
6984 | @node Debugging C, Debugging C plus plus, C Checks, C | |
6985 | @subsubsection @value{GDBN} and C | |
6986 | @end ifset | |
6987 | @ifclear MOD2 | |
6988 | @node Debugging C, Debugging C plus plus, C Defaults, Support | |
18fae2a8 RP |
6989 | @subsubsection @value{GDBN} and C |
6990 | @end ifclear | |
9897afc6 | 6991 | @end ifclear |
18fae2a8 | 6992 | @ifset CONLY |
9897afc6 | 6993 | @node Debugging C, , C Constants, C |
18fae2a8 RP |
6994 | @section @value{GDBN} and C |
6995 | @end ifset | |
c2bbbb22 RP |
6996 | |
6997 | The @code{set print union} and @code{show print union} commands apply to | |
6998 | the @code{union} type. When set to @samp{on}, any @code{union} that is | |
1d7c3357 RP |
6999 | inside a @code{struct} |
7000 | @ifclear CONLY | |
7001 | or @code{class} | |
7002 | @end ifclear | |
9a27b06e RP |
7003 | is also printed. |
7004 | Otherwise, it appears as @samp{@{...@}}. | |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7005 | |
7006 | The @code{@@} operator aids in the debugging of dynamic arrays, formed | |
ed447b95 RP |
7007 | with pointers and a memory allocation function. @xref{Expressions, |
7008 | ,Expressions}. | |
c2bbbb22 | 7009 | |
18fae2a8 | 7010 | @ifclear CONLY |
9897afc6 EE |
7011 | @menu |
7012 | * Debugging C plus plus:: | |
7013 | @end menu | |
7014 | ||
7015 | @ifset MOD2 | |
7016 | @node Debugging C plus plus, , Debugging C, C | |
7017 | @subsubsection @value{GDBN} features for C++ | |
7018 | @end ifset | |
7019 | @ifclear MOD2 | |
7020 | @node Debugging C plus plus, , Debugging C, Support | |
93928b60 | 7021 | @subsubsection @value{GDBN} features for C++ |
9897afc6 | 7022 | @end ifclear |
b80282d5 RP |
7023 | |
7024 | @cindex commands for C++ | |
18fae2a8 | 7025 | Some @value{GDBN} commands are particularly useful with C++, and some are |
b80282d5 RP |
7026 | designed specifically for use with C++. Here is a summary: |
7027 | ||
7028 | @table @code | |
7029 | @cindex break in overloaded functions | |
7030 | @item @r{breakpoint menus} | |
7031 | When you want a breakpoint in a function whose name is overloaded, | |
93918348 | 7032 | @value{GDBN} breakpoint menus help you specify which function definition |
93928b60 | 7033 | you want. @xref{Breakpoint Menus,,Breakpoint menus}. |
b80282d5 RP |
7034 | |
7035 | @cindex overloading in C++ | |
7036 | @item rbreak @var{regex} | |
7037 | Setting breakpoints using regular expressions is helpful for setting | |
7038 | breakpoints on overloaded functions that are not members of any special | |
e251e767 | 7039 | classes. |
93928b60 | 7040 | @xref{Set Breaks, ,Setting breakpoints}. |
b80282d5 | 7041 | |
9897afc6 | 7042 | @ifclear HPPA |
b80282d5 RP |
7043 | @cindex C++ exception handling |
7044 | @item catch @var{exceptions} | |
7045 | @itemx info catch | |
29a2b744 | 7046 | Debug C++ exception handling using these commands. @xref{Exception |
93928b60 | 7047 | Handling, ,Breakpoints and exceptions}. |
9897afc6 EE |
7048 | @end ifclear |
7049 | @ifset HPPA | |
7050 | @cindex C++ exception handling | |
7051 | @item catch throw | |
7052 | @itemx catch catch | |
7053 | Debug C++ exception handling using these commands. @xref{Set | |
7054 | Catchpoints, ,Setting catchpoints}. | |
7055 | @end ifset | |
b80282d5 | 7056 | |
e251e767 | 7057 | @cindex inheritance |
b80282d5 RP |
7058 | @item ptype @var{typename} |
7059 | Print inheritance relationships as well as other information for type | |
e251e767 | 7060 | @var{typename}. |
1041a570 | 7061 | @xref{Symbols, ,Examining the Symbol Table}. |
b80282d5 RP |
7062 | |
7063 | @cindex C++ symbol display | |
7064 | @item set print demangle | |
7065 | @itemx show print demangle | |
7066 | @itemx set print asm-demangle | |
7067 | @itemx show print asm-demangle | |
7068 | Control whether C++ symbols display in their source form, both when | |
7069 | displaying code as C++ source and when displaying disassemblies. | |
93928b60 | 7070 | @xref{Print Settings, ,Print settings}. |
b80282d5 RP |
7071 | |
7072 | @item set print object | |
7073 | @itemx show print object | |
e251e767 | 7074 | Choose whether to print derived (actual) or declared types of objects. |
93928b60 | 7075 | @xref{Print Settings, ,Print settings}. |
b80282d5 RP |
7076 | |
7077 | @item set print vtbl | |
7078 | @itemx show print vtbl | |
7079 | Control the format for printing virtual function tables. | |
93928b60 | 7080 | @xref{Print Settings, ,Print settings}. |
9897afc6 EE |
7081 | @ifset HPPA |
7082 | (The @code{vtbl} commands do not work on programs compiled with the HP | |
7083 | ANSI C++ compiler (@code{aCC}).) | |
7084 | ||
7085 | @kindex set overload-resolution | |
7086 | @cindex overloaded functions | |
7087 | @item set overload-resolution on | |
7088 | Enable overload resolution for C++ expression evaluation. The default | |
7089 | is on. For overloaded functions, @value{GDBN} evaluates the arguments | |
7090 | and searches for a function whose signature matches the argument types, | |
7091 | using the standard C++ conversion rules (@pxref{Cplus expressions, ,C++ | |
7092 | expressions} for details). If it cannot find a match, it emits a | |
7093 | message. | |
7094 | ||
7095 | @item set overload-resolution off | |
7096 | Disable overload resolution for C++ expression evaluation. For | |
7097 | overloaded functions that are not class member functions, @value{GDBN} | |
7098 | chooses the first function of the specified name that it finds in the | |
7099 | symbol table, whether or not its arguments are of the correct type. For | |
7100 | overloaded functions that are class member functions, @value{GDBN} | |
7101 | searches for a function whose signature @emph{exactly} matches the | |
7102 | argument types. | |
7103 | @end ifset | |
6f3ec223 RP |
7104 | |
7105 | @item @r{Overloaded symbol names} | |
7106 | You can specify a particular definition of an overloaded symbol, using | |
93918348 | 7107 | the same notation that is used to declare such symbols in C++: type |
6f3ec223 | 7108 | @code{@var{symbol}(@var{types})} rather than just @var{symbol}. You can |
93918348 | 7109 | also use the @value{GDBN} command-line word completion facilities to list the |
6f3ec223 | 7110 | available choices, or to finish the type list for you. |
93928b60 | 7111 | @xref{Completion,, Command completion}, for details on how to do this. |
b80282d5 | 7112 | @end table |
09934a2b | 7113 | @ifclear MOD2 |
6370267a RP |
7114 | @c cancels "raisesections" under same conditions near bgn of chapter |
7115 | @lowersections | |
09934a2b | 7116 | @end ifclear |
b80282d5 | 7117 | |
09934a2b | 7118 | @ifset MOD2 |
9897afc6 | 7119 | @node Modula-2, ,C , Support |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7120 | @subsection Modula-2 |
7121 | @cindex Modula-2 | |
7122 | ||
ed447b95 | 7123 | The extensions made to @value{GDBN} to support Modula-2 only support |
af215b1a | 7124 | output from the @sc{gnu} Modula-2 compiler (which is currently being |
ed447b95 | 7125 | developed). Other Modula-2 compilers are not currently supported, and |
9a27b06e RP |
7126 | attempting to debug executables produced by them is most likely |
7127 | to give an error as @value{GDBN} reads in the executable's symbol | |
ed447b95 | 7128 | table. |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7129 | |
7130 | @cindex expressions in Modula-2 | |
7131 | @menu | |
7132 | * M2 Operators:: Built-in operators | |
9897afc6 | 7133 | * Built-In Func/Proc:: Built-in functions and procedures |
ed447b95 | 7134 | * M2 Constants:: Modula-2 constants |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7135 | * M2 Defaults:: Default settings for Modula-2 |
7136 | * Deviations:: Deviations from standard Modula-2 | |
ed447b95 | 7137 | * M2 Checks:: Modula-2 type and range checks |
c2bbbb22 | 7138 | * M2 Scope:: The scope operators @code{::} and @code{.} |
18fae2a8 | 7139 | * GDB/M2:: @value{GDBN} and Modula-2 |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7140 | @end menu |
7141 | ||
9897afc6 | 7142 | @node M2 Operators, Built-In Func/Proc, Modula-2, Modula-2 |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7143 | @subsubsection Operators |
7144 | @cindex Modula-2 operators | |
7145 | ||
7146 | Operators must be defined on values of specific types. For instance, | |
7147 | @code{+} is defined on numbers, but not on structures. Operators are | |
7148 | often defined on groups of types. For the purposes of Modula-2, the | |
7149 | following definitions hold: | |
7150 | ||
7151 | @itemize @bullet | |
7152 | ||
7153 | @item | |
7154 | @emph{Integral types} consist of @code{INTEGER}, @code{CARDINAL}, and | |
7155 | their subranges. | |
7156 | ||
7157 | @item | |
7158 | @emph{Character types} consist of @code{CHAR} and its subranges. | |
7159 | ||
7160 | @item | |
7161 | @emph{Floating-point types} consist of @code{REAL}. | |
7162 | ||
7163 | @item | |
7164 | @emph{Pointer types} consist of anything declared as @code{POINTER TO | |
7165 | @var{type}}. | |
7166 | ||
7167 | @item | |
7168 | @emph{Scalar types} consist of all of the above. | |
7169 | ||
7170 | @item | |
9aa964da | 7171 | @emph{Set types} consist of @code{SET} and @code{BITSET} types. |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7172 | |
7173 | @item | |
7174 | @emph{Boolean types} consist of @code{BOOLEAN}. | |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7175 | @end itemize |
7176 | ||
7177 | @noindent | |
7178 | The following operators are supported, and appear in order of | |
7179 | increasing precedence: | |
7180 | ||
7181 | @table @code | |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7182 | @item , |
7183 | Function argument or array index separator. | |
18fae2a8 | 7184 | |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7185 | @item := |
7186 | Assignment. The value of @var{var} @code{:=} @var{value} is | |
7187 | @var{value}. | |
7188 | ||
7189 | @item <@r{, }> | |
7190 | Less than, greater than on integral, floating-point, or enumerated | |
7191 | types. | |
7192 | ||
7193 | @item <=@r{, }>= | |
7194 | Less than, greater than, less than or equal to, greater than or equal to | |
7195 | on integral, floating-point and enumerated types, or set inclusion on | |
7196 | set types. Same precedence as @code{<}. | |
7197 | ||
7198 | @item =@r{, }<>@r{, }# | |
7199 | Equality and two ways of expressing inequality, valid on scalar types. | |
18fae2a8 | 7200 | Same precedence as @code{<}. In @value{GDBN} scripts, only @code{<>} is |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7201 | available for inequality, since @code{#} conflicts with the script |
7202 | comment character. | |
7203 | ||
7204 | @item IN | |
7205 | Set membership. Defined on set types and the types of their members. | |
7206 | Same precedence as @code{<}. | |
7207 | ||
7208 | @item OR | |
7209 | Boolean disjunction. Defined on boolean types. | |
7210 | ||
7211 | @item AND@r{, }& | |
7212 | Boolean conjuction. Defined on boolean types. | |
7213 | ||
7214 | @item @@ | |
18fae2a8 | 7215 | The @value{GDBN} ``artificial array'' operator (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}). |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7216 | |
7217 | @item +@r{, }- | |
7218 | Addition and subtraction on integral and floating-point types, or union | |
7219 | and difference on set types. | |
7220 | ||
7221 | @item * | |
7222 | Multiplication on integral and floating-point types, or set intersection | |
7223 | on set types. | |
7224 | ||
7225 | @item / | |
7226 | Division on floating-point types, or symmetric set difference on set | |
7227 | types. Same precedence as @code{*}. | |
7228 | ||
7229 | @item DIV@r{, }MOD | |
7230 | Integer division and remainder. Defined on integral types. Same | |
7231 | precedence as @code{*}. | |
7232 | ||
7233 | @item - | |
9aa964da | 7234 | Negative. Defined on @code{INTEGER} and @code{REAL} data. |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7235 | |
7236 | @item ^ | |
e251e767 | 7237 | Pointer dereferencing. Defined on pointer types. |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7238 | |
7239 | @item NOT | |
7240 | Boolean negation. Defined on boolean types. Same precedence as | |
7241 | @code{^}. | |
7242 | ||
7243 | @item . | |
9aa964da | 7244 | @code{RECORD} field selector. Defined on @code{RECORD} data. Same |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7245 | precedence as @code{^}. |
7246 | ||
7247 | @item [] | |
9aa964da | 7248 | Array indexing. Defined on @code{ARRAY} data. Same precedence as @code{^}. |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7249 | |
7250 | @item () | |
9aa964da | 7251 | Procedure argument list. Defined on @code{PROCEDURE} objects. Same precedence |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7252 | as @code{^}. |
7253 | ||
7254 | @item ::@r{, }. | |
18fae2a8 | 7255 | @value{GDBN} and Modula-2 scope operators. |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7256 | @end table |
7257 | ||
7258 | @quotation | |
18fae2a8 | 7259 | @emph{Warning:} Sets and their operations are not yet supported, so @value{GDBN} |
9a27b06e | 7260 | treats the use of the operator @code{IN}, or the use of operators |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7261 | @code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{=}, , @code{<>}, @code{#}, |
7262 | @code{<=}, and @code{>=} on sets as an error. | |
7263 | @end quotation | |
18fae2a8 | 7264 | |
29a2b744 | 7265 | @cindex Modula-2 built-ins |
9897afc6 | 7266 | @node Built-In Func/Proc, M2 Constants, M2 Operators, Modula-2 |
93928b60 | 7267 | @subsubsection Built-in functions and procedures |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7268 | |
7269 | Modula-2 also makes available several built-in procedures and functions. | |
7270 | In describing these, the following metavariables are used: | |
7271 | ||
7272 | @table @var | |
7273 | ||
7274 | @item a | |
7275 | represents an @code{ARRAY} variable. | |
7276 | ||
7277 | @item c | |
7278 | represents a @code{CHAR} constant or variable. | |
7279 | ||
7280 | @item i | |
7281 | represents a variable or constant of integral type. | |
7282 | ||
7283 | @item m | |
7284 | represents an identifier that belongs to a set. Generally used in the | |
7285 | same function with the metavariable @var{s}. The type of @var{s} should | |
6b51acad | 7286 | be @code{SET OF @var{mtype}} (where @var{mtype} is the type of @var{m}). |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7287 | |
7288 | @item n | |
7289 | represents a variable or constant of integral or floating-point type. | |
7290 | ||
7291 | @item r | |
7292 | represents a variable or constant of floating-point type. | |
7293 | ||
7294 | @item t | |
7295 | represents a type. | |
7296 | ||
7297 | @item v | |
7298 | represents a variable. | |
7299 | ||
7300 | @item x | |
7301 | represents a variable or constant of one of many types. See the | |
7302 | explanation of the function for details. | |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7303 | @end table |
7304 | ||
7305 | All Modula-2 built-in procedures also return a result, described below. | |
7306 | ||
7307 | @table @code | |
7308 | @item ABS(@var{n}) | |
7309 | Returns the absolute value of @var{n}. | |
7310 | ||
7311 | @item CAP(@var{c}) | |
7312 | If @var{c} is a lower case letter, it returns its upper case | |
7313 | equivalent, otherwise it returns its argument | |
7314 | ||
7315 | @item CHR(@var{i}) | |
7316 | Returns the character whose ordinal value is @var{i}. | |
7317 | ||
7318 | @item DEC(@var{v}) | |
7319 | Decrements the value in the variable @var{v}. Returns the new value. | |
7320 | ||
7321 | @item DEC(@var{v},@var{i}) | |
7322 | Decrements the value in the variable @var{v} by @var{i}. Returns the | |
7323 | new value. | |
7324 | ||
7325 | @item EXCL(@var{m},@var{s}) | |
7326 | Removes the element @var{m} from the set @var{s}. Returns the new | |
7327 | set. | |
7328 | ||
7329 | @item FLOAT(@var{i}) | |
7330 | Returns the floating point equivalent of the integer @var{i}. | |
7331 | ||
7332 | @item HIGH(@var{a}) | |
7333 | Returns the index of the last member of @var{a}. | |
7334 | ||
7335 | @item INC(@var{v}) | |
7336 | Increments the value in the variable @var{v}. Returns the new value. | |
7337 | ||
7338 | @item INC(@var{v},@var{i}) | |
7339 | Increments the value in the variable @var{v} by @var{i}. Returns the | |
7340 | new value. | |
7341 | ||
7342 | @item INCL(@var{m},@var{s}) | |
7343 | Adds the element @var{m} to the set @var{s} if it is not already | |
7344 | there. Returns the new set. | |
7345 | ||
7346 | @item MAX(@var{t}) | |
7347 | Returns the maximum value of the type @var{t}. | |
7348 | ||
7349 | @item MIN(@var{t}) | |
7350 | Returns the minimum value of the type @var{t}. | |
7351 | ||
7352 | @item ODD(@var{i}) | |
7353 | Returns boolean TRUE if @var{i} is an odd number. | |
7354 | ||
7355 | @item ORD(@var{x}) | |
7356 | Returns the ordinal value of its argument. For example, the ordinal | |
7357 | value of a character is its ASCII value (on machines supporting the | |
7358 | ASCII character set). @var{x} must be of an ordered type, which include | |
7359 | integral, character and enumerated types. | |
7360 | ||
7361 | @item SIZE(@var{x}) | |
7362 | Returns the size of its argument. @var{x} can be a variable or a type. | |
7363 | ||
7364 | @item TRUNC(@var{r}) | |
7365 | Returns the integral part of @var{r}. | |
7366 | ||
7367 | @item VAL(@var{t},@var{i}) | |
7368 | Returns the member of the type @var{t} whose ordinal value is @var{i}. | |
7369 | @end table | |
7370 | ||
7371 | @quotation | |
7372 | @emph{Warning:} Sets and their operations are not yet supported, so | |
9a27b06e | 7373 | @value{GDBN} treats the use of procedures @code{INCL} and @code{EXCL} as |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7374 | an error. |
7375 | @end quotation | |
7376 | ||
7377 | @cindex Modula-2 constants | |
9897afc6 | 7378 | @node M2 Constants, M2 Defaults, Built-In Func/Proc, Modula-2 |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7379 | @subsubsection Constants |
7380 | ||
18fae2a8 | 7381 | @value{GDBN} allows you to express the constants of Modula-2 in the following |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7382 | ways: |
7383 | ||
7384 | @itemize @bullet | |
7385 | ||
7386 | @item | |
7387 | Integer constants are simply a sequence of digits. When used in an | |
7388 | expression, a constant is interpreted to be type-compatible with the | |
7389 | rest of the expression. Hexadecimal integers are specified by a | |
7390 | trailing @samp{H}, and octal integers by a trailing @samp{B}. | |
7391 | ||
7392 | @item | |
7393 | Floating point constants appear as a sequence of digits, followed by a | |
7394 | decimal point and another sequence of digits. An optional exponent can | |
7395 | then be specified, in the form @samp{E@r{[}+@r{|}-@r{]}@var{nnn}}, where | |
7396 | @samp{@r{[}+@r{|}-@r{]}@var{nnn}} is the desired exponent. All of the | |
7397 | digits of the floating point constant must be valid decimal (base 10) | |
7398 | digits. | |
7399 | ||
7400 | @item | |
7401 | Character constants consist of a single character enclosed by a pair of | |
7402 | like quotes, either single (@code{'}) or double (@code{"}). They may | |
7403 | also be expressed by their ordinal value (their ASCII value, usually) | |
7404 | followed by a @samp{C}. | |
7405 | ||
7406 | @item | |
1041a570 RP |
7407 | String constants consist of a sequence of characters enclosed by a |
7408 | pair of like quotes, either single (@code{'}) or double (@code{"}). | |
7409 | Escape sequences in the style of C are also allowed. @xref{C | |
93928b60 | 7410 | Constants, ,C and C++ constants}, for a brief explanation of escape |
1041a570 | 7411 | sequences. |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7412 | |
7413 | @item | |
7414 | Enumerated constants consist of an enumerated identifier. | |
7415 | ||
7416 | @item | |
7417 | Boolean constants consist of the identifiers @code{TRUE} and | |
7418 | @code{FALSE}. | |
7419 | ||
7420 | @item | |
7421 | Pointer constants consist of integral values only. | |
7422 | ||
7423 | @item | |
7424 | Set constants are not yet supported. | |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7425 | @end itemize |
7426 | ||
9897afc6 | 7427 | @node M2 Defaults, Deviations, M2 Constants, Modula-2 |
93928b60 | 7428 | @subsubsection Modula-2 defaults |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7429 | @cindex Modula-2 defaults |
7430 | ||
18fae2a8 | 7431 | If type and range checking are set automatically by @value{GDBN}, they |
e251e767 | 7432 | both default to @code{on} whenever the working language changes to |
18fae2a8 | 7433 | Modula-2. This happens regardless of whether you, or @value{GDBN}, |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7434 | selected the working language. |
7435 | ||
18fae2a8 | 7436 | If you allow @value{GDBN} to set the language automatically, then entering |
9a27b06e | 7437 | code compiled from a file whose name ends with @file{.mod} sets the |
18fae2a8 | 7438 | working language to Modula-2. @xref{Automatically, ,Having @value{GDBN} set |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7439 | the language automatically}, for further details. |
7440 | ||
9897afc6 | 7441 | @node Deviations, M2 Checks, M2 Defaults, Modula-2 |
93928b60 | 7442 | @subsubsection Deviations from standard Modula-2 |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7443 | @cindex Modula-2, deviations from |
7444 | ||
7445 | A few changes have been made to make Modula-2 programs easier to debug. | |
7446 | This is done primarily via loosening its type strictness: | |
7447 | ||
7448 | @itemize @bullet | |
e251e767 | 7449 | @item |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7450 | Unlike in standard Modula-2, pointer constants can be formed by |
7451 | integers. This allows you to modify pointer variables during | |
7452 | debugging. (In standard Modula-2, the actual address contained in a | |
7453 | pointer variable is hidden from you; it can only be modified | |
7454 | through direct assignment to another pointer variable or expression that | |
7455 | returned a pointer.) | |
7456 | ||
e251e767 | 7457 | @item |
c2bbbb22 | 7458 | C escape sequences can be used in strings and characters to represent |
9a27b06e | 7459 | non-printable characters. @value{GDBN} prints out strings with these |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7460 | escape sequences embedded. Single non-printable characters are |
7461 | printed using the @samp{CHR(@var{nnn})} format. | |
7462 | ||
7463 | @item | |
7464 | The assignment operator (@code{:=}) returns the value of its right-hand | |
7465 | argument. | |
7466 | ||
7467 | @item | |
29a2b744 | 7468 | All built-in procedures both modify @emph{and} return their argument. |
e251e767 | 7469 | @end itemize |
c2bbbb22 | 7470 | |
9897afc6 | 7471 | @node M2 Checks, M2 Scope, Deviations, Modula-2 |
93928b60 | 7472 | @subsubsection Modula-2 type and range checks |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7473 | @cindex Modula-2 checks |
7474 | ||
7475 | @quotation | |
18fae2a8 | 7476 | @emph{Warning:} in this release, @value{GDBN} does not yet perform type or |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7477 | range checking. |
7478 | @end quotation | |
7479 | @c FIXME remove warning when type/range checks added | |
7480 | ||
18fae2a8 | 7481 | @value{GDBN} considers two Modula-2 variables type equivalent if: |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7482 | |
7483 | @itemize @bullet | |
7484 | @item | |
7485 | They are of types that have been declared equivalent via a @code{TYPE | |
7486 | @var{t1} = @var{t2}} statement | |
7487 | ||
7488 | @item | |
7489 | They have been declared on the same line. (Note: This is true of the | |
af215b1a | 7490 | @sc{gnu} Modula-2 compiler, but it may not be true of other compilers.) |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7491 | @end itemize |
7492 | ||
7493 | As long as type checking is enabled, any attempt to combine variables | |
7494 | whose types are not equivalent is an error. | |
7495 | ||
7496 | Range checking is done on all mathematical operations, assignment, array | |
29a2b744 | 7497 | index bounds, and all built-in functions and procedures. |
c2bbbb22 | 7498 | |
9897afc6 | 7499 | @node M2 Scope, GDB/M2, M2 Checks, Modula-2 |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7500 | @subsubsection The scope operators @code{::} and @code{.} |
7501 | @cindex scope | |
7502 | @kindex . | |
e94b4a2b | 7503 | @cindex colon, doubled as scope operator |
1041a570 RP |
7504 | @ifinfo |
7505 | @kindex colon-colon | |
ed447b95 | 7506 | @c Info cannot handle :: but TeX can. |
1041a570 RP |
7507 | @end ifinfo |
7508 | @iftex | |
c2bbbb22 | 7509 | @kindex :: |
1041a570 | 7510 | @end iftex |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7511 | |
7512 | There are a few subtle differences between the Modula-2 scope operator | |
18fae2a8 | 7513 | (@code{.}) and the @value{GDBN} scope operator (@code{::}). The two have |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7514 | similar syntax: |
7515 | ||
7516 | @example | |
7517 | ||
7518 | @var{module} . @var{id} | |
7519 | @var{scope} :: @var{id} | |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7520 | @end example |
7521 | ||
7522 | @noindent | |
7523 | where @var{scope} is the name of a module or a procedure, | |
29a2b744 RP |
7524 | @var{module} the name of a module, and @var{id} is any declared |
7525 | identifier within your program, except another module. | |
c2bbbb22 | 7526 | |
18fae2a8 | 7527 | Using the @code{::} operator makes @value{GDBN} search the scope |
c2bbbb22 | 7528 | specified by @var{scope} for the identifier @var{id}. If it is not |
9a27b06e | 7529 | found in the specified scope, then @value{GDBN} searches all scopes |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7530 | enclosing the one specified by @var{scope}. |
7531 | ||
18fae2a8 | 7532 | Using the @code{.} operator makes @value{GDBN} search the current scope for |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7533 | the identifier specified by @var{id} that was imported from the |
7534 | definition module specified by @var{module}. With this operator, it is | |
7535 | an error if the identifier @var{id} was not imported from definition | |
7536 | module @var{module}, or if @var{id} is not an identifier in | |
7537 | @var{module}. | |
7538 | ||
9897afc6 | 7539 | @node GDB/M2, , M2 Scope, Modula-2 |
18fae2a8 | 7540 | @subsubsection @value{GDBN} and Modula-2 |
c2bbbb22 | 7541 | |
18fae2a8 | 7542 | Some @value{GDBN} commands have little use when debugging Modula-2 programs. |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7543 | Five subcommands of @code{set print} and @code{show print} apply |
7544 | specifically to C and C++: @samp{vtbl}, @samp{demangle}, | |
7545 | @samp{asm-demangle}, @samp{object}, and @samp{union}. The first four | |
93918348 | 7546 | apply to C++, and the last to the C @code{union} type, which has no direct |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7547 | analogue in Modula-2. |
7548 | ||
1041a570 | 7549 | The @code{@@} operator (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}), while available |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7550 | while using any language, is not useful with Modula-2. Its |
7551 | intent is to aid the debugging of @dfn{dynamic arrays}, which cannot be | |
7552 | created in Modula-2 as they can in C or C++. However, because an | |
7553 | address can be specified by an integral constant, the construct | |
1041a570 | 7554 | @samp{@{@var{type}@}@var{adrexp}} is still useful. (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}) |
18fae2a8 | 7555 | |
c2bbbb22 | 7556 | @cindex @code{#} in Modula-2 |
18fae2a8 | 7557 | In @value{GDBN} scripts, the Modula-2 inequality operator @code{#} is |
c2bbbb22 | 7558 | interpreted as the beginning of a comment. Use @code{<>} instead. |
09934a2b | 7559 | @end ifset |
da374d80 | 7560 | @end ifclear |
4eb4cf57 | 7561 | |
9897afc6 | 7562 | @node Symbols, Altering, Languages, Top |
70b88761 RP |
7563 | @chapter Examining the Symbol Table |
7564 | ||
7565 | The commands described in this section allow you to inquire about the | |
7566 | symbols (names of variables, functions and types) defined in your | |
7567 | program. This information is inherent in the text of your program and | |
18fae2a8 RP |
7568 | does not change as your program executes. @value{GDBN} finds it in your |
7569 | program's symbol table, in the file indicated when you started @value{GDBN} | |
93928b60 RP |
7570 | (@pxref{File Options, ,Choosing files}), or by one of the |
7571 | file-management commands (@pxref{Files, ,Commands to specify files}). | |
70b88761 | 7572 | |
6c380b13 RP |
7573 | @cindex symbol names |
7574 | @cindex names of symbols | |
7575 | @cindex quoting names | |
7576 | Occasionally, you may need to refer to symbols that contain unusual | |
18fae2a8 | 7577 | characters, which @value{GDBN} ordinarily treats as word delimiters. The |
6c380b13 | 7578 | most frequent case is in referring to static variables in other |
93928b60 | 7579 | source files (@pxref{Variables,,Program variables}). File names |
18fae2a8 | 7580 | are recorded in object files as debugging symbols, but @value{GDBN} would |
6c380b13 | 7581 | ordinarily parse a typical file name, like @file{foo.c}, as the three words |
18fae2a8 | 7582 | @samp{foo} @samp{.} @samp{c}. To allow @value{GDBN} to recognize |
6c380b13 RP |
7583 | @samp{foo.c} as a single symbol, enclose it in single quotes; for example, |
7584 | ||
7585 | @example | |
7586 | p 'foo.c'::x | |
7587 | @end example | |
7588 | ||
7589 | @noindent | |
7590 | looks up the value of @code{x} in the scope of the file @file{foo.c}. | |
7591 | ||
70b88761 | 7592 | @table @code |
70b88761 | 7593 | @kindex info address |
af215b1a | 7594 | @item info address @var{symbol} |
70b88761 RP |
7595 | Describe where the data for @var{symbol} is stored. For a register |
7596 | variable, this says which register it is kept in. For a non-register | |
7597 | local variable, this prints the stack-frame offset at which the variable | |
7598 | is always stored. | |
7599 | ||
7600 | Note the contrast with @samp{print &@var{symbol}}, which does not work | |
6b51acad | 7601 | at all for a register variable, and for a stack local variable prints |
70b88761 RP |
7602 | the exact address of the current instantiation of the variable. |
7603 | ||
70b88761 | 7604 | @kindex whatis |
af215b1a | 7605 | @item whatis @var{exp} |
70b88761 RP |
7606 | Print the data type of expression @var{exp}. @var{exp} is not |
7607 | actually evaluated, and any side-effecting operations (such as | |
7608 | assignments or function calls) inside it do not take place. | |
1041a570 | 7609 | @xref{Expressions, ,Expressions}. |
70b88761 RP |
7610 | |
7611 | @item whatis | |
7612 | Print the data type of @code{$}, the last value in the value history. | |
7613 | ||
70b88761 | 7614 | @kindex ptype |
af215b1a | 7615 | @item ptype @var{typename} |
70b88761 RP |
7616 | Print a description of data type @var{typename}. @var{typename} may be |
7617 | the name of a type, or for C code it may have the form | |
25f9d853 JK |
7618 | @ifclear CONLY |
7619 | @samp{class @var{class-name}}, | |
7620 | @end ifclear | |
70b88761 | 7621 | @samp{struct @var{struct-tag}}, @samp{union @var{union-tag}} or |
1041a570 | 7622 | @samp{enum @var{enum-tag}}. |
70b88761 RP |
7623 | |
7624 | @item ptype @var{exp} | |
e0dacfd1 | 7625 | @itemx ptype |
70b88761 | 7626 | Print a description of the type of expression @var{exp}. @code{ptype} |
1041a570 | 7627 | differs from @code{whatis} by printing a detailed description, instead |
ed447b95 RP |
7628 | of just the name of the type. |
7629 | ||
7630 | For example, for this variable declaration: | |
1041a570 | 7631 | |
70b88761 RP |
7632 | @example |
7633 | struct complex @{double real; double imag;@} v; | |
7634 | @end example | |
1041a570 | 7635 | |
70b88761 | 7636 | @noindent |
ed447b95 | 7637 | the two commands give this output: |
1041a570 | 7638 | |
70b88761 | 7639 | @example |
1041a570 | 7640 | @group |
18fae2a8 | 7641 | (@value{GDBP}) whatis v |
70b88761 | 7642 | type = struct complex |
18fae2a8 | 7643 | (@value{GDBP}) ptype v |
70b88761 RP |
7644 | type = struct complex @{ |
7645 | double real; | |
7646 | double imag; | |
7647 | @} | |
1041a570 | 7648 | @end group |
70b88761 | 7649 | @end example |
1041a570 | 7650 | |
e0dacfd1 RP |
7651 | @noindent |
7652 | As with @code{whatis}, using @code{ptype} without an argument refers to | |
7653 | the type of @code{$}, the last value in the value history. | |
70b88761 | 7654 | |
af215b1a | 7655 | @kindex info types |
70b88761 RP |
7656 | @item info types @var{regexp} |
7657 | @itemx info types | |
70b88761 RP |
7658 | Print a brief description of all types whose name matches @var{regexp} |
7659 | (or all types in your program, if you supply no argument). Each | |
7660 | complete typename is matched as though it were a complete line; thus, | |
7661 | @samp{i type value} gives information on all types in your program whose | |
7662 | name includes the string @code{value}, but @samp{i type ^value$} gives | |
7663 | information only on types whose complete name is @code{value}. | |
7664 | ||
7665 | This command differs from @code{ptype} in two ways: first, like | |
7666 | @code{whatis}, it does not print a detailed description; second, it | |
7667 | lists all source files where a type is defined. | |
7668 | ||
70b88761 | 7669 | @kindex info source |
af215b1a | 7670 | @item info source |
70b88761 | 7671 | Show the name of the current source file---that is, the source file for |
c2bbbb22 RP |
7672 | the function containing the current point of execution---and the language |
7673 | it was written in. | |
70b88761 | 7674 | |
70b88761 | 7675 | @kindex info sources |
af215b1a | 7676 | @item info sources |
29a2b744 | 7677 | Print the names of all source files in your program for which there is |
b80282d5 RP |
7678 | debugging information, organized into two lists: files whose symbols |
7679 | have already been read, and files whose symbols will be read when needed. | |
70b88761 | 7680 | |
70b88761 | 7681 | @kindex info functions |
af215b1a | 7682 | @item info functions |
70b88761 RP |
7683 | Print the names and data types of all defined functions. |
7684 | ||
7685 | @item info functions @var{regexp} | |
7686 | Print the names and data types of all defined functions | |
7687 | whose names contain a match for regular expression @var{regexp}. | |
7688 | Thus, @samp{info fun step} finds all functions whose names | |
7689 | include @code{step}; @samp{info fun ^step} finds those whose names | |
7690 | start with @code{step}. | |
7691 | ||
70b88761 | 7692 | @kindex info variables |
af215b1a | 7693 | @item info variables |
70b88761 RP |
7694 | Print the names and data types of all variables that are declared |
7695 | outside of functions (i.e., excluding local variables). | |
7696 | ||
7697 | @item info variables @var{regexp} | |
7698 | Print the names and data types of all variables (except for local | |
7699 | variables) whose names contain a match for regular expression | |
7700 | @var{regexp}. | |
7701 | ||
70b88761 RP |
7702 | @ignore |
7703 | This was never implemented. | |
af215b1a | 7704 | @kindex info methods |
70b88761 RP |
7705 | @item info methods |
7706 | @itemx info methods @var{regexp} | |
70b88761 RP |
7707 | The @code{info methods} command permits the user to examine all defined |
7708 | methods within C++ program, or (with the @var{regexp} argument) a | |
7709 | specific set of methods found in the various C++ classes. Many | |
7710 | C++ classes provide a large number of methods. Thus, the output | |
7711 | from the @code{ptype} command can be overwhelming and hard to use. The | |
7712 | @code{info-methods} command filters the methods, printing only those | |
7713 | which match the regular-expression @var{regexp}. | |
7714 | @end ignore | |
7715 | ||
9897afc6 | 7716 | @ifclear HPPA |
af215b1a VM |
7717 | @cindex reloading symbols |
7718 | Some systems allow individual object files that make up your program to | |
7719 | be replaced without stopping and restarting your program. | |
7720 | @ifset VXWORKS | |
7721 | For example, in VxWorks you can simply recompile a defective object file | |
7722 | and keep on running. | |
7723 | @end ifset | |
7724 | If you are running on one of these systems, you can allow @value{GDBN} to | |
7725 | reload the symbols for automatically relinked modules: | |
7726 | ||
7727 | @table @code | |
7728 | @kindex set symbol-reloading | |
7729 | @item set symbol-reloading on | |
7730 | Replace symbol definitions for the corresponding source file when an | |
7731 | object file with a particular name is seen again. | |
7732 | ||
7733 | @item set symbol-reloading off | |
7734 | Do not replace symbol definitions when re-encountering object files of | |
7735 | the same name. This is the default state; if you are not running on a | |
7736 | system that permits automatically relinking modules, you should leave | |
7737 | @code{symbol-reloading} off, since otherwise @value{GDBN} may discard symbols | |
7738 | when linking large programs, that may contain several modules (from | |
7739 | different directories or libraries) with the same name. | |
7740 | ||
7741 | @kindex show symbol-reloading | |
7742 | @item show symbol-reloading | |
7743 | Show the current @code{on} or @code{off} setting. | |
7744 | @end table | |
9897afc6 EE |
7745 | @end ifclear |
7746 | ||
7747 | @ifset HPPA | |
7748 | @kindex set opaque-type-resolution | |
7749 | @item set opaque-type-resolution on | |
7750 | Tell @value{GDBN} to resolve opaque types. An opaque type is a type | |
7751 | declared as a pointer to a @code{struct}, @code{class}, or | |
7752 | @code{union}---for example, @code{struct MyType *}---that is used in one | |
7753 | source file although the full declaration of @code{struct MyType} is in | |
7754 | another source file. The default is on. | |
7755 | ||
7756 | A change in the setting of this subcommand will not take effect until | |
7757 | the next time symbols for a file are loaded. | |
7758 | ||
7759 | @item set opaque-type-resolution off | |
7760 | Tell @value{GDBN} not to resolve opaque types. In this case, the type | |
7761 | is printed as follows: | |
7762 | @smallexample | |
7763 | @{<no data fields>@} | |
7764 | @end smallexample | |
7765 | ||
7766 | @kindex show opaque-type-resolution | |
7767 | @item show opaque-type-resolution | |
7768 | Show whether opaque types are resolved or not. | |
7769 | @end ifset | |
af215b1a | 7770 | |
d48da190 | 7771 | @kindex maint print symbols |
440d9834 | 7772 | @cindex symbol dump |
d48da190 | 7773 | @kindex maint print psymbols |
440d9834 | 7774 | @cindex partial symbol dump |
af215b1a VM |
7775 | @item maint print symbols @var{filename} |
7776 | @itemx maint print psymbols @var{filename} | |
7777 | @itemx maint print msymbols @var{filename} | |
440d9834 | 7778 | Write a dump of debugging symbol data into the file @var{filename}. |
18fae2a8 | 7779 | These commands are used to debug the @value{GDBN} symbol-reading code. Only |
d48da190 | 7780 | symbols with debugging data are included. If you use @samp{maint print |
18fae2a8 | 7781 | symbols}, @value{GDBN} includes all the symbols for which it has already |
d48da190 | 7782 | collected full details: that is, @var{filename} reflects symbols for |
18fae2a8 | 7783 | only those files whose symbols @value{GDBN} has read. You can use the |
d48da190 RP |
7784 | command @code{info sources} to find out which files these are. If you |
7785 | use @samp{maint print psymbols} instead, the dump shows information about | |
18fae2a8 RP |
7786 | symbols that @value{GDBN} only knows partially---that is, symbols defined in |
7787 | files that @value{GDBN} has skimmed, but not yet read completely. Finally, | |
d48da190 | 7788 | @samp{maint print msymbols} dumps just the minimal symbol information |
18fae2a8 | 7789 | required for each object file from which @value{GDBN} has read some symbols. |
d55320a0 RP |
7790 | @xref{Files, ,Commands to specify files}, for a discussion of how |
7791 | @value{GDBN} reads symbols (in the description of @code{symbol-file}). | |
70b88761 RP |
7792 | @end table |
7793 | ||
9897afc6 | 7794 | @node Altering, GDB Files, Symbols, Top |
70b88761 RP |
7795 | @chapter Altering Execution |
7796 | ||
29a2b744 | 7797 | Once you think you have found an error in your program, you might want to |
70b88761 RP |
7798 | find out for certain whether correcting the apparent error would lead to |
7799 | correct results in the rest of the run. You can find the answer by | |
18fae2a8 | 7800 | experiment, using the @value{GDBN} features for altering execution of the |
70b88761 RP |
7801 | program. |
7802 | ||
7803 | For example, you can store new values into variables or memory | |
1d7c3357 | 7804 | locations, |
18fae2a8 | 7805 | @ifclear BARETARGET |
1d7c3357 | 7806 | give your program a signal, restart it |
18fae2a8 | 7807 | @end ifclear |
1d7c3357 RP |
7808 | @ifset BARETARGET |
7809 | restart your program | |
7810 | @end ifset | |
af215b1a | 7811 | at a different address, or even return prematurely from a function. |
18fae2a8 | 7812 | |
18fae2a8 | 7813 | @menu |
ed447b95 RP |
7814 | * Assignment:: Assignment to variables |
7815 | * Jumping:: Continuing at a different address | |
1d7c3357 | 7816 | @ifclear BARETARGET |
ed447b95 | 7817 | * Signaling:: Giving your program a signal |
18fae2a8 | 7818 | @end ifclear |
b0157555 | 7819 | |
ed447b95 RP |
7820 | * Returning:: Returning from a function |
7821 | * Calling:: Calling your program's functions | |
7822 | * Patching:: Patching your program | |
18fae2a8 | 7823 | @end menu |
70b88761 | 7824 | |
9897afc6 | 7825 | @node Assignment, Jumping, Altering, Altering |
93928b60 | 7826 | @section Assignment to variables |
70b88761 RP |
7827 | |
7828 | @cindex assignment | |
7829 | @cindex setting variables | |
7830 | To alter the value of a variable, evaluate an assignment expression. | |
1041a570 | 7831 | @xref{Expressions, ,Expressions}. For example, |
70b88761 RP |
7832 | |
7833 | @example | |
7834 | print x=4 | |
7835 | @end example | |
7836 | ||
7837 | @noindent | |
1041a570 | 7838 | stores the value 4 into the variable @code{x}, and then prints the |
4eb4cf57 | 7839 | value of the assignment expression (which is 4). |
18fae2a8 RP |
7840 | @ifclear CONLY |
7841 | @xref{Languages, ,Using @value{GDBN} with Different Languages}, for more | |
4eb4cf57 | 7842 | information on operators in supported languages. |
18fae2a8 | 7843 | @end ifclear |
70b88761 | 7844 | |
70b88761 RP |
7845 | @kindex set variable |
7846 | @cindex variables, setting | |
7847 | If you are not interested in seeing the value of the assignment, use the | |
7848 | @code{set} command instead of the @code{print} command. @code{set} is | |
93928b60 RP |
7849 | really the same as @code{print} except that the expression's value is |
7850 | not printed and is not put in the value history (@pxref{Value History, | |
7851 | ,Value history}). The expression is evaluated only for its effects. | |
70b88761 | 7852 | |
9897afc6 | 7853 | @ifclear HPPA |
70b88761 RP |
7854 | If the beginning of the argument string of the @code{set} command |
7855 | appears identical to a @code{set} subcommand, use the @code{set | |
7856 | variable} command instead of just @code{set}. This command is identical | |
9897afc6 EE |
7857 | to @code{set} except for its lack of subcommands. For example, if your |
7858 | program has a variable @code{width}, you get an error if you try to set | |
7859 | a new value with just @samp{set width=13}, because @value{GDBN} has the | |
7860 | command @code{set width}: | |
1041a570 | 7861 | |
70b88761 | 7862 | @example |
18fae2a8 | 7863 | (@value{GDBP}) whatis width |
70b88761 | 7864 | type = double |
18fae2a8 | 7865 | (@value{GDBP}) p width |
70b88761 | 7866 | $4 = 13 |
18fae2a8 | 7867 | (@value{GDBP}) set width=47 |
70b88761 RP |
7868 | Invalid syntax in expression. |
7869 | @end example | |
1041a570 | 7870 | |
70b88761 | 7871 | @noindent |
ed447b95 RP |
7872 | The invalid expression, of course, is @samp{=47}. In |
7873 | order to actually set the program's variable @code{width}, use | |
1041a570 | 7874 | |
70b88761 | 7875 | @example |
18fae2a8 | 7876 | (@value{GDBP}) set var width=47 |
70b88761 | 7877 | @end example |
9897afc6 EE |
7878 | @end ifclear |
7879 | @ifset HPPA | |
7880 | Because the @code{set} command has many subcommands that can conflict | |
7881 | with the names of program variables, it is a good idea to use the | |
7882 | @code{set variable} command instead of just @code{set}. For example, if | |
7883 | your program has a variable @code{g}, you run into problems if you try | |
7884 | to set a new value with just @samp{set g=4}, because @value{GDBN} has | |
7885 | the command @code{set gnutarget}, abbreviated @code{set g}: | |
7886 | ||
7887 | @example | |
7888 | @group | |
7889 | (@value{GDBP}) whatis g | |
7890 | type = double | |
7891 | (@value{GDBP}) p g | |
7892 | $1 = 1 | |
7893 | (@value{GDBP}) set g=4 | |
7894 | (gdb) p g | |
7895 | $2 = 1 | |
7896 | (@value{GDBP}) r | |
7897 | The program being debugged has been started already. | |
7898 | Start it from the beginning? (y or n) y | |
7899 | Starting program: /home/smith/cc_progs/a.out | |
7900 | "/home/smith/cc_progs/a.out": can't open to read symbols: Invalid bfd target. | |
7901 | (@value{GDBP}) show g | |
7902 | The current BFD target is "=4". | |
7903 | @end group | |
7904 | @end example | |
7905 | ||
7906 | @noindent | |
7907 | The program variable @code{g} did not change, and you silently set the | |
7908 | @code{gnutarget} to an invalid value. In order to set the variable | |
7909 | @code{g}, use | |
7910 | ||
7911 | @example | |
7912 | (@value{GDBP}) set var g=4 | |
7913 | @end example | |
7914 | @end ifset | |
70b88761 | 7915 | |
18fae2a8 | 7916 | @value{GDBN} allows more implicit conversions in assignments than C; you can |
1041a570 | 7917 | freely store an integer value into a pointer variable or vice versa, |
ed447b95 | 7918 | and you can convert any structure to any other structure that is the |
1041a570 | 7919 | same length or shorter. |
e251e767 | 7920 | @comment FIXME: how do structs align/pad in these conversions? |
e0d3ace2 | 7921 | @comment /doc@cygnus.com 18dec1990 |
70b88761 RP |
7922 | |
7923 | To store values into arbitrary places in memory, use the @samp{@{@dots{}@}} | |
7924 | construct to generate a value of specified type at a specified address | |
1041a570 | 7925 | (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}). For example, @code{@{int@}0x83040} refers |
70b88761 RP |
7926 | to memory location @code{0x83040} as an integer (which implies a certain size |
7927 | and representation in memory), and | |
7928 | ||
7929 | @example | |
7930 | set @{int@}0x83040 = 4 | |
7931 | @end example | |
7932 | ||
7933 | @noindent | |
7934 | stores the value 4 into that memory location. | |
7935 | ||
9897afc6 | 7936 | @node Jumping, Signaling, Assignment, Altering |
93928b60 | 7937 | @section Continuing at a different address |
70b88761 | 7938 | |
29a2b744 | 7939 | Ordinarily, when you continue your program, you do so at the place where |
70b88761 RP |
7940 | it stopped, with the @code{continue} command. You can instead continue at |
7941 | an address of your own choosing, with the following commands: | |
7942 | ||
7943 | @table @code | |
70b88761 | 7944 | @kindex jump |
af215b1a | 7945 | @item jump @var{linespec} |
9a27b06e | 7946 | Resume execution at line @var{linespec}. Execution stops again |
29a2b744 | 7947 | immediately if there is a breakpoint there. @xref{List, ,Printing |
93928b60 | 7948 | source lines}, for a description of the different forms of |
29a2b744 | 7949 | @var{linespec}. |
9897afc6 EE |
7950 | @ifset HPPA |
7951 | It is common practice to use the @code{tbreak} command in conjunction | |
7952 | with @code{jump}. @xref{Set Breaks, ,Setting breakpoints}. | |
7953 | @end ifset | |
70b88761 RP |
7954 | |
7955 | The @code{jump} command does not change the current stack frame, or | |
7956 | the stack pointer, or the contents of any memory location or any | |
7957 | register other than the program counter. If line @var{linespec} is in | |
7958 | a different function from the one currently executing, the results may | |
7959 | be bizarre if the two functions expect different patterns of arguments or | |
7960 | of local variables. For this reason, the @code{jump} command requests | |
7961 | confirmation if the specified line is not in the function currently | |
7962 | executing. However, even bizarre results are predictable if you are | |
29a2b744 | 7963 | well acquainted with the machine-language code of your program. |
70b88761 RP |
7964 | |
7965 | @item jump *@var{address} | |
7966 | Resume execution at the instruction at address @var{address}. | |
7967 | @end table | |
7968 | ||
9897afc6 EE |
7969 | @ifclear HPPA |
7970 | @c Doesn't work on HP-UX; have to set $pcoqh and $pcoqt. | |
70b88761 RP |
7971 | You can get much the same effect as the @code{jump} command by storing a |
7972 | new value into the register @code{$pc}. The difference is that this | |
af215b1a | 7973 | does not start your program running; it only changes the address of where it |
9a27b06e | 7974 | @emph{will} run when you continue. For example, |
70b88761 RP |
7975 | |
7976 | @example | |
7977 | set $pc = 0x485 | |
7978 | @end example | |
7979 | ||
7980 | @noindent | |
9a27b06e | 7981 | makes the next @code{continue} command or stepping command execute at |
1041a570 | 7982 | address @code{0x485}, rather than at the address where your program stopped. |
93928b60 | 7983 | @xref{Continuing and Stepping, ,Continuing and stepping}. |
9897afc6 | 7984 | @end ifclear |
70b88761 | 7985 | |
9897afc6 EE |
7986 | The most common occasion to use the @code{jump} command is to back |
7987 | up---perhaps with more breakpoints set---over a portion of a program | |
7988 | that has already executed, in order to examine its execution in more | |
7989 | detail. | |
70b88761 | 7990 | |
18fae2a8 | 7991 | @ifclear BARETARGET |
70b88761 | 7992 | @c @group |
9897afc6 | 7993 | @node Signaling, Returning, Jumping, Altering |
ed447b95 | 7994 | @section Giving your program a signal |
70b88761 RP |
7995 | |
7996 | @table @code | |
70b88761 | 7997 | @kindex signal |
af215b1a | 7998 | @item signal @var{signal} |
6b51acad | 7999 | Resume execution where your program stopped, but immediately give it the |
fd32a1dd JK |
8000 | signal @var{signal}. @var{signal} can be the name or the number of a |
8001 | signal. For example, on many systems @code{signal 2} and @code{signal | |
8002 | SIGINT} are both ways of sending an interrupt signal. | |
70b88761 | 8003 | |
fd32a1dd | 8004 | Alternatively, if @var{signal} is zero, continue execution without |
29a2b744 | 8005 | giving a signal. This is useful when your program stopped on account of |
70b88761 RP |
8006 | a signal and would ordinary see the signal when resumed with the |
8007 | @code{continue} command; @samp{signal 0} causes it to resume without a | |
8008 | signal. | |
8009 | ||
8010 | @code{signal} does not repeat when you press @key{RET} a second time | |
8011 | after executing the command. | |
8012 | @end table | |
8013 | @c @end group | |
fd32a1dd JK |
8014 | |
8015 | Invoking the @code{signal} command is not the same as invoking the | |
8016 | @code{kill} utility from the shell. Sending a signal with @code{kill} | |
8017 | causes @value{GDBN} to decide what to do with the signal depending on | |
8018 | the signal handling tables (@pxref{Signals}). The @code{signal} command | |
8019 | passes the signal directly to your program. | |
8020 | ||
18fae2a8 | 8021 | @end ifclear |
70b88761 | 8022 | |
9897afc6 | 8023 | @node Returning, Calling, Signaling, Altering |
93928b60 | 8024 | @section Returning from a function |
70b88761 RP |
8025 | |
8026 | @table @code | |
70b88761 RP |
8027 | @cindex returning from a function |
8028 | @kindex return | |
af215b1a VM |
8029 | @item return |
8030 | @itemx return @var{expression} | |
70b88761 RP |
8031 | You can cancel execution of a function call with the @code{return} |
8032 | command. If you give an | |
8033 | @var{expression} argument, its value is used as the function's return | |
e251e767 | 8034 | value. |
70b88761 RP |
8035 | @end table |
8036 | ||
18fae2a8 | 8037 | When you use @code{return}, @value{GDBN} discards the selected stack frame |
70b88761 RP |
8038 | (and all frames within it). You can think of this as making the |
8039 | discarded frame return prematurely. If you wish to specify a value to | |
8040 | be returned, give that value as the argument to @code{return}. | |
8041 | ||
29a2b744 | 8042 | This pops the selected stack frame (@pxref{Selection, ,Selecting a |
93928b60 | 8043 | frame}), and any other frames inside of it, leaving its caller as the |
29a2b744 RP |
8044 | innermost remaining frame. That frame becomes selected. The |
8045 | specified value is stored in the registers used for returning values | |
8046 | of functions. | |
70b88761 RP |
8047 | |
8048 | The @code{return} command does not resume execution; it leaves the | |
8049 | program stopped in the state that would exist if the function had just | |
1041a570 | 8050 | returned. In contrast, the @code{finish} command (@pxref{Continuing |
93928b60 | 8051 | and Stepping, ,Continuing and stepping}) resumes execution until the |
1041a570 | 8052 | selected stack frame returns naturally. |
70b88761 | 8053 | |
9897afc6 | 8054 | @node Calling, Patching, Returning, Altering |
ed447b95 | 8055 | @section Calling program functions |
70b88761 RP |
8056 | |
8057 | @cindex calling functions | |
8058 | @kindex call | |
8059 | @table @code | |
8060 | @item call @var{expr} | |
8061 | Evaluate the expression @var{expr} without displaying @code{void} | |
8062 | returned values. | |
8063 | @end table | |
8064 | ||
8065 | You can use this variant of the @code{print} command if you want to | |
8066 | execute a function from your program, but without cluttering the output | |
af215b1a VM |
8067 | with @code{void} returned values. If the result is not void, it |
8068 | is printed and saved in the value history. | |
8069 | ||
9897afc6 | 8070 | @ifclear HPPA |
af215b1a VM |
8071 | A new user-controlled variable, @var{call_scratch_address}, specifies |
8072 | the location of a scratch area to be used when @value{GDBN} calls a | |
8073 | function in the target. This is necessary because the usual method | |
8074 | of putting the scratch area on the stack does not work in systems that | |
8075 | have separate instruction and data spaces. | |
9897afc6 | 8076 | @end ifclear |
70b88761 | 8077 | |
9897afc6 | 8078 | @node Patching, , Calling, Altering |
ed447b95 | 8079 | @section Patching programs |
c338a2fd RP |
8080 | @cindex patching binaries |
8081 | @cindex writing into executables | |
1d7c3357 | 8082 | @ifclear BARETARGET |
c338a2fd | 8083 | @cindex writing into corefiles |
1d7c3357 | 8084 | @end ifclear |
1041a570 | 8085 | |
18fae2a8 | 8086 | By default, @value{GDBN} opens the file containing your program's executable |
1d7c3357 RP |
8087 | code |
8088 | @ifclear BARETARGET | |
8089 | (or the corefile) | |
8090 | @end ifclear | |
8091 | read-only. This prevents accidental alterations | |
c338a2fd RP |
8092 | to machine code; but it also prevents you from intentionally patching |
8093 | your program's binary. | |
8094 | ||
8095 | If you'd like to be able to patch the binary, you can specify that | |
8096 | explicitly with the @code{set write} command. For example, you might | |
8097 | want to turn on internal debugging flags, or even to make emergency | |
e251e767 | 8098 | repairs. |
c338a2fd RP |
8099 | |
8100 | @table @code | |
af215b1a | 8101 | @kindex set write |
c338a2fd RP |
8102 | @item set write on |
8103 | @itemx set write off | |
9a27b06e | 8104 | If you specify @samp{set write on}, @value{GDBN} opens executable |
18fae2a8 | 8105 | @ifclear BARETARGET |
0f153e74 | 8106 | and core |
18fae2a8 | 8107 | @end ifclear |
0f153e74 | 8108 | files for both reading and writing; if you specify @samp{set write |
9a27b06e | 8109 | off} (the default), @value{GDBN} opens them read-only. |
c338a2fd | 8110 | |
1d7c3357 RP |
8111 | If you have already loaded a file, you must load it again (using the |
8112 | @code{exec-file} | |
8113 | @ifclear BARETARGET | |
8114 | or @code{core-file} | |
8115 | @end ifclear | |
8116 | command) after changing @code{set write}, for your new setting to take | |
8117 | effect. | |
c338a2fd RP |
8118 | |
8119 | @item show write | |
7d7ff5f6 | 8120 | @kindex show write |
0f153e74 | 8121 | Display whether executable files |
18fae2a8 | 8122 | @ifclear BARETARGET |
0f153e74 | 8123 | and core files |
18fae2a8 | 8124 | @end ifclear |
9a27b06e | 8125 | are opened for writing as well as reading. |
c338a2fd RP |
8126 | @end table |
8127 | ||
9897afc6 | 8128 | @node GDB Files, Targets, Altering, Top |
93918348 | 8129 | @chapter @value{GDBN} Files |
70b88761 | 8130 | |
18fae2a8 | 8131 | @value{GDBN} needs to know the file name of the program to be debugged, both in |
4eb4cf57 | 8132 | order to read its symbol table and in order to start your program. |
18fae2a8 | 8133 | @ifclear BARETARGET |
93918348 RP |
8134 | To debug a core dump of a previous run, you must also tell @value{GDBN} |
8135 | the name of the core dump file. | |
18fae2a8 | 8136 | @end ifclear |
1041a570 | 8137 | |
70b88761 | 8138 | @menu |
ed447b95 RP |
8139 | * Files:: Commands to specify files |
8140 | * Symbol Errors:: Errors reading symbol files | |
70b88761 RP |
8141 | @end menu |
8142 | ||
9897afc6 | 8143 | @node Files, Symbol Errors, GDB Files, GDB Files |
93928b60 | 8144 | @section Commands to specify files |
70b88761 | 8145 | @cindex symbol table |
70b88761 | 8146 | |
18fae2a8 | 8147 | @ifclear BARETARGET |
0f153e74 | 8148 | @cindex core dump file |
af215b1a VM |
8149 | You may want to specify executable and core dump file names. |
8150 | The usual way to do this is at start-up time, using the arguments to | |
8151 | @value{GDBN}'s start-up commands (@pxref{Invocation, , | |
8152 | Getting In and Out of @value{GDBN}}). | |
18fae2a8 RP |
8153 | @end ifclear |
8154 | @ifset BARETARGET | |
4eb4cf57 | 8155 | The usual way to specify an executable file name is with |
18fae2a8 RP |
8156 | the command argument given when you start @value{GDBN}, (@pxref{Invocation, |
8157 | ,Getting In and Out of @value{GDBN}}. | |
8158 | @end ifset | |
70b88761 RP |
8159 | |
8160 | Occasionally it is necessary to change to a different file during a | |
93918348 RP |
8161 | @value{GDBN} session. Or you may run @value{GDBN} and forget to specify |
8162 | a file you want to use. In these situations the @value{GDBN} commands | |
8163 | to specify new files are useful. | |
70b88761 RP |
8164 | |
8165 | @table @code | |
70b88761 RP |
8166 | @cindex executable file |
8167 | @kindex file | |
af215b1a | 8168 | @item file @var{filename} |
70b88761 RP |
8169 | Use @var{filename} as the program to be debugged. It is read for its |
8170 | symbols and for the contents of pure memory. It is also the program | |
8171 | executed when you use the @code{run} command. If you do not specify a | |
af215b1a VM |
8172 | directory and the file is not found in the @value{GDBN} working directory, |
8173 | @value{GDBN} uses the environment variable @code{PATH} as a list of | |
8174 | directories to search, just as the shell does when looking for a program | |
8175 | to run. You can change the value of this variable, for both @value{GDBN} | |
8176 | and your program, using the @code{path} command. | |
70b88761 | 8177 | |
9897afc6 | 8178 | @ifclear HPPA |
9a27b06e RP |
8179 | On systems with memory-mapped files, an auxiliary file |
8180 | @file{@var{filename}.syms} may hold symbol table information for | |
8181 | @var{filename}. If so, @value{GDBN} maps in the symbol table from | |
14d01801 | 8182 | @file{@var{filename}.syms}, starting up more quickly. See the |
af215b1a | 8183 | descriptions of the file options @samp{-mapped} and @samp{-readnow} |
9a27b06e | 8184 | (available on the command line, and with the commands @code{file}, |
af215b1a VM |
8185 | @code{symbol-file}, or @code{add-symbol-file}, described below), |
8186 | for more information. | |
9897afc6 | 8187 | @end ifclear |
14d01801 | 8188 | |
e0dacfd1 | 8189 | @item file |
18fae2a8 | 8190 | @code{file} with no argument makes @value{GDBN} discard any information it |
70b88761 RP |
8191 | has on both executable file and the symbol table. |
8192 | ||
70b88761 | 8193 | @kindex exec-file |
af215b1a | 8194 | @item exec-file @r{[} @var{filename} @r{]} |
70b88761 | 8195 | Specify that the program to be run (but not the symbol table) is found |
9a27b06e | 8196 | in @var{filename}. @value{GDBN} searches the environment variable @code{PATH} |
29a2b744 | 8197 | if necessary to locate your program. Omitting @var{filename} means to |
e0dacfd1 | 8198 | discard information on the executable file. |
70b88761 | 8199 | |
70b88761 | 8200 | @kindex symbol-file |
af215b1a | 8201 | @item symbol-file @r{[} @var{filename} @r{]} |
70b88761 RP |
8202 | Read symbol table information from file @var{filename}. @code{PATH} is |
8203 | searched when necessary. Use the @code{file} command to get both symbol | |
8204 | table and program to run from the same file. | |
8205 | ||
93918348 | 8206 | @code{symbol-file} with no argument clears out @value{GDBN} information on your |
70b88761 RP |
8207 | program's symbol table. |
8208 | ||
af215b1a VM |
8209 | The @code{symbol-file} command causes @value{GDBN} to forget the contents |
8210 | of its convenience variables, the value history, and all breakpoints and | |
70b88761 RP |
8211 | auto-display expressions. This is because they may contain pointers to |
8212 | the internal data recording symbols and data types, which are part of | |
18fae2a8 | 8213 | the old symbol table data being discarded inside @value{GDBN}. |
70b88761 | 8214 | |
9a27b06e | 8215 | @code{symbol-file} does not repeat if you press @key{RET} again after |
70b88761 RP |
8216 | executing it once. |
8217 | ||
9a27b06e RP |
8218 | When @value{GDBN} is configured for a particular environment, it |
8219 | understands debugging information in whatever format is the standard | |
af215b1a | 8220 | generated for that environment; you may use either a @sc{gnu} compiler, or |
9897afc6 EE |
8221 | other compilers that adhere to the local conventions. |
8222 | @ifclear HPPA | |
8223 | Best results are usually obtained from @sc{gnu} compilers; for example, | |
8224 | using @code{@value{GCC}} you can generate debugging information for | |
8225 | optimized code. | |
8226 | @end ifclear | |
14d01801 | 8227 | |
9897afc6 | 8228 | @ifclear HPPA |
70b88761 | 8229 | On some kinds of object files, the @code{symbol-file} command does not |
9897afc6 EE |
8230 | @end ifclear |
8231 | @ifset HPPA | |
8232 | The @code{symbol-file} command does not | |
8233 | @end ifset | |
14d01801 | 8234 | normally read the symbol table in full right away. Instead, it scans |
70b88761 RP |
8235 | the symbol table quickly to find which source files and which symbols |
8236 | are present. The details are read later, one source file at a time, | |
1041a570 | 8237 | as they are needed. |
70b88761 | 8238 | |
18fae2a8 | 8239 | The purpose of this two-stage reading strategy is to make @value{GDBN} start up |
1041a570 RP |
8240 | faster. For the most part, it is invisible except for occasional |
8241 | pauses while the symbol table details for a particular source file are | |
8242 | being read. (The @code{set verbose} command can turn these pauses | |
93928b60 RP |
8243 | into messages if desired. @xref{Messages/Warnings, ,Optional warnings |
8244 | and messages}.) | |
70b88761 | 8245 | |
9897afc6 | 8246 | @ifclear HPPA |
8c69096b RP |
8247 | We have not implemented the two-stage strategy for COFF yet. When the |
8248 | symbol table is stored in COFF format, @code{symbol-file} reads the | |
8249 | symbol table data in full right away. | |
70b88761 | 8250 | |
14d01801 RP |
8251 | @kindex readnow |
8252 | @cindex reading symbols immediately | |
8253 | @cindex symbols, reading immediately | |
8254 | @kindex mapped | |
8255 | @cindex memory-mapped symbol file | |
38962738 | 8256 | @cindex saving symbol table |
af215b1a VM |
8257 | @item symbol-file @var{filename} @r{[} -readnow @r{]} @r{[} -mapped @r{]} |
8258 | @itemx file @var{filename} @r{[} -readnow @r{]} @r{[} -mapped @r{]} | |
18fae2a8 | 8259 | You can override the @value{GDBN} two-stage strategy for reading symbol |
95d5ceb9 | 8260 | tables by using the @samp{-readnow} option with any of the commands that |
18fae2a8 | 8261 | load symbol table information, if you want to be sure @value{GDBN} has the |
14d01801 | 8262 | entire symbol table available. |
9897afc6 | 8263 | @end ifclear |
14d01801 | 8264 | |
18fae2a8 | 8265 | @ifclear BARETARGET |
9897afc6 | 8266 | @ifclear HPPA |
14d01801 | 8267 | If memory-mapped files are available on your system through the |
95d5ceb9 | 8268 | @code{mmap} system call, you can use another option, @samp{-mapped}, to |
18fae2a8 | 8269 | cause @value{GDBN} to write the symbols for your program into a reusable |
9a27b06e | 8270 | file. Future @value{GDBN} debugging sessions map in symbol information |
93918348 | 8271 | from this auxiliary symbol file (if the program has not changed), rather |
77b46d13 JG |
8272 | than spending time reading the symbol table from the executable |
8273 | program. Using the @samp{-mapped} option has the same effect as | |
18fae2a8 | 8274 | starting @value{GDBN} with the @samp{-mapped} command-line option. |
14d01801 | 8275 | |
95d5ceb9 | 8276 | You can use both options together, to make sure the auxiliary symbol |
14d01801 RP |
8277 | file has all the symbol information for your program. |
8278 | ||
8279 | The auxiliary symbol file for a program called @var{myprog} is called | |
8280 | @samp{@var{myprog}.syms}. Once this file exists (so long as it is newer | |
9a27b06e | 8281 | than the corresponding executable), @value{GDBN} always attempts to use |
14d01801 RP |
8282 | it when you debug @var{myprog}; no special options or commands are |
8283 | needed. | |
93918348 RP |
8284 | |
8285 | The @file{.syms} file is specific to the host machine where you run | |
34ae25cd | 8286 | @value{GDBN}. It holds an exact image of the internal @value{GDBN} |
93918348 | 8287 | symbol table. It cannot be shared across multiple host platforms. |
9897afc6 | 8288 | @end ifclear |
93918348 | 8289 | |
14d01801 RP |
8290 | @c FIXME: for now no mention of directories, since this seems to be in |
8291 | @c flux. 13mar1992 status is that in theory GDB would look either in | |
8292 | @c current dir or in same dir as myprog; but issues like competing | |
8293 | @c GDB's, or clutter in system dirs, mean that in practice right now | |
8294 | @c only current dir is used. FFish says maybe a special GDB hierarchy | |
8295 | @c (eg rooted in val of env var GDBSYMS) could exist for mappable symbol | |
8296 | @c files. | |
70b88761 | 8297 | |
70b88761 RP |
8298 | @kindex core |
8299 | @kindex core-file | |
af215b1a | 8300 | @item core-file @r{[} @var{filename} @r{]} |
70b88761 RP |
8301 | Specify the whereabouts of a core dump file to be used as the ``contents |
8302 | of memory''. Traditionally, core files contain only some parts of the | |
18fae2a8 | 8303 | address space of the process that generated them; @value{GDBN} can access the |
70b88761 RP |
8304 | executable file itself for other parts. |
8305 | ||
8306 | @code{core-file} with no argument specifies that no core file is | |
8307 | to be used. | |
8308 | ||
8309 | Note that the core file is ignored when your program is actually running | |
18fae2a8 | 8310 | under @value{GDBN}. So, if you have been running your program and you wish to |
70b88761 RP |
8311 | debug a core file instead, you must kill the subprocess in which the |
8312 | program is running. To do this, use the @code{kill} command | |
93928b60 | 8313 | (@pxref{Kill Process, ,Killing the child process}). |
18fae2a8 | 8314 | @end ifclear |
70b88761 | 8315 | |
9897afc6 | 8316 | @ifclear HPPA |
af215b1a | 8317 | @kindex load @var{filename} |
70b88761 | 8318 | @item load @var{filename} |
18fae2a8 | 8319 | @ifset GENERIC |
70b88761 | 8320 | Depending on what remote debugging facilities are configured into |
18fae2a8 | 8321 | @value{GDBN}, the @code{load} command may be available. Where it exists, it |
70b88761 RP |
8322 | is meant to make @var{filename} (an executable) available for debugging |
8323 | on the remote system---by downloading, or dynamic linking, for example. | |
93918348 | 8324 | @code{load} also records the @var{filename} symbol table in @value{GDBN}, like |
70b88761 RP |
8325 | the @code{add-symbol-file} command. |
8326 | ||
ed447b95 RP |
8327 | If your @value{GDBN} does not have a @code{load} command, attempting to |
8328 | execute it gets the error message ``@code{You can't do that when your | |
8329 | target is @dots{}}'' | |
18fae2a8 | 8330 | @end ifset |
70b88761 | 8331 | |
99d1da6a | 8332 | The file is loaded at whatever address is specified in the executable. |
22b5dba5 RP |
8333 | For some object file formats, you can specify the load address when you |
8334 | link the program; for other formats, like a.out, the object file format | |
8335 | specifies a fixed address. | |
8336 | @c FIXME! This would be a good place for an xref to the GNU linker doc. | |
99d1da6a | 8337 | |
18fae2a8 | 8338 | @ifset VXWORKS |
9a27b06e | 8339 | On VxWorks, @code{load} links @var{filename} dynamically on the |
18fae2a8 RP |
8340 | current target system as well as adding its symbols in @value{GDBN}. |
8341 | @end ifset | |
70b88761 | 8342 | |
a64a6c2b | 8343 | @ifset I960 |
70b88761 | 8344 | @cindex download to Nindy-960 |
9a27b06e RP |
8345 | With the Nindy interface to an Intel 960 board, @code{load} |
8346 | downloads @var{filename} to the 960 as well as adding its symbols in | |
18fae2a8 RP |
8347 | @value{GDBN}. |
8348 | @end ifset | |
70b88761 | 8349 | |
a64a6c2b | 8350 | @ifset H8 |
1d7c3357 RP |
8351 | @cindex download to H8/300 or H8/500 |
8352 | @cindex H8/300 or H8/500 download | |
a64a6c2b RP |
8353 | @cindex download to Hitachi SH |
8354 | @cindex Hitachi SH download | |
72545cc6 | 8355 | When you select remote debugging to a Hitachi SH, H8/300, or H8/500 board |
a64a6c2b | 8356 | (@pxref{Hitachi Remote,,@value{GDBN} and Hitachi Microprocessors}), |
1d7c3357 RP |
8357 | the @code{load} command downloads your program to the Hitachi board and also |
8358 | opens it as the current executable target for @value{GDBN} on your host | |
8359 | (like the @code{file} command). | |
18fae2a8 | 8360 | @end ifset |
c7cb8acb | 8361 | |
9a27b06e | 8362 | @code{load} does not repeat if you press @key{RET} again after using it. |
9897afc6 | 8363 | @end ifclear |
70b88761 | 8364 | |
18fae2a8 | 8365 | @ifclear BARETARGET |
9897afc6 | 8366 | @ifclear HPPA |
70b88761 RP |
8367 | @kindex add-symbol-file |
8368 | @cindex dynamic linking | |
af215b1a VM |
8369 | @item add-symbol-file @var{filename} @var{address} |
8370 | @itemx add-symbol-file @var{filename} @var{address} @r{[} -readnow @r{]} @r{[} -mapped @r{]} | |
70b88761 | 8371 | The @code{add-symbol-file} command reads additional symbol table information |
b80282d5 | 8372 | from the file @var{filename}. You would use this command when @var{filename} |
70b88761 RP |
8373 | has been dynamically loaded (by some other means) into the program that |
8374 | is running. @var{address} should be the memory address at which the | |
18fae2a8 | 8375 | file has been loaded; @value{GDBN} cannot figure this out for itself. |
d55320a0 | 8376 | You can specify @var{address} as an expression. |
70b88761 RP |
8377 | |
8378 | The symbol table of the file @var{filename} is added to the symbol table | |
8379 | originally read with the @code{symbol-file} command. You can use the | |
8380 | @code{add-symbol-file} command any number of times; the new symbol data thus | |
8381 | read keeps adding to the old. To discard all old symbol data instead, | |
e251e767 | 8382 | use the @code{symbol-file} command. |
70b88761 | 8383 | |
9a27b06e | 8384 | @code{add-symbol-file} does not repeat if you press @key{RET} after using it. |
70b88761 | 8385 | |
95d5ceb9 | 8386 | You can use the @samp{-mapped} and @samp{-readnow} options just as with |
18fae2a8 | 8387 | the @code{symbol-file} command, to change how @value{GDBN} manages the symbol |
0f153e74 | 8388 | table information for @var{filename}. |
af215b1a VM |
8389 | |
8390 | @kindex add-shared-symbol-file | |
8391 | @item add-shared-symbol-file | |
8392 | The @code{add-shared-symbol-file} command can be used only under Harris' CXUX | |
8393 | operating system for the Motorola 88k. @value{GDBN} automatically looks for | |
8394 | shared libraries, however if @value{GDBN} does not find yours, you can run | |
8395 | @code{add-shared-symbol-file}. It takes no arguments. | |
18fae2a8 | 8396 | @end ifclear |
9897afc6 | 8397 | @end ifclear |
95d5ceb9 | 8398 | |
9897afc6 | 8399 | @ifclear HPPA |
af215b1a VM |
8400 | @kindex section |
8401 | @item section | |
8402 | The @code{section} command changes the base address of section SECTION of | |
8403 | the exec file to ADDR. This can be used if the exec file does not contain | |
8404 | section addresses, (such as in the a.out format), or when the addresses | |
8405 | specified in the file itself are wrong. Each section must be changed | |
8406 | separately. The ``info files'' command lists all the sections and their | |
8407 | addresses. | |
9897afc6 | 8408 | @end ifclear |
af215b1a | 8409 | |
70b88761 RP |
8410 | @kindex info files |
8411 | @kindex info target | |
af215b1a VM |
8412 | @item info files |
8413 | @itemx info target | |
1041a570 | 8414 | @code{info files} and @code{info target} are synonymous; both print |
1d7c3357 RP |
8415 | the current target (@pxref{Targets, ,Specifying a Debugging Target}), |
8416 | including the | |
8417 | @ifclear BARETARGET | |
8418 | names of the executable and core dump files | |
8419 | @end ifclear | |
8420 | @ifset BARETARGET | |
8421 | name of the executable file | |
8422 | @end ifset | |
8423 | currently in use by @value{GDBN}, and the files from which symbols were | |
a4ae3702 | 8424 | loaded. The command @code{help target} lists all possible targets |
1d7c3357 | 8425 | rather than current ones. |
70b88761 RP |
8426 | @end table |
8427 | ||
8428 | All file-specifying commands allow both absolute and relative file names | |
b550c03a | 8429 | as arguments. @value{GDBN} always converts the file name to an absolute file |
70b88761 RP |
8430 | name and remembers it that way. |
8431 | ||
18fae2a8 | 8432 | @ifclear BARETARGET |
70b88761 | 8433 | @cindex shared libraries |
9897afc6 EE |
8434 | @ifclear HPPA |
8435 | @c added HP-UX -- Kim (HP writer) | |
8436 | @value{GDBN} supports HP-UX, SunOS, SVr4, Irix 5, and IBM RS/6000 shared | |
8437 | libraries. | |
8438 | @end ifclear | |
8439 | @ifset HPPA | |
8440 | @value{GDBN} supports HP-UX shared libraries. | |
8441 | @end ifset | |
18fae2a8 | 8442 | @value{GDBN} automatically loads symbol definitions from shared libraries |
77b46d13 | 8443 | when you use the @code{run} command, or when you examine a core file. |
9a27b06e | 8444 | (Before you issue the @code{run} command, @value{GDBN} does not understand |
77b46d13 JG |
8445 | references to a function in a shared library, however---unless you are |
8446 | debugging a core file). | |
9897afc6 EE |
8447 | @ifset HPPA |
8448 | If the program loads a library explicitly, @value{GDBN} automatically | |
8449 | loads the symbols at the time of the @code{shl_load} call. | |
8450 | @end ifset | |
9a27b06e RP |
8451 | @c FIXME: some @value{GDBN} release may permit some refs to undef |
8452 | @c FIXME...symbols---eg in a break cmd---assuming they are from a shared | |
8453 | @c FIXME...lib; check this from time to time when updating manual | |
70b88761 RP |
8454 | |
8455 | @table @code | |
70b88761 RP |
8456 | @kindex info sharedlibrary |
8457 | @kindex info share | |
af215b1a VM |
8458 | @item info share |
8459 | @itemx info sharedlibrary | |
c338a2fd | 8460 | Print the names of the shared libraries which are currently loaded. |
70b88761 | 8461 | |
c338a2fd RP |
8462 | @kindex sharedlibrary |
8463 | @kindex share | |
af215b1a VM |
8464 | @item sharedlibrary @var{regex} |
8465 | @itemx share @var{regex} | |
8466 | ||
f886dc0f SS |
8467 | Load shared object library symbols for files matching a |
8468 | Unix regular expression. | |
8469 | As with files loaded automatically, it only loads shared libraries | |
6b51acad RP |
8470 | required by your program for a core file or after typing @code{run}. If |
8471 | @var{regex} is omitted all shared libraries required by your program are | |
8472 | loaded. | |
c338a2fd | 8473 | @end table |
9897afc6 EE |
8474 | |
8475 | @ifset HPPA | |
8476 | @value{GDBN} detects the loading of a shared library and automatically | |
8477 | reads in symbols from the newly loaded library, up to a threshold that | |
8478 | is initially set but that you can modify if you wish. | |
8479 | ||
8480 | Beyond that threshold, symbols from shared libraries must be explicitly | |
8481 | loaded. To load these symbols, use the command @code{sharedlibrary} | |
8482 | @var{filename}. The base address of the shared library is determined | |
8483 | automatically by @value{GDBN} and need not be specified. | |
8484 | ||
8485 | To display or set the threshold, use the commands: | |
8486 | ||
8487 | @table @code | |
8488 | @kindex set auto-solib-add | |
8489 | @item set auto-solib-add @var{threshold} | |
8490 | Set the autoloading size threshold, in megabytes. If @var{threshold} is | |
8491 | nonzero, symbols from all shared object libraries will be loaded | |
8492 | automatically when the inferior begins execution or when the dynamic | |
8493 | linker informs @value{GDBN} that a new library has been loaded, until | |
8494 | the symbol table of the program and libraries exceeds this threshold. | |
8495 | Otherwise, symbols must be loaded manually, using the | |
8496 | @code{sharedlibrary} command. The default threshold is 100 megabytes. | |
8497 | ||
8498 | @kindex show auto-solib-add | |
8499 | @item show auto-solib-add | |
8500 | Display the current autoloading size threshold, in megabytes. | |
8501 | @end table | |
8502 | @end ifset | |
8503 | ||
18fae2a8 | 8504 | @end ifclear |
70b88761 | 8505 | |
9897afc6 | 8506 | @node Symbol Errors, , Files, GDB Files |
93928b60 | 8507 | @section Errors reading symbol files |
1041a570 | 8508 | |
9a27b06e | 8509 | While reading a symbol file, @value{GDBN} occasionally encounters problems, |
1041a570 | 8510 | such as symbol types it does not recognize, or known bugs in compiler |
18fae2a8 | 8511 | output. By default, @value{GDBN} does not notify you of such problems, since |
1041a570 RP |
8512 | they are relatively common and primarily of interest to people |
8513 | debugging compilers. If you are interested in seeing information | |
18fae2a8 | 8514 | about ill-constructed symbol tables, you can either ask @value{GDBN} to print |
b80282d5 | 8515 | only one message about each such type of problem, no matter how many |
18fae2a8 | 8516 | times the problem occurs; or you can ask @value{GDBN} to print more messages, |
1041a570 | 8517 | to see how many times the problems occur, with the @code{set |
93928b60 RP |
8518 | complaints} command (@pxref{Messages/Warnings, ,Optional warnings and |
8519 | messages}). | |
70b88761 | 8520 | |
d55320a0 | 8521 | The messages currently printed, and their meanings, include: |
70b88761 RP |
8522 | |
8523 | @table @code | |
8524 | @item inner block not inside outer block in @var{symbol} | |
8525 | ||
8526 | The symbol information shows where symbol scopes begin and end | |
8527 | (such as at the start of a function or a block of statements). This | |
8528 | error indicates that an inner scope block is not fully contained | |
e251e767 | 8529 | in its outer scope blocks. |
70b88761 | 8530 | |
18fae2a8 | 8531 | @value{GDBN} circumvents the problem by treating the inner block as if it had |
70b88761 RP |
8532 | the same scope as the outer block. In the error message, @var{symbol} |
8533 | may be shown as ``@code{(don't know)}'' if the outer block is not a | |
8534 | function. | |
8535 | ||
8536 | @item block at @var{address} out of order | |
8537 | ||
e251e767 | 8538 | The symbol information for symbol scope blocks should occur in |
70b88761 | 8539 | order of increasing addresses. This error indicates that it does not |
e251e767 | 8540 | do so. |
70b88761 | 8541 | |
9a27b06e | 8542 | @value{GDBN} does not circumvent this problem, and has trouble |
ed447b95 RP |
8543 | locating symbols in the source file whose symbols it is reading. (You |
8544 | can often determine what source file is affected by specifying | |
93928b60 RP |
8545 | @code{set verbose on}. @xref{Messages/Warnings, ,Optional warnings and |
8546 | messages}.) | |
70b88761 RP |
8547 | |
8548 | @item bad block start address patched | |
8549 | ||
8550 | The symbol information for a symbol scope block has a start address | |
8551 | smaller than the address of the preceding source line. This is known | |
e251e767 | 8552 | to occur in the SunOS 4.1.1 (and earlier) C compiler. |
70b88761 | 8553 | |
18fae2a8 | 8554 | @value{GDBN} circumvents the problem by treating the symbol scope block as |
70b88761 RP |
8555 | starting on the previous source line. |
8556 | ||
70b88761 RP |
8557 | @item bad string table offset in symbol @var{n} |
8558 | ||
8559 | @cindex foo | |
8560 | Symbol number @var{n} contains a pointer into the string table which is | |
e251e767 | 8561 | larger than the size of the string table. |
70b88761 | 8562 | |
18fae2a8 | 8563 | @value{GDBN} circumvents the problem by considering the symbol to have the |
70b88761 RP |
8564 | name @code{foo}, which may cause other problems if many symbols end up |
8565 | with this name. | |
8566 | ||
8567 | @item unknown symbol type @code{0x@var{nn}} | |
8568 | ||
18fae2a8 | 8569 | The symbol information contains new data types that @value{GDBN} does not yet |
70b88761 | 8570 | know how to read. @code{0x@var{nn}} is the symbol type of the misunderstood |
e251e767 | 8571 | information, in hexadecimal. |
70b88761 | 8572 | |
18fae2a8 | 8573 | @value{GDBN} circumvents the error by ignoring this symbol information. This |
9a27b06e RP |
8574 | usually allows you to debug your program, though certain symbols |
8575 | are not accessible. If you encounter such a problem and feel like | |
18fae2a8 | 8576 | debugging it, you can debug @code{@value{GDBP}} with itself, breakpoint on |
70b88761 RP |
8577 | @code{complain}, then go up to the function @code{read_dbx_symtab} and |
8578 | examine @code{*bufp} to see the symbol. | |
8579 | ||
8580 | @item stub type has NULL name | |
1d7c3357 RP |
8581 | @value{GDBN} could not find the full definition for |
8582 | @ifclear CONLY | |
8583 | a struct or class. | |
8584 | @end ifclear | |
8585 | @ifset CONLY | |
8586 | a struct. | |
8587 | @end ifset | |
70b88761 | 8588 | |
1d7c3357 | 8589 | @ifclear CONLY |
440d9834 | 8590 | @item const/volatile indicator missing (ok if using g++ v1.x), got@dots{} |
70b88761 RP |
8591 | |
8592 | The symbol information for a C++ member function is missing some | |
440d9834 RP |
8593 | information that recent versions of the compiler should have output |
8594 | for it. | |
1d7c3357 | 8595 | @end ifclear |
70b88761 | 8596 | |
440d9834 | 8597 | @item info mismatch between compiler and debugger |
70b88761 | 8598 | |
18fae2a8 | 8599 | @value{GDBN} could not parse a type specification output by the compiler. |
70b88761 RP |
8600 | @end table |
8601 | ||
9897afc6 | 8602 | @node Targets, Controlling GDB, GDB Files, Top |
e251e767 | 8603 | @chapter Specifying a Debugging Target |
70b88761 RP |
8604 | @cindex debugging target |
8605 | @kindex target | |
1041a570 | 8606 | |
cedaf8bc | 8607 | A @dfn{target} is the execution environment occupied by your program. |
9897afc6 | 8608 | @ifclear HPPA |
18fae2a8 RP |
8609 | @ifclear BARETARGET |
8610 | Often, @value{GDBN} runs in the same host environment as your program; in | |
1041a570 RP |
8611 | that case, the debugging target is specified as a side effect when you |
8612 | use the @code{file} or @code{core} commands. When you need more | |
18fae2a8 | 8613 | flexibility---for example, running @value{GDBN} on a physically separate |
1041a570 | 8614 | host, or controlling a standalone system over a serial port or a |
0f153e74 | 8615 | realtime system over a TCP/IP connection---you |
18fae2a8 | 8616 | @end ifclear |
9897afc6 EE |
8617 | @end ifclear |
8618 | @ifset HPPA | |
8619 | On HP-UX systems, @value{GDBN} has been configured to support debugging | |
8620 | of processes running on the PA-RISC architecture. This means that the | |
8621 | only possible targets are: | |
8622 | ||
8623 | @itemize @bullet | |
8624 | @item | |
8625 | An executable that has been compiled and linked to run on HP-UX | |
8626 | ||
8627 | @item | |
8628 | A live HP-UX process, either started by @value{GDBN} (with the | |
8629 | @code{run} command) or started outside of @value{GDBN} and attached to | |
8630 | (with the @code{attach} command) | |
8631 | ||
8632 | @item | |
8633 | A core file generated by an HP-UX process that previously aborted | |
8634 | execution | |
8635 | @end itemize | |
8636 | ||
8637 | @value{GDBN} on HP-UX has not been configured to support remote | |
8638 | debugging, or to support programs running on other platforms. You | |
8639 | @end ifset | |
18fae2a8 | 8640 | @ifset BARETARGET |
0f153e74 | 8641 | You |
18fae2a8 | 8642 | @end ifset |
0f153e74 | 8643 | can use the @code{target} command to specify one of the target types |
93928b60 RP |
8644 | configured for @value{GDBN} (@pxref{Target Commands, ,Commands for managing |
8645 | targets}). | |
70b88761 RP |
8646 | |
8647 | @menu | |
ed447b95 RP |
8648 | * Active Targets:: Active targets |
8649 | * Target Commands:: Commands for managing targets | |
9897afc6 EE |
8650 | @ifset REMOTESTUB |
8651 | * Byte Order:: Choosing target byte order | |
ed447b95 | 8652 | * Remote:: Remote debugging |
9897afc6 EE |
8653 | @end ifset |
8654 | ||
70b88761 RP |
8655 | @end menu |
8656 | ||
9897afc6 | 8657 | @node Active Targets, Target Commands, Targets, Targets |
93928b60 | 8658 | @section Active targets |
70b88761 RP |
8659 | @cindex stacking targets |
8660 | @cindex active targets | |
8661 | @cindex multiple targets | |
8662 | ||
18fae2a8 | 8663 | @ifclear BARETARGET |
cedaf8bc | 8664 | There are three classes of targets: processes, core files, and |
18fae2a8 | 8665 | executable files. @value{GDBN} can work concurrently on up to three active |
cedaf8bc RP |
8666 | targets, one in each class. This allows you to (for example) start a |
8667 | process and inspect its activity without abandoning your work on a core | |
8668 | file. | |
70b88761 | 8669 | |
ed447b95 | 8670 | For example, if you execute @samp{gdb a.out}, then the executable file |
cedaf8bc RP |
8671 | @code{a.out} is the only active target. If you designate a core file as |
8672 | well---presumably from a prior run that crashed and coredumped---then | |
9a27b06e | 8673 | @value{GDBN} has two active targets and uses them in tandem, looking |
cedaf8bc RP |
8674 | first in the corefile target, then in the executable file, to satisfy |
8675 | requests for memory addresses. (Typically, these two classes of target | |
29a2b744 | 8676 | are complementary, since core files contain only a program's |
cedaf8bc RP |
8677 | read-write memory---variables and so on---plus machine status, while |
8678 | executable files contain only the program text and initialized data.) | |
18fae2a8 | 8679 | @end ifclear |
cedaf8bc RP |
8680 | |
8681 | When you type @code{run}, your executable file becomes an active process | |
18fae2a8 | 8682 | target as well. When a process target is active, all @value{GDBN} commands |
0f153e74 | 8683 | requesting memory addresses refer to that target; addresses in an |
18fae2a8 | 8684 | @ifclear BARETARGET |
0f153e74 | 8685 | active core file or |
18fae2a8 | 8686 | @end ifclear |
0f153e74 | 8687 | executable file target are obscured while the process |
cedaf8bc RP |
8688 | target is active. |
8689 | ||
18fae2a8 | 8690 | @ifset BARETARGET |
4eb4cf57 | 8691 | Use the @code{exec-file} command to select a |
93928b60 RP |
8692 | new executable target (@pxref{Files, ,Commands to specify |
8693 | files}). | |
18fae2a8 RP |
8694 | @end ifset |
8695 | @ifclear BARETARGET | |
1041a570 | 8696 | Use the @code{core-file} and @code{exec-file} commands to select a |
93928b60 RP |
8697 | new core file or executable target (@pxref{Files, ,Commands to specify |
8698 | files}). To specify as a target a process that is already running, use | |
1041a570 | 8699 | the @code{attach} command (@pxref{Attach, ,Debugging an |
93928b60 | 8700 | already-running process}). |
18fae2a8 | 8701 | @end ifclear |
70b88761 | 8702 | |
9897afc6 | 8703 | @node Target Commands, Byte Order, Active Targets, Targets |
93928b60 | 8704 | @section Commands for managing targets |
70b88761 RP |
8705 | |
8706 | @table @code | |
8707 | @item target @var{type} @var{parameters} | |
1d7c3357 RP |
8708 | Connects the @value{GDBN} host environment to a target |
8709 | @ifset BARETARGET | |
8710 | machine. | |
8711 | @end ifset | |
8712 | @ifclear BARETARGET | |
8713 | machine or process. A target is typically a protocol for talking to | |
8714 | debugging facilities. You use the argument @var{type} to specify the | |
8715 | type or protocol of the target machine. | |
70b88761 RP |
8716 | |
8717 | Further @var{parameters} are interpreted by the target protocol, but | |
8718 | typically include things like device names or host names to connect | |
e251e767 | 8719 | with, process numbers, and baud rates. |
1d7c3357 | 8720 | @end ifclear |
70b88761 | 8721 | |
9a27b06e | 8722 | The @code{target} command does not repeat if you press @key{RET} again |
70b88761 RP |
8723 | after executing the command. |
8724 | ||
70b88761 | 8725 | @kindex help target |
af215b1a | 8726 | @item help target |
70b88761 RP |
8727 | Displays the names of all targets available. To display targets |
8728 | currently selected, use either @code{info target} or @code{info files} | |
93928b60 | 8729 | (@pxref{Files, ,Commands to specify files}). |
70b88761 RP |
8730 | |
8731 | @item help target @var{name} | |
8732 | Describe a particular target, including any parameters necessary to | |
8733 | select it. | |
af215b1a VM |
8734 | |
8735 | @kindex set gnutarget | |
8736 | @item set gnutarget @var{args} | |
9897afc6 | 8737 | @value{GDBN} uses its own library BFD to read your files. @value{GDBN} |
af215b1a | 8738 | knows whether it is reading an @dfn{executable}, |
9897afc6 | 8739 | a @dfn{core}, or a @dfn{.o} file; however, you can specify the file format |
af215b1a VM |
8740 | with the @code{set gnutarget} command. Unlike most @code{target} commands, |
8741 | with @code{gnutarget} the @code{target} refers to a program, not a machine. | |
8742 | ||
8743 | @emph{Warning:} To specify a file format with @code{set gnutarget}, | |
9897afc6 | 8744 | you must know the actual BFD name. |
af215b1a VM |
8745 | |
8746 | @noindent @xref{Files, , Commands to specify files}. | |
8747 | ||
8748 | @kindex show gnutarget | |
8749 | @item show gnutarget | |
8750 | Use the @code{show gnutarget} command to display what file format | |
8751 | @code{gnutarget} is set to read. If you have not set @code{gnutarget}, | |
9897afc6 EE |
8752 | @value{GDBN} will determine the file format for each file automatically, |
8753 | and @code{show gnutarget} displays @samp{The current BDF target is "auto"}. | |
70b88761 RP |
8754 | @end table |
8755 | ||
9897afc6 | 8756 | @ifclear HPPA |
c7cb8acb | 8757 | Here are some common targets (available, or not, depending on the GDB |
70b88761 | 8758 | configuration): |
9897afc6 EE |
8759 | @end ifclear |
8760 | @ifset HPPA | |
8761 | These are the valid targets on HP-UX systems: | |
8762 | @end ifset | |
70b88761 RP |
8763 | |
8764 | @table @code | |
70b88761 | 8765 | @kindex target exec |
af215b1a | 8766 | @item target exec @var{program} |
fe715d06 RP |
8767 | An executable file. @samp{target exec @var{program}} is the same as |
8768 | @samp{exec-file @var{program}}. | |
70b88761 | 8769 | |
1d7c3357 | 8770 | @ifclear BARETARGET |
70b88761 | 8771 | @kindex target core |
af215b1a | 8772 | @item target core @var{filename} |
70b88761 RP |
8773 | A core dump file. @samp{target core @var{filename}} is the same as |
8774 | @samp{core-file @var{filename}}. | |
1d7c3357 | 8775 | @end ifclear |
70b88761 | 8776 | |
18fae2a8 | 8777 | @ifset REMOTESTUB |
70b88761 | 8778 | @kindex target remote |
af215b1a | 8779 | @item target remote @var{dev} |
c7cb8acb | 8780 | Remote serial target in GDB-specific protocol. The argument @var{dev} |
70b88761 | 8781 | specifies what serial device to use for the connection (e.g. |
af215b1a VM |
8782 | @file{/dev/ttya}). @xref{Remote, ,Remote debugging}. @code{target remote} |
8783 | now supports the @code{load} command. This is only useful if you have | |
8784 | some other way of getting the stub to the target system, and you can put | |
8785 | it somewhere in memory where it won't get clobbered by the download. | |
18fae2a8 | 8786 | @end ifset |
70b88761 | 8787 | |
fe715d06 | 8788 | @ifset SIMS |
fe715d06 | 8789 | @kindex target sim |
af215b1a | 8790 | @item target sim |
fe715d06 RP |
8791 | CPU simulator. @xref{Simulator,,Simulated CPU Target}. |
8792 | @end ifset | |
8793 | ||
a64a6c2b | 8794 | @ifset AMD29K |
fe715d06 | 8795 | @kindex target udi |
af215b1a | 8796 | @item target udi @var{keyword} |
fe715d06 RP |
8797 | Remote AMD29K target, using the AMD UDI protocol. The @var{keyword} |
8798 | argument specifies which 29K board or simulator to use. @xref{UDI29K | |
b1955f0b | 8799 | Remote,,The UDI protocol for AMD29K}. |
fe715d06 | 8800 | |
70b88761 | 8801 | @kindex target amd-eb |
af215b1a | 8802 | @item target amd-eb @var{dev} @var{speed} @var{PROG} |
70b88761 RP |
8803 | @cindex AMD EB29K |
8804 | Remote PC-resident AMD EB29K board, attached over serial lines. | |
8805 | @var{dev} is the serial device, as for @code{target remote}; | |
8806 | @var{speed} allows you to specify the linespeed; and @var{PROG} is the | |
8807 | name of the program to be debugged, as it appears to DOS on the PC. | |
b1955f0b | 8808 | @xref{EB29K Remote, ,The EBMON protocol for AMD29K}. |
77fe5411 | 8809 | |
18fae2a8 | 8810 | @end ifset |
a64a6c2b | 8811 | @ifset H8 |
c7cb8acb | 8812 | @kindex target hms |
af215b1a | 8813 | @item target hms @var{dev} |
72545cc6 | 8814 | A Hitachi SH, H8/300, or H8/500 board, attached via serial line to your host. |
a64a6c2b | 8815 | @ifclear H8EXCLUSIVE |
a64a6c2b RP |
8816 | Use special commands @code{device} and @code{speed} to control the serial |
8817 | line and the communications speed used. | |
8818 | @end ifclear | |
8819 | @xref{Hitachi Remote,,@value{GDBN} and Hitachi Microprocessors}. | |
c7cb8acb | 8820 | |
18fae2a8 | 8821 | @end ifset |
a64a6c2b | 8822 | @ifset I960 |
70b88761 | 8823 | @kindex target nindy |
af215b1a | 8824 | @item target nindy @var{devicename} |
70b88761 RP |
8825 | An Intel 960 board controlled by a Nindy Monitor. @var{devicename} is |
8826 | the name of the serial device to use for the connection, e.g. | |
ed447b95 | 8827 | @file{/dev/ttya}. @xref{i960-Nindy Remote, ,@value{GDBN} with a remote i960 (Nindy)}. |
70b88761 | 8828 | |
18fae2a8 | 8829 | @end ifset |
a64a6c2b | 8830 | @ifset ST2000 |
77fe5411 | 8831 | @kindex target st2000 |
af215b1a | 8832 | @item target st2000 @var{dev} @var{speed} |
77fe5411 RP |
8833 | A Tandem ST2000 phone switch, running Tandem's STDBUG protocol. @var{dev} |
8834 | is the name of the device attached to the ST2000 serial line; | |
8835 | @var{speed} is the communication line speed. The arguments are not used | |
18fae2a8 RP |
8836 | if @value{GDBN} is configured to connect to the ST2000 using TCP or Telnet. |
8837 | @xref{ST2000 Remote,,@value{GDBN} with a Tandem ST2000}. | |
18fae2a8 | 8838 | @end ifset |
af215b1a | 8839 | |
18fae2a8 | 8840 | @ifset VXWORKS |
70b88761 | 8841 | @kindex target vxworks |
af215b1a | 8842 | @item target vxworks @var{machinename} |
70b88761 RP |
8843 | A VxWorks system, attached via TCP/IP. The argument @var{machinename} |
8844 | is the target system's machine name or IP address. | |
18fae2a8 RP |
8845 | @xref{VxWorks Remote, ,@value{GDBN} and VxWorks}. |
8846 | @end ifset | |
af215b1a | 8847 | |
d390cad1 SS |
8848 | @kindex target bug |
8849 | @item target bug @var{dev} | |
8850 | BUG monitor, running on a MVME187 (m88k) board. | |
8851 | ||
9897afc6 | 8852 | @ifclear HPPA |
af215b1a VM |
8853 | @kindex target cpu32bug |
8854 | @item target cpu32bug @var{dev} | |
8855 | CPU32BUG monitor, running on a CPU32 (M68K) board. | |
8856 | ||
8857 | @kindex target op50n | |
8858 | @item target op50n @var{dev} | |
8859 | OP50N monitor, running on an OKI HPPA board. | |
8860 | ||
8861 | @kindex target w89k | |
8862 | @item target w89k @var{dev} | |
8863 | W89K monitor, running on a Winbond HPPA board. | |
8864 | ||
8865 | @kindex target est | |
8866 | @item target est @var{dev} | |
8867 | EST-300 ICE monitor, running on a CPU32 (M68K) board. | |
8868 | ||
8869 | @kindex target rom68k | |
8870 | @item target rom68k @var{dev} | |
8871 | ROM 68K monitor, running on an IDP board. | |
8872 | ||
8873 | @kindex target array | |
8874 | @item target array @var{dev} | |
8875 | Array Tech LSI33K RAID controller board. | |
8876 | ||
8877 | @kindex target sparclite | |
8878 | @item target sparclite @var{dev} | |
8879 | Fujitsu sparclite boards, used only for the purpose of loading. | |
8880 | You must use an additional command to debug the program. | |
8881 | For example: target remote @var{dev} using @value{GDBN} standard | |
8882 | remote protocol. | |
9897afc6 | 8883 | @end ifclear |
70b88761 RP |
8884 | @end table |
8885 | ||
18fae2a8 | 8886 | @ifset GENERIC |
af215b1a VM |
8887 | Different targets are available on different configurations of @value{GDBN}; |
8888 | your configuration may have more or fewer targets. | |
18fae2a8 | 8889 | @end ifset |
70b88761 | 8890 | |
9897afc6 EE |
8891 | @ifset REMOTESTUB |
8892 | @node Byte Order, Remote, Target Commands, Targets | |
af215b1a VM |
8893 | @section Choosing target byte order |
8894 | @cindex choosing target byte order | |
8895 | @cindex target byte order | |
8896 | @kindex set endian big | |
8897 | @kindex set endian little | |
8898 | @kindex set endian auto | |
8899 | @kindex show endian | |
8900 | ||
8901 | You can now choose which byte order to use with a target system. | |
8902 | Use the @code{set endian big} and @code{set endian little} commands. | |
8903 | Use the @code{set endian auto} command to instruct | |
8904 | @value{GDBN} to use the byte order associated with the executable. | |
8905 | You can see the current setting for byte order with the @code{show endian} | |
8906 | command. | |
8907 | ||
8908 | @emph{Warning:} Currently, only embedded MIPS configurations support | |
8909 | dynamic selection of target byte order. | |
8910 | ||
9897afc6 | 8911 | @node Remote, , Byte Order, Targets |
93928b60 | 8912 | @section Remote debugging |
70b88761 RP |
8913 | @cindex remote debugging |
8914 | ||
29a2b744 | 8915 | If you are trying to debug a program running on a machine that cannot run |
af215b1a VM |
8916 | @value{GDBN} in the usual way, it is often useful to use remote debugging. |
8917 | For example, you might use remote debugging on an operating system kernel, | |
8918 | or on a small system which does not have a general purpose operating system | |
e251e767 | 8919 | powerful enough to run a full-featured debugger. |
70b88761 | 8920 | |
af215b1a | 8921 | Some configurations of @value{GDBN} have special serial or TCP/IP interfaces |
70b88761 | 8922 | to make this work with particular debugging targets. In addition, |
af215b1a VM |
8923 | @value{GDBN} comes with a generic serial protocol (specific to @value{GDBN}, |
8924 | but not specific to any particular target system) which you can use if you | |
9a27b06e | 8925 | write the remote stubs---the code that runs on the remote system to |
af215b1a | 8926 | communicate with @value{GDBN}. |
70b88761 | 8927 | |
70b88761 | 8928 | Other remote targets may be available in your |
af215b1a | 8929 | configuration of @value{GDBN}; use @code{help target} to list them. |
9897afc6 | 8930 | @end ifset |
70b88761 | 8931 | |
18fae2a8 RP |
8932 | @ifset GENERIC |
8933 | @c Text on starting up GDB in various specific cases; it goes up front | |
8934 | @c in manuals configured for any of those particular situations, here | |
8935 | @c otherwise. | |
18fae2a8 RP |
8936 | @menu |
8937 | @ifset REMOTESTUB | |
8938 | * Remote Serial:: @value{GDBN} remote serial protocol | |
8939 | @end ifset | |
a64a6c2b | 8940 | @ifset I960 |
18fae2a8 RP |
8941 | * i960-Nindy Remote:: @value{GDBN} with a remote i960 (Nindy) |
8942 | @end ifset | |
a64a6c2b | 8943 | @ifset AMD29K |
b1955f0b RP |
8944 | * UDI29K Remote:: The UDI protocol for AMD29K |
8945 | * EB29K Remote:: The EBMON protocol for AMD29K | |
18fae2a8 RP |
8946 | @end ifset |
8947 | @ifset VXWORKS | |
8948 | * VxWorks Remote:: @value{GDBN} and VxWorks | |
8949 | @end ifset | |
a64a6c2b | 8950 | @ifset ST2000 |
18fae2a8 RP |
8951 | * ST2000 Remote:: @value{GDBN} with a Tandem ST2000 |
8952 | @end ifset | |
a64a6c2b RP |
8953 | @ifset H8 |
8954 | * Hitachi Remote:: @value{GDBN} and Hitachi Microprocessors | |
18fae2a8 | 8955 | @end ifset |
34ae25cd RP |
8956 | @ifset MIPS |
8957 | * MIPS Remote:: @value{GDBN} and MIPS boards | |
8958 | @end ifset | |
146ff252 DE |
8959 | @ifset SPARCLET |
8960 | * Sparclet Remote:: @value{GDBN} and Sparclet boards | |
8961 | @end ifset | |
fe715d06 RP |
8962 | @ifset SIMS |
8963 | * Simulator:: Simulated CPU target | |
18fae2a8 RP |
8964 | @end ifset |
8965 | @end menu | |
70b88761 | 8966 | |
4af6d502 | 8967 | @include remote.texi |
18fae2a8 RP |
8968 | @end ifset |
8969 | ||
8970 | @node Controlling GDB | |
8971 | @chapter Controlling @value{GDBN} | |
70b88761 | 8972 | |
93918348 | 8973 | You can alter the way @value{GDBN} interacts with you by using |
18fae2a8 | 8974 | the @code{set} command. For commands controlling how @value{GDBN} displays |
af215b1a VM |
8975 | data, @pxref{Print Settings, ,Print settings}; other settings are described |
8976 | here. | |
70b88761 RP |
8977 | |
8978 | @menu | |
b80282d5 | 8979 | * Prompt:: Prompt |
ed447b95 RP |
8980 | * Editing:: Command editing |
8981 | * History:: Command history | |
8982 | * Screen Size:: Screen size | |
b80282d5 | 8983 | * Numbers:: Numbers |
ed447b95 | 8984 | * Messages/Warnings:: Optional warnings and messages |
70b88761 RP |
8985 | @end menu |
8986 | ||
9897afc6 | 8987 | @node Prompt, Editing, Controlling GDB, Controlling GDB |
70b88761 | 8988 | @section Prompt |
af215b1a | 8989 | |
70b88761 | 8990 | @cindex prompt |
1041a570 | 8991 | |
18fae2a8 RP |
8992 | @value{GDBN} indicates its readiness to read a command by printing a string |
8993 | called the @dfn{prompt}. This string is normally @samp{(@value{GDBP})}. You | |
70b88761 | 8994 | can change the prompt string with the @code{set prompt} command. For |
18fae2a8 | 8995 | instance, when debugging @value{GDBN} with @value{GDBN}, it is useful to change |
af215b1a VM |
8996 | the prompt in one of the @value{GDBN} sessions so that you can always tell |
8997 | which one you are talking to. | |
8998 | ||
8999 | @emph{Note:} @code{set prompt} no longer adds a space for you after the | |
9000 | prompt you set. This allows you to set a prompt which ends in a space | |
9001 | or a prompt that does not. | |
70b88761 RP |
9002 | |
9003 | @table @code | |
70b88761 | 9004 | @kindex set prompt |
af215b1a | 9005 | @item set prompt @var{newprompt} |
18fae2a8 | 9006 | Directs @value{GDBN} to use @var{newprompt} as its prompt string henceforth. |
af215b1a | 9007 | |
70b88761 RP |
9008 | @kindex show prompt |
9009 | @item show prompt | |
9010 | Prints a line of the form: @samp{Gdb's prompt is: @var{your-prompt}} | |
9011 | @end table | |
9012 | ||
9897afc6 | 9013 | @node Editing, History, Prompt, Controlling GDB |
93928b60 | 9014 | @section Command editing |
70b88761 RP |
9015 | @cindex readline |
9016 | @cindex command line editing | |
1041a570 | 9017 | |
18fae2a8 | 9018 | @value{GDBN} reads its input commands via the @dfn{readline} interface. This |
af215b1a VM |
9019 | @sc{gnu} library provides consistent behavior for programs which provide a |
9020 | command line interface to the user. Advantages are @sc{gnu} Emacs-style | |
9021 | or @dfn{vi}-style inline editing of commands, @code{csh}-like history | |
70b88761 RP |
9022 | substitution, and a storage and recall of command history across |
9023 | debugging sessions. | |
9024 | ||
18fae2a8 | 9025 | You may control the behavior of command line editing in @value{GDBN} with the |
e251e767 | 9026 | command @code{set}. |
70b88761 RP |
9027 | |
9028 | @table @code | |
9029 | @kindex set editing | |
9030 | @cindex editing | |
9031 | @item set editing | |
9032 | @itemx set editing on | |
9033 | Enable command line editing (enabled by default). | |
9034 | ||
9035 | @item set editing off | |
9036 | Disable command line editing. | |
9037 | ||
9038 | @kindex show editing | |
9039 | @item show editing | |
9040 | Show whether command line editing is enabled. | |
9041 | @end table | |
9042 | ||
9897afc6 | 9043 | @node History, Screen Size, Editing, Controlling GDB |
ed447b95 RP |
9044 | @section Command history |
9045 | ||
9046 | @value{GDBN} can keep track of the commands you type during your | |
9047 | debugging sessions, so that you can be certain of precisely what | |
9048 | happened. Use these commands to manage the @value{GDBN} command | |
9049 | history facility. | |
1041a570 | 9050 | |
70b88761 RP |
9051 | @table @code |
9052 | @cindex history substitution | |
9053 | @cindex history file | |
9054 | @kindex set history filename | |
9a27b06e | 9055 | @kindex GDBHISTFILE |
70b88761 | 9056 | @item set history filename @var{fname} |
9a27b06e RP |
9057 | Set the name of the @value{GDBN} command history file to @var{fname}. |
9058 | This is the file where @value{GDBN} reads an initial command history | |
9059 | list, and where it writes the command history from this session when it | |
9060 | exits. You can access this list through history expansion or through | |
9061 | the history command editing characters listed below. This file defaults | |
9062 | to the value of the environment variable @code{GDBHISTFILE}, or to | |
70b88761 RP |
9063 | @file{./.gdb_history} if this variable is not set. |
9064 | ||
9065 | @cindex history save | |
9066 | @kindex set history save | |
9067 | @item set history save | |
9068 | @itemx set history save on | |
9069 | Record command history in a file, whose name may be specified with the | |
9070 | @code{set history filename} command. By default, this option is disabled. | |
9071 | ||
9072 | @item set history save off | |
9073 | Stop recording command history in a file. | |
9074 | ||
9075 | @cindex history size | |
9076 | @kindex set history size | |
9077 | @item set history size @var{size} | |
9a27b06e | 9078 | Set the number of commands which @value{GDBN} keeps in its history list. |
70b88761 RP |
9079 | This defaults to the value of the environment variable |
9080 | @code{HISTSIZE}, or to 256 if this variable is not set. | |
9081 | @end table | |
9082 | ||
9083 | @cindex history expansion | |
9084 | History expansion assigns special meaning to the character @kbd{!}. | |
ed447b95 | 9085 | @ifset have-readline-appendices |
1041a570 | 9086 | @xref{Event Designators}. |
ed447b95 RP |
9087 | @end ifset |
9088 | ||
70b88761 RP |
9089 | Since @kbd{!} is also the logical not operator in C, history expansion |
9090 | is off by default. If you decide to enable history expansion with the | |
9091 | @code{set history expansion on} command, you may sometimes need to | |
9092 | follow @kbd{!} (when it is used as logical not, in an expression) with | |
9093 | a space or a tab to prevent it from being expanded. The readline | |
9a27b06e | 9094 | history facilities do not attempt substitution on the strings |
70b88761 RP |
9095 | @kbd{!=} and @kbd{!(}, even when history expansion is enabled. |
9096 | ||
9097 | The commands to control history expansion are: | |
9098 | ||
9099 | @table @code | |
70b88761 RP |
9100 | @kindex set history expansion |
9101 | @item set history expansion on | |
9102 | @itemx set history expansion | |
9103 | Enable history expansion. History expansion is off by default. | |
9104 | ||
9105 | @item set history expansion off | |
9106 | Disable history expansion. | |
9107 | ||
9108 | The readline code comes with more complete documentation of | |
af215b1a | 9109 | editing and history expansion features. Users unfamiliar with @sc{gnu} Emacs |
e251e767 | 9110 | or @code{vi} may wish to read it. |
ed447b95 | 9111 | @ifset have-readline-appendices |
70b88761 | 9112 | @xref{Command Line Editing}. |
ed447b95 | 9113 | @end ifset |
70b88761 RP |
9114 | |
9115 | @c @group | |
9116 | @kindex show history | |
9117 | @item show history | |
9118 | @itemx show history filename | |
9119 | @itemx show history save | |
9120 | @itemx show history size | |
9121 | @itemx show history expansion | |
18fae2a8 | 9122 | These commands display the state of the @value{GDBN} history parameters. |
70b88761 RP |
9123 | @code{show history} by itself displays all four states. |
9124 | @c @end group | |
70b88761 RP |
9125 | @end table |
9126 | ||
9127 | @table @code | |
9128 | @kindex show commands | |
9129 | @item show commands | |
9130 | Display the last ten commands in the command history. | |
9131 | ||
9132 | @item show commands @var{n} | |
9133 | Print ten commands centered on command number @var{n}. | |
9134 | ||
9135 | @item show commands + | |
9136 | Print ten commands just after the commands last printed. | |
70b88761 RP |
9137 | @end table |
9138 | ||
9897afc6 | 9139 | @node Screen Size, Numbers, History, Controlling GDB |
93928b60 | 9140 | @section Screen size |
70b88761 RP |
9141 | @cindex size of screen |
9142 | @cindex pauses in output | |
1041a570 | 9143 | |
a1eff6c2 RP |
9144 | Certain commands to @value{GDBN} may produce large amounts of |
9145 | information output to the screen. To help you read all of it, | |
9146 | @value{GDBN} pauses and asks you for input at the end of each page of | |
9147 | output. Type @key{RET} when you want to continue the output, or @kbd{q} | |
34ae25cd RP |
9148 | to discard the remaining output. Also, the screen width setting |
9149 | determines when to wrap lines of output. Depending on what is being | |
9150 | printed, @value{GDBN} tries to break the line at a readable place, | |
70b88761 RP |
9151 | rather than simply letting it overflow onto the following line. |
9152 | ||
18fae2a8 | 9153 | Normally @value{GDBN} knows the size of the screen from the termcap data base |
70b88761 RP |
9154 | together with the value of the @code{TERM} environment variable and the |
9155 | @code{stty rows} and @code{stty cols} settings. If this is not correct, | |
9156 | you can override it with the @code{set height} and @code{set | |
9157 | width} commands: | |
9158 | ||
9159 | @table @code | |
70b88761 RP |
9160 | @kindex set height |
9161 | @kindex set width | |
9162 | @kindex show width | |
9163 | @kindex show height | |
af215b1a VM |
9164 | @item set height @var{lpp} |
9165 | @itemx show height | |
9166 | @itemx set width @var{cpl} | |
9167 | @itemx show width | |
70b88761 RP |
9168 | These @code{set} commands specify a screen height of @var{lpp} lines and |
9169 | a screen width of @var{cpl} characters. The associated @code{show} | |
9170 | commands display the current settings. | |
9171 | ||
af215b1a VM |
9172 | If you specify a height of zero lines, @value{GDBN} does not pause during |
9173 | output no matter how long the output is. This is useful if output is to a | |
9174 | file or to an editor buffer. | |
d55320a0 RP |
9175 | |
9176 | Likewise, you can specify @samp{set width 0} to prevent @value{GDBN} | |
9177 | from wrapping its output. | |
70b88761 RP |
9178 | @end table |
9179 | ||
9897afc6 | 9180 | @node Numbers, Messages/Warnings, Screen Size, Controlling GDB |
70b88761 RP |
9181 | @section Numbers |
9182 | @cindex number representation | |
9183 | @cindex entering numbers | |
1041a570 | 9184 | |
18fae2a8 | 9185 | You can always enter numbers in octal, decimal, or hexadecimal in @value{GDBN} by |
70b88761 RP |
9186 | the usual conventions: octal numbers begin with @samp{0}, decimal |
9187 | numbers end with @samp{.}, and hexadecimal numbers begin with @samp{0x}. | |
9188 | Numbers that begin with none of these are, by default, entered in base | |
9189 | 10; likewise, the default display for numbers---when no particular | |
9190 | format is specified---is base 10. You can change the default base for | |
9191 | both input and output with the @code{set radix} command. | |
9192 | ||
9193 | @table @code | |
af215b1a VM |
9194 | @kindex set input-radix |
9195 | @item set input-radix @var{base} | |
9196 | Set the default base for numeric input. Supported choices | |
d55320a0 | 9197 | for @var{base} are decimal 8, 10, or 16. @var{base} must itself be |
70b88761 RP |
9198 | specified either unambiguously or using the current default radix; for |
9199 | example, any of | |
9200 | ||
af215b1a | 9201 | @smallexample |
70b88761 RP |
9202 | set radix 012 |
9203 | set radix 10. | |
9204 | set radix 0xa | |
af215b1a | 9205 | @end smallexample |
70b88761 RP |
9206 | |
9207 | @noindent | |
9a27b06e RP |
9208 | sets the base to decimal. On the other hand, @samp{set radix 10} |
9209 | leaves the radix unchanged no matter what it was. | |
70b88761 | 9210 | |
af215b1a VM |
9211 | @kindex set output-radix |
9212 | @item set output-radix @var{base} | |
9213 | Set the default base for numeric display. Supported choices | |
9214 | for @var{base} are decimal 8, 10, or 16. @var{base} must itself be | |
9215 | specified either unambiguously or using the current default radix. | |
9216 | ||
9217 | @kindex show input-radix | |
9218 | @item show input-radix | |
9219 | Display the current default base for numeric input. | |
9220 | ||
9221 | @kindex show output-radix | |
9222 | @item show output-radix | |
9223 | Display the current default base for numeric display. | |
70b88761 RP |
9224 | @end table |
9225 | ||
9897afc6 | 9226 | @node Messages/Warnings, , Numbers, Controlling GDB |
93928b60 | 9227 | @section Optional warnings and messages |
1041a570 | 9228 | |
18fae2a8 | 9229 | By default, @value{GDBN} is silent about its inner workings. If you are running |
70b88761 | 9230 | on a slow machine, you may want to use the @code{set verbose} command. |
af215b1a | 9231 | This makes @value{GDBN} tell you when it does a lengthy internal operation, so |
1041a570 | 9232 | you will not think it has crashed. |
70b88761 | 9233 | |
1041a570 | 9234 | Currently, the messages controlled by @code{set verbose} are those |
d48da190 | 9235 | which announce that the symbol table for a source file is being read; |
93928b60 | 9236 | see @code{symbol-file} in @ref{Files, ,Commands to specify files}. |
70b88761 RP |
9237 | |
9238 | @table @code | |
9239 | @kindex set verbose | |
9240 | @item set verbose on | |
93918348 | 9241 | Enables @value{GDBN} output of certain informational messages. |
70b88761 RP |
9242 | |
9243 | @item set verbose off | |
93918348 | 9244 | Disables @value{GDBN} output of certain informational messages. |
70b88761 RP |
9245 | |
9246 | @kindex show verbose | |
9247 | @item show verbose | |
9248 | Displays whether @code{set verbose} is on or off. | |
9249 | @end table | |
9250 | ||
18fae2a8 | 9251 | By default, if @value{GDBN} encounters bugs in the symbol table of an object |
b80282d5 | 9252 | file, it is silent; but if you are debugging a compiler, you may find |
93928b60 | 9253 | this information useful (@pxref{Symbol Errors, ,Errors reading symbol files}). |
70b88761 RP |
9254 | |
9255 | @table @code | |
9256 | @kindex set complaints | |
9257 | @item set complaints @var{limit} | |
18fae2a8 | 9258 | Permits @value{GDBN} to output @var{limit} complaints about each type of unusual |
70b88761 RP |
9259 | symbols before becoming silent about the problem. Set @var{limit} to |
9260 | zero to suppress all complaints; set it to a large number to prevent | |
9261 | complaints from being suppressed. | |
9262 | ||
9263 | @kindex show complaints | |
9264 | @item show complaints | |
18fae2a8 | 9265 | Displays how many symbol complaints @value{GDBN} is permitted to produce. |
70b88761 RP |
9266 | @end table |
9267 | ||
18fae2a8 | 9268 | By default, @value{GDBN} is cautious, and asks what sometimes seems to be a |
70b88761 RP |
9269 | lot of stupid questions to confirm certain commands. For example, if |
9270 | you try to run a program which is already running: | |
1041a570 | 9271 | |
70b88761 | 9272 | @example |
18fae2a8 | 9273 | (@value{GDBP}) run |
70b88761 | 9274 | The program being debugged has been started already. |
e251e767 | 9275 | Start it from the beginning? (y or n) |
70b88761 RP |
9276 | @end example |
9277 | ||
29a2b744 | 9278 | If you are willing to unflinchingly face the consequences of your own |
70b88761 RP |
9279 | commands, you can disable this ``feature'': |
9280 | ||
9281 | @table @code | |
9282 | @kindex set confirm | |
9283 | @cindex flinching | |
9284 | @cindex confirmation | |
9285 | @cindex stupid questions | |
9286 | @item set confirm off | |
9287 | Disables confirmation requests. | |
9288 | ||
9289 | @item set confirm on | |
9290 | Enables confirmation requests (the default). | |
9291 | ||
70b88761 | 9292 | @kindex show confirm |
af215b1a | 9293 | @item show confirm |
70b88761 RP |
9294 | Displays state of confirmation requests. |
9295 | @end table | |
9296 | ||
9897afc6 | 9297 | @node Sequences, Emacs, Controlling GDB, Top |
70b88761 RP |
9298 | @chapter Canned Sequences of Commands |
9299 | ||
29a2b744 | 9300 | Aside from breakpoint commands (@pxref{Break Commands, ,Breakpoint |
93928b60 | 9301 | command lists}), @value{GDBN} provides two ways to store sequences of commands |
1041a570 | 9302 | for execution as a unit: user-defined commands and command files. |
70b88761 RP |
9303 | |
9304 | @menu | |
ed447b95 | 9305 | * Define:: User-defined commands |
9897afc6 | 9306 | * Hooks:: User-defined command hooks |
ed447b95 RP |
9307 | * Command Files:: Command files |
9308 | * Output:: Commands for controlled output | |
70b88761 RP |
9309 | @end menu |
9310 | ||
9897afc6 | 9311 | @node Define, Hooks, Sequences, Sequences |
ed447b95 | 9312 | @section User-defined commands |
70b88761 RP |
9313 | |
9314 | @cindex user-defined command | |
af215b1a VM |
9315 | A @dfn{user-defined command} is a sequence of @value{GDBN} commands to which |
9316 | you assign a new name as a command. This is done with the @code{define} | |
9317 | command. User commands may accept up to 10 arguments separated by whitespace. | |
9318 | Arguments are accessed within the user command via @var{$arg0@dots{}$arg9}. | |
9319 | A trivial example: | |
9320 | ||
9321 | @smallexample | |
9322 | define adder | |
9323 | print $arg0 + $arg1 + $arg2 | |
9324 | @end smallexample | |
9325 | ||
9326 | @noindent To execute the command use: | |
9327 | ||
9328 | @smallexample | |
9329 | adder 1 2 3 | |
9330 | @end smallexample | |
9331 | ||
9332 | @noindent This defines the command @code{adder}, which prints the sum of | |
9333 | its three arguments. Note the arguments are text substitutions, so they may | |
9334 | reference variables, use complex expressions, or even perform inferior | |
9335 | functions calls. | |
70b88761 RP |
9336 | |
9337 | @table @code | |
70b88761 | 9338 | @kindex define |
af215b1a | 9339 | @item define @var{commandname} |
70b88761 RP |
9340 | Define a command named @var{commandname}. If there is already a command |
9341 | by that name, you are asked to confirm that you want to redefine it. | |
9342 | ||
18fae2a8 | 9343 | The definition of the command is made up of other @value{GDBN} command lines, |
70b88761 RP |
9344 | which are given following the @code{define} command. The end of these |
9345 | commands is marked by a line containing @code{end}. | |
9346 | ||
d0b2a91c PB |
9347 | @kindex if |
9348 | @kindex else | |
af215b1a | 9349 | @item if |
d0b2a91c PB |
9350 | Takes a single argument, which is an expression to evaluate. |
9351 | It is followed by a series of commands that are executed | |
9352 | only if the expression is true (nonzero). | |
9353 | There can then optionally be a line @code{else}, followed | |
9354 | by a series of commands that are only executed if the expression | |
9355 | was false. The end of the list is marked by a line containing @code{end}. | |
9356 | ||
d0b2a91c | 9357 | @kindex while |
af215b1a VM |
9358 | @item while |
9359 | The syntax is similar to @code{if}: the command takes a single argument, | |
d0b2a91c PB |
9360 | which is an expression to evaluate, and must be followed by the commands to |
9361 | execute, one per line, terminated by an @code{end}. | |
9362 | The commands are executed repeatedly as long as the expression | |
9363 | evaluates to true. | |
9364 | ||
70b88761 | 9365 | @kindex document |
af215b1a VM |
9366 | @item document @var{commandname} |
9367 | Document the user-defined command @var{commandname}, so that it can be | |
9368 | accessed by @code{help}. The command @var{commandname} must already be | |
9369 | defined. This command reads lines of documentation just as @code{define} | |
9370 | reads the lines of the command definition, ending with @code{end}. | |
9371 | After the @code{document} command is finished, @code{help} on command | |
9372 | @var{commandname} displays the documentation you have written. | |
70b88761 RP |
9373 | |
9374 | You may use the @code{document} command again to change the | |
9375 | documentation of a command. Redefining the command with @code{define} | |
9376 | does not change the documentation. | |
9377 | ||
70b88761 | 9378 | @kindex help user-defined |
af215b1a | 9379 | @item help user-defined |
70b88761 RP |
9380 | List all user-defined commands, with the first line of the documentation |
9381 | (if any) for each. | |
9382 | ||
af215b1a | 9383 | @kindex show user |
4768ba62 JG |
9384 | @item show user |
9385 | @itemx show user @var{commandname} | |
18fae2a8 | 9386 | Display the @value{GDBN} commands used to define @var{commandname} (but not its |
70b88761 RP |
9387 | documentation). If no @var{commandname} is given, display the |
9388 | definitions for all user-defined commands. | |
9389 | @end table | |
9390 | ||
d0b2a91c | 9391 | When user-defined commands are executed, the |
70b88761 RP |
9392 | commands of the definition are not printed. An error in any command |
9393 | stops execution of the user-defined command. | |
9394 | ||
af215b1a VM |
9395 | If used interactively, commands that would ask for confirmation proceed |
9396 | without asking when used inside a user-defined command. Many @value{GDBN} | |
9397 | commands that normally print messages to say what they are doing omit the | |
9398 | messages when used in a user-defined command. | |
70b88761 | 9399 | |
9897afc6 | 9400 | @node Hooks, Command Files, Define, Sequences |
93928b60 | 9401 | @section User-defined command hooks |
35a15d60 JG |
9402 | @cindex command files |
9403 | ||
9404 | You may define @emph{hooks}, which are a special kind of user-defined | |
9405 | command. Whenever you run the command @samp{foo}, if the user-defined | |
9406 | command @samp{hook-foo} exists, it is executed (with no arguments) | |
9407 | before that command. | |
9408 | ||
1d7c3357 RP |
9409 | In addition, a pseudo-command, @samp{stop} exists. Defining |
9410 | (@samp{hook-stop}) makes the associated commands execute every time | |
9411 | execution stops in your program: before breakpoint commands are run, | |
9412 | displays are printed, or the stack frame is printed. | |
35a15d60 | 9413 | |
1d7c3357 RP |
9414 | @ifclear BARETARGET |
9415 | For example, to ignore @code{SIGALRM} signals while | |
9416 | single-stepping, but treat them normally during normal execution, | |
9417 | you could define: | |
35a15d60 JG |
9418 | |
9419 | @example | |
9420 | define hook-stop | |
9421 | handle SIGALRM nopass | |
9422 | end | |
9423 | ||
9424 | define hook-run | |
9425 | handle SIGALRM pass | |
9426 | end | |
9427 | ||
9428 | define hook-continue | |
9429 | handle SIGLARM pass | |
9430 | end | |
9431 | @end example | |
1d7c3357 | 9432 | @end ifclear |
35a15d60 | 9433 | |
1d7c3357 RP |
9434 | You can define a hook for any single-word command in @value{GDBN}, but |
9435 | not for command aliases; you should define a hook for the basic command | |
9436 | name, e.g. @code{backtrace} rather than @code{bt}. | |
9437 | @c FIXME! So how does Joe User discover whether a command is an alias | |
9438 | @c or not? | |
9439 | If an error occurs during the execution of your hook, execution of | |
9440 | @value{GDBN} commands stops and @value{GDBN} issues a prompt | |
9441 | (before the command that you actually typed had a chance to run). | |
35a15d60 | 9442 | |
93918348 | 9443 | If you try to define a hook which does not match any known command, you |
9a27b06e | 9444 | get a warning from the @code{define} command. |
35a15d60 | 9445 | |
9897afc6 | 9446 | @node Command Files, Output, Hooks, Sequences |
93928b60 | 9447 | @section Command files |
70b88761 RP |
9448 | |
9449 | @cindex command files | |
af215b1a VM |
9450 | A command file for @value{GDBN} is a file of lines that are @value{GDBN} |
9451 | commands. Comments (lines starting with @kbd{#}) may also be included. | |
9452 | An empty line in a command file does nothing; it does not mean to repeat | |
9453 | the last command, as it would from the terminal. | |
70b88761 RP |
9454 | |
9455 | @cindex init file | |
18fae2a8 RP |
9456 | @cindex @file{@value{GDBINIT}} |
9457 | When you start @value{GDBN}, it automatically executes commands from its | |
64a01450 JK |
9458 | @dfn{init files}. These are files named @file{@value{GDBINIT}}. |
9459 | @value{GDBN} reads the init file (if any) in your home directory, then | |
9460 | processes command line options and operands, and then reads the init | |
9461 | file (if any) in the current working directory. This is so the init | |
9462 | file in your home directory can set options (such as @code{set | |
8d43be62 | 9463 | complaints}) which affect the processing of the command line options and |
64a01450 JK |
9464 | operands. The init files are not executed if you use the @samp{-nx} |
9465 | option; @pxref{Mode Options, ,Choosing modes}. | |
51b65b74 RP |
9466 | |
9467 | @ifset GENERIC | |
9468 | @cindex init file name | |
9469 | On some configurations of @value{GDBN}, the init file is known by a | |
9470 | different name (these are typically environments where a specialized | |
af215b1a VM |
9471 | form of @value{GDBN} may need to coexist with other forms, |
9472 | hence a different name | |
51b65b74 RP |
9473 | for the specialized version's init file). These are the environments |
9474 | with special init file names: | |
9475 | ||
51b65b74 | 9476 | @kindex .vxgdbinit |
af215b1a | 9477 | @itemize @bullet |
51b65b74 RP |
9478 | @item |
9479 | VxWorks (Wind River Systems real-time OS): @samp{.vxgdbinit} | |
9480 | ||
9481 | @kindex .os68gdbinit | |
9482 | @item | |
9483 | OS68K (Enea Data Systems real-time OS): @samp{.os68gdbinit} | |
9484 | ||
9485 | @kindex .esgdbinit | |
9486 | @item | |
9487 | ES-1800 (Ericsson Telecom AB M68000 emulator): @samp{.esgdbinit} | |
9488 | @end itemize | |
9489 | @end ifset | |
9490 | ||
9491 | You can also request the execution of a command file with the | |
9492 | @code{source} command: | |
70b88761 RP |
9493 | |
9494 | @table @code | |
70b88761 | 9495 | @kindex source |
af215b1a | 9496 | @item source @var{filename} |
70b88761 RP |
9497 | Execute the command file @var{filename}. |
9498 | @end table | |
9499 | ||
9500 | The lines in a command file are executed sequentially. They are not | |
9501 | printed as they are executed. An error in any command terminates execution | |
9502 | of the command file. | |
9503 | ||
9504 | Commands that would ask for confirmation if used interactively proceed | |
18fae2a8 | 9505 | without asking when used in a command file. Many @value{GDBN} commands that |
70b88761 RP |
9506 | normally print messages to say what they are doing omit the messages |
9507 | when called from command files. | |
9508 | ||
9897afc6 | 9509 | @node Output, , Command Files, Sequences |
93928b60 | 9510 | @section Commands for controlled output |
70b88761 RP |
9511 | |
9512 | During the execution of a command file or a user-defined command, normal | |
18fae2a8 | 9513 | @value{GDBN} output is suppressed; the only output that appears is what is |
70b88761 RP |
9514 | explicitly printed by the commands in the definition. This section |
9515 | describes three commands useful for generating exactly the output you | |
9516 | want. | |
9517 | ||
9518 | @table @code | |
70b88761 | 9519 | @kindex echo |
af215b1a | 9520 | @item echo @var{text} |
29a2b744 RP |
9521 | @c I do not consider backslash-space a standard C escape sequence |
9522 | @c because it is not in ANSI. | |
1041a570 RP |
9523 | Print @var{text}. Nonprinting characters can be included in |
9524 | @var{text} using C escape sequences, such as @samp{\n} to print a | |
9a27b06e | 9525 | newline. @strong{No newline is printed unless you specify one.} |
1041a570 | 9526 | In addition to the standard C escape sequences, a backslash followed |
ed447b95 | 9527 | by a space stands for a space. This is useful for displaying a |
1041a570 RP |
9528 | string with spaces at the beginning or the end, since leading and |
9529 | trailing spaces are otherwise trimmed from all arguments. | |
9530 | To print @samp{@w{ }and foo =@w{ }}, use the command | |
9531 | @samp{echo \@w{ }and foo = \@w{ }}. | |
70b88761 RP |
9532 | |
9533 | A backslash at the end of @var{text} can be used, as in C, to continue | |
9534 | the command onto subsequent lines. For example, | |
9535 | ||
9536 | @example | |
9537 | echo This is some text\n\ | |
9538 | which is continued\n\ | |
9539 | onto several lines.\n | |
9540 | @end example | |
9541 | ||
9542 | produces the same output as | |
9543 | ||
9544 | @example | |
9545 | echo This is some text\n | |
9546 | echo which is continued\n | |
9547 | echo onto several lines.\n | |
9548 | @end example | |
9549 | ||
70b88761 | 9550 | @kindex output |
af215b1a | 9551 | @item output @var{expression} |
70b88761 RP |
9552 | Print the value of @var{expression} and nothing but that value: no |
9553 | newlines, no @samp{$@var{nn} = }. The value is not entered in the | |
af215b1a VM |
9554 | value history either. @xref{Expressions, ,Expressions}, for more information |
9555 | on expressions. | |
70b88761 RP |
9556 | |
9557 | @item output/@var{fmt} @var{expression} | |
9558 | Print the value of @var{expression} in format @var{fmt}. You can use | |
ed447b95 RP |
9559 | the same formats as for @code{print}. @xref{Output Formats,,Output |
9560 | formats}, for more information. | |
70b88761 | 9561 | |
70b88761 | 9562 | @kindex printf |
af215b1a | 9563 | @item printf @var{string}, @var{expressions}@dots{} |
70b88761 | 9564 | Print the values of the @var{expressions} under the control of |
d55320a0 RP |
9565 | @var{string}. The @var{expressions} are separated by commas and may be |
9566 | either numbers or pointers. Their values are printed as specified by | |
9567 | @var{string}, exactly as if your program were to execute the C | |
9568 | subroutine | |
70b88761 RP |
9569 | |
9570 | @example | |
9571 | printf (@var{string}, @var{expressions}@dots{}); | |
9572 | @end example | |
9573 | ||
9574 | For example, you can print two values in hex like this: | |
9575 | ||
0fd24984 | 9576 | @smallexample |
70b88761 | 9577 | printf "foo, bar-foo = 0x%x, 0x%x\n", foo, bar-foo |
0fd24984 | 9578 | @end smallexample |
70b88761 RP |
9579 | |
9580 | The only backslash-escape sequences that you can use in the format | |
9581 | string are the simple ones that consist of backslash followed by a | |
9582 | letter. | |
9583 | @end table | |
9584 | ||
18fae2a8 | 9585 | @ifclear DOSHOST |
9897afc6 | 9586 | @node Emacs, GDB Bugs, Sequences, Top |
af215b1a | 9587 | @chapter Using @value{GDBN} under @sc{gnu} Emacs |
70b88761 | 9588 | |
af215b1a VM |
9589 | @cindex Emacs |
9590 | @cindex @sc{gnu} Emacs | |
9591 | A special interface allows you to use @sc{gnu} Emacs to view (and | |
70b88761 | 9592 | edit) the source files for the program you are debugging with |
18fae2a8 | 9593 | @value{GDBN}. |
70b88761 RP |
9594 | |
9595 | To use this interface, use the command @kbd{M-x gdb} in Emacs. Give the | |
9596 | executable file you want to debug as an argument. This command starts | |
18fae2a8 | 9597 | @value{GDBN} as a subprocess of Emacs, with input and output through a newly |
70b88761 | 9598 | created Emacs buffer. |
9897afc6 EE |
9599 | @ifset HPPA |
9600 | (Do not use the @code{-tui} option to run @value{GDBN} from Emacs.) | |
9601 | @end ifset | |
70b88761 | 9602 | |
18fae2a8 | 9603 | Using @value{GDBN} under Emacs is just like using @value{GDBN} normally except for two |
70b88761 RP |
9604 | things: |
9605 | ||
9606 | @itemize @bullet | |
9607 | @item | |
e251e767 | 9608 | All ``terminal'' input and output goes through the Emacs buffer. |
70b88761 RP |
9609 | @end itemize |
9610 | ||
18fae2a8 | 9611 | This applies both to @value{GDBN} commands and their output, and to the input |
70b88761 RP |
9612 | and output done by the program you are debugging. |
9613 | ||
9614 | This is useful because it means that you can copy the text of previous | |
9615 | commands and input them again; you can even use parts of the output | |
9616 | in this way. | |
9617 | ||
3d3ab540 RP |
9618 | All the facilities of Emacs' Shell mode are available for interacting |
9619 | with your program. In particular, you can send signals the usual | |
9620 | way---for example, @kbd{C-c C-c} for an interrupt, @kbd{C-c C-z} for a | |
9621 | stop. | |
70b88761 RP |
9622 | |
9623 | @itemize @bullet | |
9624 | @item | |
18fae2a8 | 9625 | @value{GDBN} displays source code through Emacs. |
70b88761 RP |
9626 | @end itemize |
9627 | ||
18fae2a8 RP |
9628 | Each time @value{GDBN} displays a stack frame, Emacs automatically finds the |
9629 | source file for that frame and puts an arrow (@samp{=>}) at the | |
70b88761 | 9630 | left margin of the current line. Emacs uses a separate buffer for |
fe715d06 | 9631 | source display, and splits the screen to show both your @value{GDBN} session |
70b88761 RP |
9632 | and the source. |
9633 | ||
18fae2a8 | 9634 | Explicit @value{GDBN} @code{list} or search commands still produce output as |
9a27b06e | 9635 | usual, but you probably have no reason to use them from Emacs. |
70b88761 RP |
9636 | |
9637 | @quotation | |
9638 | @emph{Warning:} If the directory where your program resides is not your | |
9639 | current directory, it can be easy to confuse Emacs about the location of | |
9a27b06e | 9640 | the source files, in which case the auxiliary display buffer does not |
18fae2a8 RP |
9641 | appear to show your source. @value{GDBN} can find programs by searching your |
9642 | environment's @code{PATH} variable, so the @value{GDBN} input and output | |
9a27b06e | 9643 | session proceeds normally; but Emacs does not get enough information |
18fae2a8 RP |
9644 | back from @value{GDBN} to locate the source files in this situation. To |
9645 | avoid this problem, either start @value{GDBN} mode from the directory where | |
b550c03a | 9646 | your program resides, or specify an absolute file name when prompted for the |
70b88761 RP |
9647 | @kbd{M-x gdb} argument. |
9648 | ||
18fae2a8 | 9649 | A similar confusion can result if you use the @value{GDBN} @code{file} command to |
70b88761 | 9650 | switch to debugging a program in some other location, from an existing |
18fae2a8 | 9651 | @value{GDBN} buffer in Emacs. |
70b88761 RP |
9652 | @end quotation |
9653 | ||
9654 | By default, @kbd{M-x gdb} calls the program called @file{gdb}. If | |
18fae2a8 | 9655 | you need to call @value{GDBN} by a different name (for example, if you keep |
70b88761 RP |
9656 | several configurations around, with different names) you can set the |
9657 | Emacs variable @code{gdb-command-name}; for example, | |
1041a570 | 9658 | |
70b88761 RP |
9659 | @example |
9660 | (setq gdb-command-name "mygdb") | |
9661 | @end example | |
1041a570 | 9662 | |
70b88761 RP |
9663 | @noindent |
9664 | (preceded by @kbd{ESC ESC}, or typed in the @code{*scratch*} buffer, or | |
9a27b06e | 9665 | in your @file{.emacs} file) makes Emacs call the program named |
70b88761 RP |
9666 | ``@code{mygdb}'' instead. |
9667 | ||
18fae2a8 | 9668 | In the @value{GDBN} I/O buffer, you can use these special Emacs commands in |
70b88761 RP |
9669 | addition to the standard Shell mode commands: |
9670 | ||
9671 | @table @kbd | |
9672 | @item C-h m | |
18fae2a8 | 9673 | Describe the features of Emacs' @value{GDBN} Mode. |
70b88761 RP |
9674 | |
9675 | @item M-s | |
18fae2a8 | 9676 | Execute to another source line, like the @value{GDBN} @code{step} command; also |
70b88761 RP |
9677 | update the display window to show the current file and location. |
9678 | ||
9679 | @item M-n | |
9680 | Execute to next source line in this function, skipping all function | |
18fae2a8 | 9681 | calls, like the @value{GDBN} @code{next} command. Then update the display window |
70b88761 RP |
9682 | to show the current file and location. |
9683 | ||
9684 | @item M-i | |
18fae2a8 | 9685 | Execute one instruction, like the @value{GDBN} @code{stepi} command; update |
70b88761 RP |
9686 | display window accordingly. |
9687 | ||
9688 | @item M-x gdb-nexti | |
18fae2a8 | 9689 | Execute to next instruction, using the @value{GDBN} @code{nexti} command; update |
70b88761 RP |
9690 | display window accordingly. |
9691 | ||
9692 | @item C-c C-f | |
18fae2a8 | 9693 | Execute until exit from the selected stack frame, like the @value{GDBN} |
70b88761 RP |
9694 | @code{finish} command. |
9695 | ||
9696 | @item M-c | |
18fae2a8 | 9697 | Continue execution of your program, like the @value{GDBN} @code{continue} |
1041a570 | 9698 | command. |
203eea5d RP |
9699 | |
9700 | @emph{Warning:} In Emacs v19, this command is @kbd{C-c C-p}. | |
70b88761 RP |
9701 | |
9702 | @item M-u | |
9703 | Go up the number of frames indicated by the numeric argument | |
af215b1a | 9704 | (@pxref{Arguments, , Numeric Arguments, Emacs, The @sc{gnu} Emacs Manual}), |
18fae2a8 | 9705 | like the @value{GDBN} @code{up} command. |
203eea5d | 9706 | |
1041a570 | 9707 | @emph{Warning:} In Emacs v19, this command is @kbd{C-c C-u}. |
70b88761 RP |
9708 | |
9709 | @item M-d | |
9710 | Go down the number of frames indicated by the numeric argument, like the | |
18fae2a8 | 9711 | @value{GDBN} @code{down} command. |
203eea5d RP |
9712 | |
9713 | @emph{Warning:} In Emacs v19, this command is @kbd{C-c C-d}. | |
70b88761 RP |
9714 | |
9715 | @item C-x & | |
9716 | Read the number where the cursor is positioned, and insert it at the end | |
18fae2a8 | 9717 | of the @value{GDBN} I/O buffer. For example, if you wish to disassemble code |
70b88761 RP |
9718 | around an address that was displayed earlier, type @kbd{disassemble}; |
9719 | then move the cursor to the address display, and pick up the | |
e251e767 | 9720 | argument for @code{disassemble} by typing @kbd{C-x &}. |
70b88761 | 9721 | |
ed447b95 | 9722 | You can customize this further by defining elements of the list |
70b88761 RP |
9723 | @code{gdb-print-command}; once it is defined, you can format or |
9724 | otherwise process numbers picked up by @kbd{C-x &} before they are | |
9a27b06e RP |
9725 | inserted. A numeric argument to @kbd{C-x &} indicates that you |
9726 | wish special formatting, and also acts as an index to pick an element of the | |
70b88761 RP |
9727 | list. If the list element is a string, the number to be inserted is |
9728 | formatted using the Emacs function @code{format}; otherwise the number | |
9729 | is passed as an argument to the corresponding list element. | |
70b88761 RP |
9730 | @end table |
9731 | ||
9732 | In any source file, the Emacs command @kbd{C-x SPC} (@code{gdb-break}) | |
18fae2a8 | 9733 | tells @value{GDBN} to set a breakpoint on the source line point is on. |
70b88761 RP |
9734 | |
9735 | If you accidentally delete the source-display buffer, an easy way to get | |
18fae2a8 | 9736 | it back is to type the command @code{f} in the @value{GDBN} buffer, to |
9a27b06e | 9737 | request a frame display; when you run under Emacs, this recreates |
70b88761 RP |
9738 | the source buffer if necessary to show you the context of the current |
9739 | frame. | |
9740 | ||
9741 | The source files displayed in Emacs are in ordinary Emacs buffers | |
9742 | which are visiting the source files in the usual way. You can edit | |
18fae2a8 | 9743 | the files with these buffers if you wish; but keep in mind that @value{GDBN} |
70b88761 | 9744 | communicates with Emacs in terms of line numbers. If you add or |
9a27b06e | 9745 | delete lines from the text, the line numbers that @value{GDBN} knows cease |
ed447b95 | 9746 | to correspond properly with the code. |
70b88761 RP |
9747 | |
9748 | @c The following dropped because Epoch is nonstandard. Reactivate | |
e0d3ace2 | 9749 | @c if/when v19 does something similar. ---doc@cygnus.com 19dec1990 |
70b88761 | 9750 | @ignore |
af215b1a VM |
9751 | @kindex Emacs Epoch environment |
9752 | @kindex Epoch | |
70b88761 RP |
9753 | @kindex inspect |
9754 | ||
af215b1a VM |
9755 | Version 18 of @sc{gnu} Emacs has a built-in window system |
9756 | called the @code{epoch} | |
70b88761 RP |
9757 | environment. Users of this environment can use a new command, |
9758 | @code{inspect} which performs identically to @code{print} except that | |
9759 | each value is printed in its own window. | |
9760 | @end ignore | |
18fae2a8 | 9761 | @end ifclear |
70b88761 | 9762 | |
18fae2a8 | 9763 | @ifset LUCID |
9897afc6 | 9764 | @node Energize, GDB Bugs, Emacs, Top |
18fae2a8 | 9765 | @chapter Using @value{GDBN} with Energize |
6ca72cc6 RP |
9766 | |
9767 | @cindex Energize | |
9768 | The Energize Programming System is an integrated development environment | |
9769 | that includes a point-and-click interface to many programming tools. | |
18fae2a8 RP |
9770 | When you use @value{GDBN} in this environment, you can use the standard |
9771 | Energize graphical interface to drive @value{GDBN}; you can also, if you | |
9772 | choose, type @value{GDBN} commands as usual in a debugging window. Even if | |
6ca72cc6 | 9773 | you use the graphical interface, the debugging window (which uses Emacs, |
af215b1a VM |
9774 | and resembles the standard @sc{gnu} Emacs interface to |
9775 | @value{GDBN}) displays the | |
6ca72cc6 RP |
9776 | equivalent commands, so that the history of your debugging session is |
9777 | properly reflected. | |
9778 | ||
18fae2a8 | 9779 | When Energize starts up a @value{GDBN} session, it uses one of the |
6ca72cc6 RP |
9780 | command-line options @samp{-energize} or @samp{-cadillac} (``cadillac'' |
9781 | is the name of the communications protocol used by the Energize system). | |
18fae2a8 | 9782 | This option makes @value{GDBN} run as one of the tools in the Energize Tool |
6ca72cc6 RP |
9783 | Set: it sends all output to the Energize kernel, and accept input from |
9784 | it as well. | |
9785 | ||
9786 | See the user manual for the Energize Programming System for | |
9787 | information on how to use the Energize graphical interface and the other | |
18fae2a8 | 9788 | development tools that Energize integrates with @value{GDBN}. |
6ca72cc6 | 9789 | |
18fae2a8 | 9790 | @end ifset |
4eb4cf57 | 9791 | |
9897afc6 | 9792 | @node GDB Bugs, Command Line Editing, Emacs, Top |
18fae2a8 | 9793 | @chapter Reporting Bugs in @value{GDBN} |
ed447b95 RP |
9794 | @cindex bugs in @value{GDBN} |
9795 | @cindex reporting bugs in @value{GDBN} | |
70b88761 | 9796 | |
18fae2a8 | 9797 | Your bug reports play an essential role in making @value{GDBN} reliable. |
70b88761 RP |
9798 | |
9799 | Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it | |
9800 | may not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help | |
18fae2a8 RP |
9801 | the entire community by making the next version of @value{GDBN} work better. Bug |
9802 | reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @value{GDBN}. | |
70b88761 RP |
9803 | |
9804 | In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the | |
9805 | information that enables us to fix the bug. | |
9806 | ||
9807 | @menu | |
ed447b95 RP |
9808 | * Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug? |
9809 | * Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs | |
70b88761 RP |
9810 | @end menu |
9811 | ||
9897afc6 | 9812 | @node Bug Criteria, Bug Reporting, GDB Bugs, GDB Bugs |
93928b60 | 9813 | @section Have you found a bug? |
ed447b95 | 9814 | @cindex bug criteria |
70b88761 RP |
9815 | |
9816 | If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines: | |
9817 | ||
9818 | @itemize @bullet | |
0f153e74 | 9819 | @cindex fatal signal |
1d7c3357 RP |
9820 | @cindex debugger crash |
9821 | @cindex crash of debugger | |
af215b1a | 9822 | @item |
70b88761 | 9823 | If the debugger gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a |
18fae2a8 | 9824 | @value{GDBN} bug. Reliable debuggers never crash. |
70b88761 | 9825 | |
0f153e74 | 9826 | @cindex error on valid input |
af215b1a | 9827 | @item |
18fae2a8 | 9828 | If @value{GDBN} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug. |
70b88761 | 9829 | |
ed447b95 | 9830 | @cindex invalid input |
af215b1a | 9831 | @item |
18fae2a8 | 9832 | If @value{GDBN} does not produce an error message for invalid input, |
70b88761 RP |
9833 | that is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of |
9834 | ``invalid input'' might be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support | |
9835 | for traditional practice''. | |
9836 | ||
9837 | @item | |
9838 | If you are an experienced user of debugging tools, your suggestions | |
18fae2a8 | 9839 | for improvement of @value{GDBN} are welcome in any case. |
70b88761 RP |
9840 | @end itemize |
9841 | ||
9897afc6 | 9842 | @node Bug Reporting, , Bug Criteria, GDB Bugs |
93928b60 | 9843 | @section How to report bugs |
0f153e74 | 9844 | @cindex bug reports |
18fae2a8 | 9845 | @cindex @value{GDBN} bugs, reporting |
70b88761 | 9846 | |
9897afc6 | 9847 | @ifclear HPPA |
af215b1a | 9848 | A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. |
18fae2a8 | 9849 | If you obtained @value{GDBN} from a support organization, we recommend you |
e251e767 | 9850 | contact that organization first. |
70b88761 | 9851 | |
ed447b95 | 9852 | You can find contact information for many support companies and |
af215b1a | 9853 | individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs |
ed447b95 | 9854 | distribution. |
70b88761 | 9855 | |
18fae2a8 | 9856 | In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @value{GDBN} to one |
70b88761 RP |
9857 | of these addresses: |
9858 | ||
9859 | @example | |
9860 | bug-gdb@@prep.ai.mit.edu | |
9861 | @{ucbvax|mit-eddie|uunet@}!prep.ai.mit.edu!bug-gdb | |
9862 | @end example | |
9863 | ||
9864 | @strong{Do not send bug reports to @samp{info-gdb}, or to | |
18fae2a8 | 9865 | @samp{help-gdb}, or to any newsgroups.} Most users of @value{GDBN} do not want to |
af215b1a | 9866 | receive bug reports. Those that do have arranged to receive @samp{bug-gdb}. |
70b88761 | 9867 | |
3d3ab540 RP |
9868 | The mailing list @samp{bug-gdb} has a newsgroup @samp{gnu.gdb.bug} which |
9869 | serves as a repeater. The mailing list and the newsgroup carry exactly | |
9870 | the same messages. Often people think of posting bug reports to the | |
9871 | newsgroup instead of mailing them. This appears to work, but it has one | |
9872 | problem which can be crucial: a newsgroup posting often lacks a mail | |
9873 | path back to the sender. Thus, if we need to ask for more information, | |
9874 | we may be unable to reach you. For this reason, it is better to send | |
9875 | bug reports to the mailing list. | |
70b88761 RP |
9876 | |
9877 | As a last resort, send bug reports on paper to: | |
9878 | ||
9879 | @example | |
af215b1a | 9880 | @sc{gnu} Debugger Bugs |
6c9638b4 FF |
9881 | Free Software Foundation Inc. |
9882 | 59 Temple Place - Suite 330 | |
9883 | Boston, MA 02111-1307 | |
9884 | USA | |
70b88761 | 9885 | @end example |
9897afc6 EE |
9886 | @end ifclear |
9887 | ||
9888 | @ifset HPPA | |
9889 | If you obtained HP GDB as part of your HP ANSI C or HP ANSI C++ compiler | |
9890 | kit, report problems to your HP Support Representative. | |
9891 | ||
9892 | If you obtained HP GDB from the Hewlett-Packard Web site, report | |
9893 | problems by electronic mail to @code{wdb-www@@ch.hp.com}. | |
9894 | @end ifset | |
70b88761 RP |
9895 | |
9896 | The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this: | |
9897 | @strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a | |
9898 | fact or leave it out, state it! | |
9899 | ||
9900 | Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the | |
29a2b744 | 9901 | problem and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might |
70b88761 | 9902 | assume that the name of the variable you use in an example does not matter. |
29a2b744 | 9903 | Well, probably it does not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a |
70b88761 RP |
9904 | stray memory reference which happens to fetch from the location where that |
9905 | name is stored in memory; perhaps, if the name were different, the contents | |
9906 | of that location would fool the debugger into doing the right thing despite | |
9907 | the bug. Play it safe and give a specific, complete example. That is the | |
9908 | easiest thing for you to do, and the most helpful. | |
9909 | ||
9910 | Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix | |
af215b1a VM |
9911 | the bug if it is new to us. |
9912 | @c | |
9913 | @c FIX ME!!--What the heck does the following sentence mean, | |
9914 | @c in the context of the one above? | |
9915 | @c | |
9916 | @c It is not as important as what happens if the bug is already known. | |
9917 | @c | |
9918 | Therefore, always write your bug reports on | |
70b88761 RP |
9919 | the assumption that the bug has not been reported previously. |
9920 | ||
9921 | Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a | |
9922 | bell?'' Those bug reports are useless, and we urge everyone to | |
9923 | @emph{refuse to respond to them} except to chide the sender to report | |
9924 | bugs properly. | |
9925 | ||
9926 | To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things: | |
9927 | ||
9928 | @itemize @bullet | |
9929 | @item | |
18fae2a8 | 9930 | The version of @value{GDBN}. @value{GDBN} announces it if you start with no |
70b88761 RP |
9931 | arguments; you can also print it at any time using @code{show version}. |
9932 | ||
1041a570 | 9933 | Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for |
18fae2a8 | 9934 | the bug in the current version of @value{GDBN}. |
70b88761 RP |
9935 | |
9936 | @item | |
ddf21240 JG |
9937 | The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and |
9938 | version number. | |
70b88761 | 9939 | |
9897afc6 | 9940 | @ifclear HPPA |
70b88761 | 9941 | @item |
18fae2a8 RP |
9942 | What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @value{GDBN}---e.g. |
9943 | ``@value{GCC}--2.0''. | |
9897afc6 | 9944 | @end ifclear |
70b88761 | 9945 | |
ddf21240 JG |
9946 | @item |
9947 | What compiler (and its version) was used to compile the program you | |
9897afc6 | 9948 | @ifclear HPPA |
18fae2a8 | 9949 | are debugging---e.g. ``@value{GCC}--2.0''. |
9897afc6 EE |
9950 | @end ifclear |
9951 | @ifset HPPA | |
9952 | are debugging---e.g. ``HP92453-01 A.10.32.03 HP C Compiler''. Use the | |
9953 | @code{what} command with the pathname of the compile command | |
9954 | (@file{what /opt/ansic/bin/cc}, for example) to obtain this information. | |
9955 | @end ifset | |
ddf21240 | 9956 | |
70b88761 RP |
9957 | @item |
9958 | The command arguments you gave the compiler to compile your example and | |
9959 | observe the bug. For example, did you use @samp{-O}? To guarantee | |
1041a570 | 9960 | you will not omit something important, list them all. A copy of the |
ddf21240 | 9961 | Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient. |
70b88761 RP |
9962 | |
9963 | If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong | |
9964 | and then we might not encounter the bug. | |
9965 | ||
9966 | @item | |
ddf21240 JG |
9967 | A complete input script, and all necessary source files, that will |
9968 | reproduce the bug. | |
70b88761 RP |
9969 | |
9970 | @item | |
9971 | A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is | |
9972 | incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.'' | |
9973 | ||
18fae2a8 | 9974 | Of course, if the bug is that @value{GDBN} gets a fatal signal, then we will |
70b88761 | 9975 | certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not |
af215b1a VM |
9976 | notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a |
9977 | chance to make a mistake. | |
70b88761 RP |
9978 | |
9979 | Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still | |
9980 | say so explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, | |
18fae2a8 | 9981 | your copy of @value{GDBN} is out of synch, or you have encountered a |
70b88761 RP |
9982 | bug in the C library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy |
9983 | might crash and ours would not. If you told us to expect a crash, | |
9984 | then when ours fails to crash, we would know that the bug was not | |
9985 | happening for us. If you had not told us to expect a crash, then we | |
9986 | would not be able to draw any conclusion from our observations. | |
9987 | ||
9897afc6 | 9988 | @ifclear HPPA |
70b88761 | 9989 | @item |
18fae2a8 RP |
9990 | If you wish to suggest changes to the @value{GDBN} source, send us context |
9991 | diffs. If you even discuss something in the @value{GDBN} source, refer to | |
70b88761 RP |
9992 | it by context, not by line number. |
9993 | ||
1041a570 | 9994 | The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your |
70b88761 | 9995 | sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us. |
9897afc6 | 9996 | @end ifclear |
70b88761 RP |
9997 | @end itemize |
9998 | ||
9999 | Here are some things that are not necessary: | |
10000 | ||
10001 | @itemize @bullet | |
10002 | @item | |
10003 | A description of the envelope of the bug. | |
10004 | ||
10005 | Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating | |
10006 | which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which | |
10007 | changes will not affect it. | |
10008 | ||
10009 | This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we | |
10010 | will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger | |
10011 | with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples. | |
10012 | We recommend that you save your time for something else. | |
10013 | ||
10014 | Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead} | |
10015 | of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the | |
10016 | output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take | |
b1955f0b | 10017 | less time, and so on. |
70b88761 | 10018 | |
29a2b744 | 10019 | However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this, |
70b88761 RP |
10020 | report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used. |
10021 | ||
10022 | @item | |
10023 | A patch for the bug. | |
10024 | ||
29a2b744 | 10025 | A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit |
70b88761 RP |
10026 | the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that |
10027 | a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide | |
10028 | to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all. | |
10029 | ||
18fae2a8 | 10030 | Sometimes with a program as complicated as @value{GDBN} it is very hard to |
70b88761 | 10031 | construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path |
1041a570 RP |
10032 | through the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able |
10033 | to construct one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed. | |
70b88761 | 10034 | |
29a2b744 | 10035 | And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your |
1041a570 | 10036 | patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will |
70b88761 RP |
10037 | help us to understand. |
10038 | ||
10039 | @item | |
10040 | A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on. | |
10041 | ||
29a2b744 | 10042 | Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such |
70b88761 RP |
10043 | things without first using the debugger to find the facts. |
10044 | @end itemize | |
10045 | ||
da24340c RP |
10046 | @c The readline documentation is distributed with the readline code |
10047 | @c and consists of the two following files: | |
10048 | @c rluser.texinfo | |
10049 | @c inc-hist.texi | |
10050 | @c Use -I with makeinfo to point to the appropriate directory, | |
10051 | @c environment var TEXINPUTS with TeX. | |
cacf5942 RP |
10052 | @include rluser.texinfo |
10053 | @include inc-hist.texi | |
70b88761 | 10054 | |
18fae2a8 | 10055 | @ifset NOVEL |
af215b1a | 10056 | @ifset RENAMED |
9897afc6 | 10057 | @node Renamed Commands, Formatting Documentation, GDB Bugs, Top |
70b88761 RP |
10058 | @appendix Renamed Commands |
10059 | ||
af215b1a | 10060 | The following commands were renamed in @value{GDBN} 4, in order to make the |
70b88761 RP |
10061 | command set as a whole more consistent and easier to use and remember: |
10062 | ||
e251e767 RP |
10063 | @kindex add-syms |
10064 | @kindex delete environment | |
10065 | @kindex info copying | |
10066 | @kindex info convenience | |
10067 | @kindex info directories | |
10068 | @kindex info editing | |
10069 | @kindex info history | |
10070 | @kindex info targets | |
10071 | @kindex info values | |
10072 | @kindex info version | |
10073 | @kindex info warranty | |
10074 | @kindex set addressprint | |
10075 | @kindex set arrayprint | |
10076 | @kindex set prettyprint | |
10077 | @kindex set screen-height | |
10078 | @kindex set screen-width | |
10079 | @kindex set unionprint | |
10080 | @kindex set vtblprint | |
10081 | @kindex set demangle | |
10082 | @kindex set asm-demangle | |
10083 | @kindex set sevenbit-strings | |
10084 | @kindex set array-max | |
10085 | @kindex set caution | |
10086 | @kindex set history write | |
10087 | @kindex show addressprint | |
10088 | @kindex show arrayprint | |
10089 | @kindex show prettyprint | |
10090 | @kindex show screen-height | |
10091 | @kindex show screen-width | |
10092 | @kindex show unionprint | |
10093 | @kindex show vtblprint | |
10094 | @kindex show demangle | |
10095 | @kindex show asm-demangle | |
10096 | @kindex show sevenbit-strings | |
10097 | @kindex show array-max | |
10098 | @kindex show caution | |
10099 | @kindex show history write | |
10100 | @kindex unset | |
70b88761 | 10101 | |
92b73793 | 10102 | @c TEXI2ROFF-KILL |
70b88761 | 10103 | @ifinfo |
92b73793 | 10104 | @c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL |
cf496415 RP |
10105 | @example |
10106 | OLD COMMAND NEW COMMAND | |
92b73793 | 10107 | @c TEXI2ROFF-KILL |
cf496415 | 10108 | --------------- ------------------------------- |
92b73793 | 10109 | @c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL |
cf496415 RP |
10110 | add-syms add-symbol-file |
10111 | delete environment unset environment | |
10112 | info convenience show convenience | |
10113 | info copying show copying | |
e251e767 | 10114 | info directories show directories |
cf496415 RP |
10115 | info editing show commands |
10116 | info history show values | |
10117 | info targets help target | |
10118 | info values show values | |
10119 | info version show version | |
10120 | info warranty show warranty | |
10121 | set/show addressprint set/show print address | |
10122 | set/show array-max set/show print elements | |
10123 | set/show arrayprint set/show print array | |
10124 | set/show asm-demangle set/show print asm-demangle | |
10125 | set/show caution set/show confirm | |
10126 | set/show demangle set/show print demangle | |
10127 | set/show history write set/show history save | |
10128 | set/show prettyprint set/show print pretty | |
10129 | set/show screen-height set/show height | |
10130 | set/show screen-width set/show width | |
10131 | set/show sevenbit-strings set/show print sevenbit-strings | |
10132 | set/show unionprint set/show print union | |
10133 | set/show vtblprint set/show print vtbl | |
10134 | ||
10135 | unset [No longer an alias for delete] | |
10136 | @end example | |
92b73793 | 10137 | @c TEXI2ROFF-KILL |
70b88761 RP |
10138 | @end ifinfo |
10139 | ||
10140 | @tex | |
10141 | \vskip \parskip\vskip \baselineskip | |
10142 | \halign{\tt #\hfil &\qquad#&\tt #\hfil\cr | |
10143 | {\bf Old Command} &&{\bf New Command}\cr | |
10144 | add-syms &&add-symbol-file\cr | |
10145 | delete environment &&unset environment\cr | |
10146 | info convenience &&show convenience\cr | |
10147 | info copying &&show copying\cr | |
10148 | info directories &&show directories \cr | |
10149 | info editing &&show commands\cr | |
10150 | info history &&show values\cr | |
10151 | info targets &&help target\cr | |
10152 | info values &&show values\cr | |
10153 | info version &&show version\cr | |
10154 | info warranty &&show warranty\cr | |
10155 | set{\rm / }show addressprint &&set{\rm / }show print address\cr | |
10156 | set{\rm / }show array-max &&set{\rm / }show print elements\cr | |
10157 | set{\rm / }show arrayprint &&set{\rm / }show print array\cr | |
10158 | set{\rm / }show asm-demangle &&set{\rm / }show print asm-demangle\cr | |
10159 | set{\rm / }show caution &&set{\rm / }show confirm\cr | |
10160 | set{\rm / }show demangle &&set{\rm / }show print demangle\cr | |
10161 | set{\rm / }show history write &&set{\rm / }show history save\cr | |
10162 | set{\rm / }show prettyprint &&set{\rm / }show print pretty\cr | |
10163 | set{\rm / }show screen-height &&set{\rm / }show height\cr | |
10164 | set{\rm / }show screen-width &&set{\rm / }show width\cr | |
10165 | set{\rm / }show sevenbit-strings &&set{\rm / }show print sevenbit-strings\cr | |
10166 | set{\rm / }show unionprint &&set{\rm / }show print union\cr | |
10167 | set{\rm / }show vtblprint &&set{\rm / }show print vtbl\cr | |
10168 | \cr | |
10169 | unset &&\rm(No longer an alias for delete)\cr | |
10170 | } | |
10171 | @end tex | |
92b73793 | 10172 | @c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL |
18fae2a8 | 10173 | @end ifset |
af215b1a | 10174 | @end ifset |
70b88761 | 10175 | |
18fae2a8 | 10176 | @ifclear PRECONFIGURED |
9897afc6 EE |
10177 | @ifclear HPPA |
10178 | @node Formatting Documentation, Installing GDB, Renamed Commands, Top | |
fe715d06 | 10179 | @appendix Formatting Documentation |
77b46d13 | 10180 | |
af215b1a | 10181 | @cindex @value{GDBN} reference card |
77b46d13 | 10182 | @cindex reference card |
af215b1a | 10183 | The @value{GDBN} 4 release includes an already-formatted reference card, ready |
d241c8c8 | 10184 | for printing with PostScript or Ghostscript, in the @file{gdb} |
ed447b95 RP |
10185 | subdirectory of the main source directory@footnote{In |
10186 | @file{gdb-@value{GDBVN}/gdb/refcard.ps} of the version @value{GDBVN} | |
d241c8c8 | 10187 | release.}. If you can use PostScript or Ghostscript with your printer, |
ed447b95 | 10188 | you can print the reference card immediately with @file{refcard.ps}. |
77b46d13 JG |
10189 | |
10190 | The release also includes the source for the reference card. You | |
10191 | can format it, using @TeX{}, by typing: | |
10192 | ||
10193 | @example | |
10194 | make refcard.dvi | |
10195 | @end example | |
10196 | ||
af215b1a VM |
10197 | The @value{GDBN} reference card is designed to print in @dfn{landscape} |
10198 | mode on US ``letter'' size paper; | |
10199 | that is, on a sheet 11 inches wide by 8.5 inches | |
77b46d13 JG |
10200 | high. You will need to specify this form of printing as an option to |
10201 | your @sc{dvi} output program. | |
10202 | ||
10203 | @cindex documentation | |
10204 | ||
af215b1a | 10205 | All the documentation for @value{GDBN} comes as part of the machine-readable |
77b46d13 JG |
10206 | distribution. The documentation is written in Texinfo format, which is |
10207 | a documentation system that uses a single source file to produce both | |
10208 | on-line information and a printed manual. You can use one of the Info | |
10209 | formatting commands to create the on-line version of the documentation | |
10210 | and @TeX{} (or @code{texi2roff}) to typeset the printed version. | |
10211 | ||
af215b1a | 10212 | @value{GDBN} includes an already formatted copy of the on-line Info version of |
77b46d13 | 10213 | this manual in the @file{gdb} subdirectory. The main Info file is |
af215b1a | 10214 | @file{gdb-@r{version-number}/gdb/gdb.info}, and it refers to |
a89f94c2 RP |
10215 | subordinate files matching @samp{gdb.info*} in the same directory. If |
10216 | necessary, you can print out these files, or read them with any editor; | |
af215b1a VM |
10217 | but they are easier to read using the @code{info} subsystem in @sc{gnu} Emacs |
10218 | or the standalone @code{info} program, available as part of the @sc{gnu} | |
a89f94c2 | 10219 | Texinfo distribution. |
77b46d13 JG |
10220 | |
10221 | If you want to format these Info files yourself, you need one of the | |
10222 | Info formatting programs, such as @code{texinfo-format-buffer} or | |
10223 | @code{makeinfo}. | |
10224 | ||
af215b1a | 10225 | If you have @code{makeinfo} installed, and are in the top level @value{GDBN} |
18fae2a8 | 10226 | source directory (@file{gdb-@value{GDBVN}}, in the case of version @value{GDBVN}), you can |
77b46d13 JG |
10227 | make the Info file by typing: |
10228 | ||
10229 | @example | |
10230 | cd gdb | |
10231 | make gdb.info | |
10232 | @end example | |
10233 | ||
fe715d06 RP |
10234 | If you want to typeset and print copies of this manual, you need @TeX{}, |
10235 | a program to print its @sc{dvi} output files, and @file{texinfo.tex}, the | |
10236 | Texinfo definitions file. | |
77b46d13 | 10237 | |
83bfcbae | 10238 | @TeX{} is a typesetting program; it does not print files directly, but |
77b46d13 JG |
10239 | produces output files called @sc{dvi} files. To print a typeset |
10240 | document, you need a program to print @sc{dvi} files. If your system | |
10241 | has @TeX{} installed, chances are it has such a program. The precise | |
10242 | command to use depends on your system; @kbd{lpr -d} is common; another | |
fe715d06 RP |
10243 | (for PostScript devices) is @kbd{dvips}. The @sc{dvi} print command may |
10244 | require a file name without any extension or a @samp{.dvi} extension. | |
77b46d13 JG |
10245 | |
10246 | @TeX{} also requires a macro definitions file called | |
10247 | @file{texinfo.tex}. This file tells @TeX{} how to typeset a document | |
af215b1a | 10248 | written in Texinfo format. On its own, @TeX{} cannot either read or |
77b46d13 JG |
10249 | typeset a Texinfo file. @file{texinfo.tex} is distributed with GDB |
10250 | and is located in the @file{gdb-@var{version-number}/texinfo} | |
10251 | directory. | |
10252 | ||
10253 | If you have @TeX{} and a @sc{dvi} printer program installed, you can | |
10254 | typeset and print this manual. First switch to the the @file{gdb} | |
10255 | subdirectory of the main source directory (for example, to | |
18fae2a8 | 10256 | @file{gdb-@value{GDBVN}/gdb}) and then type: |
77b46d13 JG |
10257 | |
10258 | @example | |
10259 | make gdb.dvi | |
10260 | @end example | |
9897afc6 | 10261 | @end ifclear |
77b46d13 | 10262 | |
d6dc9580 | 10263 | @node Installing GDB, Index, Using History Interactively, Top |
af215b1a VM |
10264 | @appendix Installing @value{GDBN} |
10265 | @cindex configuring @value{GDBN} | |
70b88761 RP |
10266 | @cindex installation |
10267 | ||
9897afc6 EE |
10268 | @ifset HPPA |
10269 | If you obtain @value{GDBN} (HP WDB 0.75) as part of your HP ANSI C or | |
10270 | HP ANSI C++ Developer's Kit at HP-UX Release 11.0, you do not have to | |
10271 | take any special action to build or install @value{GDBN}. | |
10272 | ||
10273 | If you obtain @value{GDBN} (HP WDB 0.75) from an HP web site, you may | |
10274 | download either a @code{swinstall}-able package or a source tree, or | |
10275 | both. | |
10276 | ||
10277 | Most customers will want to install the @value{GDBN} binary that is part | |
10278 | of the @code{swinstall}-able package. To do so, use a command of the | |
10279 | form | |
10280 | ||
10281 | @smallexample | |
10282 | /usr/sbin/swinstall -s @var{package-name} WDB | |
10283 | @end smallexample | |
10284 | ||
10285 | Alternatively, it is possible to build @value{GDBN} from the source | |
10286 | distribution. Sophisticated customers who want to modify the debugger | |
10287 | sources to tailor @value{GDBN} to their their needs may wish to do this. | |
10288 | The source distribution consists of a @code{tar}'ed source tree rooted | |
10289 | at @file{gdb-4.16/...}. The instructions that follow describe how to | |
10290 | build a @file{gdb} executable from this source tree. HP believes that | |
10291 | these instructions apply to the WDB source tree that it distributes. | |
10292 | However, HP does not explicitly support building a @file{gdb} for any | |
10293 | non-HP platform from the WDB source tree. It may work, but HP has not | |
10294 | tested it for any platforms other than those described in the WDB 0.75 | |
10295 | Release Notes. | |
10296 | @end ifset | |
10297 | ||
af215b1a VM |
10298 | @value{GDBN} comes with a @code{configure} script that automates the process |
10299 | of preparing @value{GDBN} for installation; you can then use @code{make} to | |
ed447b95 | 10300 | build the @code{gdb} program. |
f672bb7f RP |
10301 | @iftex |
10302 | @c irrelevant in info file; it's as current as the code it lives with. | |
af215b1a | 10303 | @footnote{If you have a more recent version of @value{GDBN} than @value{GDBVN}, |
ed447b95 RP |
10304 | look at the @file{README} file in the sources; we may have improved the |
10305 | installation procedures since publishing this manual.} | |
f672bb7f RP |
10306 | @end iftex |
10307 | ||
af215b1a VM |
10308 | The @value{GDBN} distribution includes all the source code you need for |
10309 | @value{GDBN} in a single directory, whose name is usually composed by | |
10310 | appending the version number to @samp{gdb}. | |
1041a570 | 10311 | |
af215b1a | 10312 | For example, the @value{GDBN} version @value{GDBVN} distribution is in the |
ed447b95 | 10313 | @file{gdb-@value{GDBVN}} directory. That directory contains: |
b80282d5 | 10314 | |
3d3ab540 | 10315 | @table @code |
18fae2a8 | 10316 | @item gdb-@value{GDBVN}/configure @r{(and supporting files)} |
af215b1a | 10317 | script for configuring @value{GDBN} and all its supporting libraries |
b80282d5 | 10318 | |
18fae2a8 | 10319 | @item gdb-@value{GDBVN}/gdb |
af215b1a | 10320 | the source specific to @value{GDBN} itself |
3d3ab540 | 10321 | |
18fae2a8 | 10322 | @item gdb-@value{GDBVN}/bfd |
77b46d13 | 10323 | source for the Binary File Descriptor library |
3d3ab540 | 10324 | |
18fae2a8 | 10325 | @item gdb-@value{GDBVN}/include |
af215b1a | 10326 | @sc{gnu} include files |
3d3ab540 | 10327 | |
18fae2a8 | 10328 | @item gdb-@value{GDBVN}/libiberty |
3d3ab540 RP |
10329 | source for the @samp{-liberty} free software library |
10330 | ||
18fae2a8 | 10331 | @item gdb-@value{GDBVN}/opcodes |
3214c51c JG |
10332 | source for the library of opcode tables and disassemblers |
10333 | ||
18fae2a8 | 10334 | @item gdb-@value{GDBVN}/readline |
af215b1a | 10335 | source for the @sc{gnu} command-line interface |
77b46d13 | 10336 | |
18fae2a8 | 10337 | @item gdb-@value{GDBVN}/glob |
af215b1a | 10338 | source for the @sc{gnu} filename pattern-matching subroutine |
77b46d13 | 10339 | |
18fae2a8 | 10340 | @item gdb-@value{GDBVN}/mmalloc |
af215b1a | 10341 | source for the @sc{gnu} memory-mapped malloc package |
3d3ab540 | 10342 | @end table |
1041a570 | 10343 | |
af215b1a | 10344 | The simplest way to configure and build @value{GDBN} is to run @code{configure} |
1041a570 | 10345 | from the @file{gdb-@var{version-number}} source directory, which in |
18fae2a8 | 10346 | this example is the @file{gdb-@value{GDBVN}} directory. |
1041a570 RP |
10347 | |
10348 | First switch to the @file{gdb-@var{version-number}} source directory | |
10349 | if you are not already in it; then run @code{configure}. Pass the | |
af215b1a | 10350 | identifier for the platform on which @value{GDBN} will run as an |
1041a570 RP |
10351 | argument. |
10352 | ||
10353 | For example: | |
10354 | ||
7463aadd | 10355 | @example |
18fae2a8 | 10356 | cd gdb-@value{GDBVN} |
3d3ab540 | 10357 | ./configure @var{host} |
7463aadd RP |
10358 | make |
10359 | @end example | |
1041a570 | 10360 | |
7463aadd | 10361 | @noindent |
1041a570 | 10362 | where @var{host} is an identifier such as @samp{sun4} or |
af215b1a | 10363 | @samp{decstation}, that identifies the platform where @value{GDBN} will run. |
d55320a0 RP |
10364 | (You can often leave off @var{host}; @code{configure} tries to guess the |
10365 | correct value by examining your system.) | |
1041a570 | 10366 | |
8c69096b | 10367 | Running @samp{configure @var{host}} and then running @code{make} builds the |
38962738 RP |
10368 | @file{bfd}, @file{readline}, @file{mmalloc}, and @file{libiberty} |
10369 | libraries, then @code{gdb} itself. The configured source files, and the | |
10370 | binaries, are left in the corresponding source directories. | |
3d3ab540 | 10371 | |
af215b1a | 10372 | @need 750 |
e251e767 | 10373 | @code{configure} is a Bourne-shell (@code{/bin/sh}) script; if your |
29a2b744 | 10374 | system does not recognize this automatically when you run a different |
1041a570 RP |
10375 | shell, you may need to run @code{sh} on it explicitly: |
10376 | ||
10377 | @example | |
10378 | sh configure @var{host} | |
10379 | @end example | |
e251e767 | 10380 | |
f672bb7f RP |
10381 | If you run @code{configure} from a directory that contains source |
10382 | directories for multiple libraries or programs, such as the | |
18fae2a8 | 10383 | @file{gdb-@value{GDBVN}} source directory for version @value{GDBVN}, @code{configure} |
f672bb7f | 10384 | creates configuration files for every directory level underneath (unless |
98349959 | 10385 | you tell it not to, with the @samp{--norecursion} option). |
f672bb7f RP |
10386 | |
10387 | You can run the @code{configure} script from any of the | |
af215b1a | 10388 | subordinate directories in the @value{GDBN} distribution if you only want to |
d55320a0 | 10389 | configure that subdirectory, but be sure to specify a path to it. |
1041a570 | 10390 | |
18fae2a8 | 10391 | For example, with version @value{GDBVN}, type the following to configure only |
1041a570 RP |
10392 | the @code{bfd} subdirectory: |
10393 | ||
e251e767 | 10394 | @example |
203eea5d | 10395 | @group |
18fae2a8 | 10396 | cd gdb-@value{GDBVN}/bfd |
e251e767 | 10397 | ../configure @var{host} |
203eea5d | 10398 | @end group |
e251e767 RP |
10399 | @end example |
10400 | ||
18fae2a8 | 10401 | You can install @code{@value{GDBP}} anywhere; it has no hardwired paths. |
1041a570 RP |
10402 | However, you should make sure that the shell on your path (named by |
10403 | the @samp{SHELL} environment variable) is publicly readable. Remember | |
af215b1a VM |
10404 | that @value{GDBN} uses the shell to start your program---some systems refuse to |
10405 | let @value{GDBN} debug child processes whose programs are not readable. | |
3d3ab540 RP |
10406 | |
10407 | @menu | |
af215b1a | 10408 | * Separate Objdir:: Compiling @value{GDBN} in another directory |
b80282d5 | 10409 | * Config Names:: Specifying names for hosts and targets |
9897afc6 | 10410 | * Configure Options:: Summary of options for configure |
3d3ab540 RP |
10411 | @end menu |
10412 | ||
9897afc6 | 10413 | @node Separate Objdir, Config Names, Installing GDB, Installing GDB |
af215b1a | 10414 | @section Compiling @value{GDBN} in another directory |
1041a570 | 10415 | |
af215b1a | 10416 | If you want to run @value{GDBN} versions for several host or target machines, |
ed447b95 | 10417 | you need a different @code{gdb} compiled for each combination of |
1041a570 | 10418 | host and target. @code{configure} is designed to make this easy by |
f672bb7f RP |
10419 | allowing you to generate each configuration in a separate subdirectory, |
10420 | rather than in the source directory. If your @code{make} program | |
af215b1a | 10421 | handles the @samp{VPATH} feature (@sc{gnu} @code{make} does), running |
ed447b95 | 10422 | @code{make} in each of these directories builds the @code{gdb} |
f672bb7f | 10423 | program specified there. |
b80282d5 | 10424 | |
c7cb8acb | 10425 | To build @code{gdb} in a separate directory, run @code{configure} |
f672bb7f | 10426 | with the @samp{--srcdir} option to specify where to find the source. |
93918348 | 10427 | (You also need to specify a path to find @code{configure} |
77b46d13 JG |
10428 | itself from your working directory. If the path to @code{configure} |
10429 | would be the same as the argument to @samp{--srcdir}, you can leave out | |
9a27b06e | 10430 | the @samp{--srcdir} option; it is assumed.) |
1041a570 | 10431 | |
af215b1a VM |
10432 | For example, with version @value{GDBVN}, you can build @value{GDBN} in a |
10433 | separate directory for a Sun 4 like this: | |
70b88761 RP |
10434 | |
10435 | @example | |
3d3ab540 | 10436 | @group |
18fae2a8 | 10437 | cd gdb-@value{GDBVN} |
f672bb7f RP |
10438 | mkdir ../gdb-sun4 |
10439 | cd ../gdb-sun4 | |
18fae2a8 | 10440 | ../gdb-@value{GDBVN}/configure sun4 |
70b88761 | 10441 | make |
3d3ab540 | 10442 | @end group |
70b88761 RP |
10443 | @end example |
10444 | ||
f672bb7f RP |
10445 | When @code{configure} builds a configuration using a remote source |
10446 | directory, it creates a tree for the binaries with the same structure | |
10447 | (and using the same names) as the tree under the source directory. In | |
10448 | the example, you'd find the Sun 4 library @file{libiberty.a} in the | |
af215b1a | 10449 | directory @file{gdb-sun4/libiberty}, and @value{GDBN} itself in |
f672bb7f | 10450 | @file{gdb-sun4/gdb}. |
1041a570 | 10451 | |
af215b1a VM |
10452 | One popular reason to build several @value{GDBN} configurations in separate |
10453 | directories is to configure @value{GDBN} for cross-compiling (where | |
10454 | @value{GDBN} runs on one machine---the @dfn{host}---while debugging | |
10455 | programs that run on another machine---the @dfn{target}). | |
10456 | You specify a cross-debugging target by | |
f672bb7f | 10457 | giving the @samp{--target=@var{target}} option to @code{configure}. |
c7637ea6 | 10458 | |
1041a570 | 10459 | When you run @code{make} to build a program or library, you must run |
f672bb7f RP |
10460 | it in a configured directory---whatever directory you were in when you |
10461 | called @code{configure} (or one of its subdirectories). | |
c7637ea6 | 10462 | |
fe715d06 | 10463 | The @code{Makefile} that @code{configure} generates in each source |
f672bb7f | 10464 | directory also runs recursively. If you type @code{make} in a source |
18fae2a8 | 10465 | directory such as @file{gdb-@value{GDBVN}} (or in a separate configured |
b550c03a | 10466 | directory configured with @samp{--srcdir=@var{dirname}/gdb-@value{GDBVN}}), you |
ed447b95 | 10467 | will build all the required libraries, and then build GDB. |
3d3ab540 | 10468 | |
f672bb7f RP |
10469 | When you have multiple hosts or targets configured in separate |
10470 | directories, you can run @code{make} on them in parallel (for example, | |
10471 | if they are NFS-mounted on each of the hosts); they will not interfere | |
10472 | with each other. | |
3d3ab540 | 10473 | |
9897afc6 | 10474 | @node Config Names, Configure Options, Separate Objdir, Installing GDB |
93928b60 | 10475 | @section Specifying names for hosts and targets |
b80282d5 RP |
10476 | |
10477 | The specifications used for hosts and targets in the @code{configure} | |
10478 | script are based on a three-part naming scheme, but some short predefined | |
10479 | aliases are also supported. The full naming scheme encodes three pieces | |
e251e767 | 10480 | of information in the following pattern: |
1041a570 | 10481 | |
b80282d5 RP |
10482 | @example |
10483 | @var{architecture}-@var{vendor}-@var{os} | |
10484 | @end example | |
10485 | ||
8c69096b RP |
10486 | For example, you can use the alias @code{sun4} as a @var{host} argument, |
10487 | or as the value for @var{target} in a @code{--target=@var{target}} | |
10488 | option. The equivalent full name is @samp{sparc-sun-sunos4}. | |
b80282d5 | 10489 | |
af215b1a | 10490 | The @code{configure} script accompanying @value{GDBN} does not provide |
b80282d5 RP |
10491 | any query facility to list all supported host and target names or |
10492 | aliases. @code{configure} calls the Bourne shell script | |
10493 | @code{config.sub} to map abbreviations to full names; you can read the | |
10494 | script, if you wish, or you can use it to test your guesses on | |
10495 | abbreviations---for example: | |
1041a570 | 10496 | |
b1385986 | 10497 | @smallexample |
b80282d5 | 10498 | % sh config.sub sun4 |
d55320a0 | 10499 | sparc-sun-sunos4.1.1 |
b80282d5 | 10500 | % sh config.sub sun3 |
d55320a0 | 10501 | m68k-sun-sunos4.1.1 |
b80282d5 | 10502 | % sh config.sub decstation |
d55320a0 | 10503 | mips-dec-ultrix4.2 |
b80282d5 RP |
10504 | % sh config.sub hp300bsd |
10505 | m68k-hp-bsd | |
10506 | % sh config.sub i386v | |
6a8cb0e7 | 10507 | i386-unknown-sysv |
e94b4a2b | 10508 | % sh config.sub i786v |
6a8cb0e7 | 10509 | Invalid configuration `i786v': machine `i786v' not recognized |
b1385986 | 10510 | @end smallexample |
1041a570 | 10511 | |
c7637ea6 | 10512 | @noindent |
af215b1a | 10513 | @code{config.sub} is also distributed in the @value{GDBN} source |
18fae2a8 | 10514 | directory (@file{gdb-@value{GDBVN}}, for version @value{GDBVN}). |
b80282d5 | 10515 | |
9897afc6 | 10516 | @node Configure Options, , Config Names, Installing GDB |
93928b60 | 10517 | @section @code{configure} options |
7463aadd | 10518 | |
d48da190 | 10519 | Here is a summary of the @code{configure} options and arguments that |
18fae2a8 | 10520 | are most often useful for building @value{GDBN}. @code{configure} also has |
d48da190 RP |
10521 | several other options not listed here. @inforef{What Configure |
10522 | Does,,configure.info}, for a full explanation of @code{configure}. | |
7463aadd RP |
10523 | |
10524 | @example | |
d48da190 RP |
10525 | configure @r{[}--help@r{]} |
10526 | @r{[}--prefix=@var{dir}@r{]} | |
b550c03a | 10527 | @r{[}--srcdir=@var{dirname}@r{]} |
f672bb7f RP |
10528 | @r{[}--norecursion@r{]} @r{[}--rm@r{]} |
10529 | @r{[}--target=@var{target}@r{]} @var{host} | |
7463aadd | 10530 | @end example |
1041a570 | 10531 | |
3d3ab540 | 10532 | @noindent |
f672bb7f RP |
10533 | You may introduce options with a single @samp{-} rather than |
10534 | @samp{--} if you prefer; but you may abbreviate option names if you use | |
10535 | @samp{--}. | |
70b88761 RP |
10536 | |
10537 | @table @code | |
d48da190 RP |
10538 | @item --help |
10539 | Display a quick summary of how to invoke @code{configure}. | |
10540 | ||
10541 | @item -prefix=@var{dir} | |
10542 | Configure the source to install programs and files under directory | |
10543 | @file{@var{dir}}. | |
10544 | ||
b1955f0b RP |
10545 | @c avoid splitting the warning from the explanation: |
10546 | @need 2000 | |
b550c03a | 10547 | @item --srcdir=@var{dirname} |
af215b1a | 10548 | @strong{Warning: using this option requires @sc{gnu} @code{make}, or another |
6ca72cc6 | 10549 | @code{make} that implements the @code{VPATH} feature.}@* |
f672bb7f | 10550 | Use this option to make configurations in directories separate from the |
af215b1a | 10551 | @value{GDBN} source directories. Among other things, you can use this to |
f672bb7f RP |
10552 | build (or maintain) several configurations simultaneously, in separate |
10553 | directories. @code{configure} writes configuration specific files in | |
10554 | the current directory, but arranges for them to use the source in the | |
b550c03a | 10555 | directory @var{dirname}. @code{configure} creates directories under |
f672bb7f | 10556 | the working directory in parallel to the source directories below |
b550c03a | 10557 | @var{dirname}. |
f672bb7f RP |
10558 | |
10559 | @item --norecursion | |
10560 | Configure only the directory level where @code{configure} is executed; do not | |
7463aadd RP |
10561 | propagate configuration to subdirectories. |
10562 | ||
f672bb7f | 10563 | @item --rm |
d55320a0 | 10564 | @emph{Remove} files otherwise built during configuration. |
7463aadd | 10565 | |
29a2b744 | 10566 | @c This does not work (yet if ever). FIXME. |
f672bb7f | 10567 | @c @item --parse=@var{lang} @dots{} |
af215b1a VM |
10568 | @c Configure the @value{GDBN} expression parser to parse the listed languages. |
10569 | @c @samp{all} configures @value{GDBN} for all supported languages. To get a | |
d7b569d5 | 10570 | @c list of all supported languages, omit the argument. Without this |
af215b1a | 10571 | @c option, @value{GDBN} is configured to parse all supported languages. |
c2bbbb22 | 10572 | |
f672bb7f | 10573 | @item --target=@var{target} |
af215b1a VM |
10574 | Configure @value{GDBN} for cross-debugging programs running on the specified |
10575 | @var{target}. Without this option, @value{GDBN} is configured to debug | |
10576 | programs that run on the same machine (@var{host}) as @value{GDBN} itself. | |
b80282d5 RP |
10577 | |
10578 | There is no convenient way to generate a list of all available targets. | |
7463aadd RP |
10579 | |
10580 | @item @var{host} @dots{} | |
af215b1a | 10581 | Configure @value{GDBN} to run on the specified @var{host}. |
b80282d5 RP |
10582 | |
10583 | There is no convenient way to generate a list of all available hosts. | |
70b88761 RP |
10584 | @end table |
10585 | ||
3d3ab540 RP |
10586 | @noindent |
10587 | @code{configure} accepts other options, for compatibility with | |
af215b1a VM |
10588 | configuring other @sc{gnu} tools recursively; but these are the only |
10589 | options that affect @value{GDBN} or its supporting libraries. | |
18fae2a8 | 10590 | @end ifclear |
3d3ab540 | 10591 | |
9897afc6 EE |
10592 | |
10593 | @node Index, , Installing GDB, Top | |
d2e08421 | 10594 | @unnumbered Index |
e91b87a3 | 10595 | |
10596 | @printindex cp | |
10597 | ||
fe3f5fc8 RP |
10598 | @tex |
10599 | % I think something like @colophon should be in texinfo. In the | |
10600 | % meantime: | |
10601 | \long\def\colophon{\hbox to0pt{}\vfill | |
10602 | \centerline{The body of this manual is set in} | |
10603 | \centerline{\fontname\tenrm,} | |
10604 | \centerline{with headings in {\bf\fontname\tenbf}} | |
10605 | \centerline{and examples in {\tt\fontname\tentt}.} | |
a6d0b6d3 RP |
10606 | \centerline{{\it\fontname\tenit\/},} |
10607 | \centerline{{\bf\fontname\tenbf}, and} | |
fe3f5fc8 RP |
10608 | \centerline{{\sl\fontname\tensl\/}} |
10609 | \centerline{are used for emphasis.}\vfill} | |
10610 | \page\colophon | |
e0d3ace2 | 10611 | % Blame: doc@cygnus.com, 1991. |
fe3f5fc8 RP |
10612 | @end tex |
10613 | ||
e91b87a3 | 10614 | @contents |
10615 | @bye |